Home

DCD Version 3.6 - Marble Computer

1. CALL PAYDEDUC USING 169 MOVE PT RECORD 28 TO 148 WRITE 197 ADD PN WEEKLY GROSS 98 192 ADD PN WEEKLY FICA 6101 TO 193 COMPUTE WS FICA YTD TOTAL 6111 160 IF gt 4380 00 155 ADD PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 102 TO 194 FILE SECTION LAYOUT REPORT PAGE FD FILE NAME PAYROLL UPDATED FILE LABEL RECORDS ARE STANDARD RECORD CONTAINS 170 CHARACTERS BLOCK CONTAINS 0 RECORDS DATA RECORD 15 PN RECORD LEVEL DATA NAME LENGTH TYPE FROM TO 01 PN RECORD 170 GROUP 1 170 05 1PN EMPLOYEE NBR 5 N 1 5 051 PN EMPLOYEE LAST NAME 20 X 6 25 05 1 PN EMPLOYEE FIRST NAME 15 X 26 40 05 1PN ENDING DATE 6 GROUP 4l 46 05 PN ENDING YEAR 2 N 4l 42 05 I PN ENDING MONTH 2 N 43 44 05 1PN ENDING DAY 2 N 45 46 05 PN CUMULATIVE YTD AMOUNTS 44 GROUP 47 90 10 PN YTD GROSS 8 SNE 47 54 PIC S9 6 V99 10 PN YTD FED TAX 8 SNE 55 62 PIC S9 6 V99 10 PN YTD STATE TAX 8 SNE 63 70 PIC S9 6 V99 10 PN YTD FICA 6 SNE 7 76 PIC 59 4 99 10 1PN YTD DEDUCTION 1 7 SNE 77 83 59 5 99 10 PN YTD DEDUCTION 2 7 SNE 84 90 PIC S9 5 V99 10 PN CURRENT EMPL DATA 31 GROUP 91 121 PAY
2. 71 WRITPDS and READPDS Options eene rented ete B 74 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 3 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Use of This Section This section is designed for Tracing amp Analysis and use in producing other COBOL reports from one or more COBOL programs at one time Topics that are initially necessary when first starting to use the DCD III software package are shown below and will be in the middle of this section or in another section Topics that are designed to be referenced quickly in everyday use are found in the beginning of this section for quick reference When using this manual for the first time read the following topics first 1 Overview of DCD III COBOL Reports 2 Use of DCD III PARM Options in Section A 3 Use of DCD III PROCs and Symbolics in Section A The second and third topics are covered in the section Alternate Compile Listing Facility These topics were also topics necessary for using the Alternate Compile Listing Facility part of the DCD III software system After reading and reviewing the above topics continue using this section starting at the top of the Table of Contents List of Exhibits 1 PANCOBOL PROC eR tus 39 2 uiis eio B 40 3 DCDCOBOL PROC B 41 4 MBRFEFCHE PROG eti con a U
3. B 53 abis usati 54 8 System Cross Reference for Literals B 56 9 System Paragraph Cross Reference sesssssseeeseeeeeene eene ennt B 57 I0 OT Record i deseas ti oer n i eda ta ee be Y RR B 58 11 System Cross Reference for Special Registers 2 2222212 B 61 I2 System Record Analysis Report entretient heran tte tete aea ee eee e B 62 13 Tracing Lateral Paths Reports rdi de nee e dan eds B 64 I4 Verb Amal ysis Report oie eben eene ttes op uns B 67 15 Tracing amp Analysis B 68 The PARM options that are required to run these reports are listed under the heading OPTIONS For most reports the PARM options require just one option per report e g use option CALL for the CALL Analysis Report COPY for COPY Analysis Report DATA for System Data Name Cross Reference The following options are applicable to all reports C68 LNCNT RESOLVE VR3 EIB QUOTE SORTREG VS2 ERRORS READPDS STOP WRITPDS The Layout Report is affected by many options and optional control statements The System Record Analysis Report requires the use of control statements Also the RAI RAB and RAD options are applicable to the System Record Analysis Report The System Data Name Cross Reference and the System Paragraph Cross Re
4. DDNAME CONTROL MISSING A DD card is missing from the user JCL See the User s Manual and Installation Addendum for instructions on adding a CONTROL DD card CONTROL DD CONTROL INFO MISSING The CONTROL DD file is empty One control record is required See the Installation Addendum for format and provide the control record required CONTROL DD CONTROL INFO MUST BE IN VALID FORMAT MMYY FOUND xxxx The password control information contains invalid information in columns 1 4 MMYY for month and year is expected Enter the information in correct format MMY Y and run again If necessary consult the Installation Addendum for further information CONTROL MONTH YEAR EXPIRED MM YYYY XX XXXX Six characters of control information matching to MMY Y YY are invalid See the Installation Addendum or contact MARBLE Computer Inc SIX CHARACTER CODE 6 IN CONTROL DD CONTROL INFO IS INVALID Six characters of control information are invalid See the Installation Addendum or contact MARBLE Computer Inc Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCD5H050 E Explanation User Action DCD5H070 D Explanation User Action DCDSHAO0I E Explanation User Action DCDSHA02 E Explanation User Action DCDSHA03 E Explanation User Action DCDSHA05 E Explanation User Action DCDS5HA06 E Explanation User Action DCDS5HA31 E Explanation User Action D
5. Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDKBS02 C Explanation User Action DCDKFA02 D Explanation User Action DCDKFB07 D Explanation User Action DCDKFBUI E Explanation User Action DCDKFM02 D Explanation User Action DCDKFP06 E Explanation User Action DCDKFY1A D Explanation User Action DCDKH040 D Explanation User Action DCDKH050 D Explanation User Action DCDMS5020 I Explanation User Action DCDMS5021 W Explanation User Action DCDMSD02 C amp DCDMSD03 C amp DCDMSD04 C amp DCDMSD05 C Explanation User Action DCDMS5FA0 C Explanation User Action DCDM5J01 W Explanation User Action DCDMSU20 I Explanation User Action INDEXES EXCEEDED 125 FOR ONE OCCURS DCD III has a limit of 124 indexes present for 1 OCCURS Documentation is lost Check the OCCURS to determine the cause of excessive use and ensure there are less than 125 indexes per OCCURS If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER The first record of a work file being read does not contain a MARBLE header record Look for possible previous messages to this one Look for an error in the JCL used SELECTED MORE THAN 1000 ENTRIES REDUCE SELECT Over 1000 entries were SELECTED from the SELECT control statements entered Reduce the number of SELECTS used and resubmit the run TRACE TABLE DIR EXCEED
6. SPF PANELS HELP Panel for CASE Work Files DCD III Trapping Useful Information on Work Files DCD has access to information on each COBOL program it processes Much of this information is available to the user in the form of sequential files These files are named CASE files This information may be used for any of the following purposes a Loading a Data Dictionary b Loading a Repository c Assisting with a field expansion project d Doing any type of Re engineering project with COLOL programs The user may rebuild this information to fit their needs COPY Members containing 01 records are available for writing small COBOL programs to access this information More information is available by looking at the panels under the heading DCD III CASE Files End of Trapping Useful Information HELP Panel Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS This page intentionally left blank Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company gt AC M A a Active COBOL Documentation For the Past Present and Future The automatic solution to COBOL maintenance DATA CORRELATION AND DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM IBM OS USER S MANUAL P O Box 920692 El Paso TX 79902 den 800 252 1400 FAX 915 845 7918 Aka umb le computer inc We support Cobol
7. STEPI EXEC DCDJCL RPTYPE JOBLIB LNCNT 60 The second report is the PROC or basic JCL report which shows a breakdown of user JCL for DDNAME DSN amp DISPOSITION along with related program name proc name step name and step number There are three sequences to this report and several other related options The three sequences are 1 DDNAME sequence 2 DSNAME sequence 3 Unsorted sequence To produce any of these sequences enter one of the following symbolics on the EXEC DCDJCL statement 1 RPTYPE DDN 2 RPTYPE DSN 3 RPTYPE JNOSORT 4 RPTYPE JCL for all three reports To produce any two of the reports specify two reports options in the RPTYPE symbolic within single apostrophes as shown in this example RPTYPE DDN JNOSORT MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 5 JDSNONLY JAPROC JBPROGRAM JEXEC STEPI EXEC DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Other Options When the DSNAME is missing from a DD and replaced with the use of DATA DUMMY SYSOUT DDNAME or these fields will be shown as the related DSN To exclude these DD statements use the JOSNONLY option within the RPTYPE symbolic within single apostrophes along with the report options selected Note options may be abbreviated to the first three characters Without the use of this option or the JRPROGRAM option the three different reports will have no primary sort ahead of DDNAME DSNAME or DDNAMES in the
8. Up to 17 levels of tracing are accomplished by tracking literals through MOVEs and SET 88 level name TO TRUE statements To limit the number of tracing levels to less than 17 modify the PARM field within the DCD step of the DCDSYSTM PROC to include DLTznn where nn is a number from 01 to 17 A maximum of 1000 control statements are allowed Much less are recommended One COBOL program at a time may be processed PARM options are specified with the OTHER PROC symbolic A sample is shown OTHER DRC DLT 06 Three reports are available 1 Possible literals for each field traced Use option DRF for just report 1 2 Possible literals showing owner fields Use option DRL for reports 1 amp 2 3 Possible literals showing possible paths Use option DRC for all 3 reports MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 21 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements for Layouts The running of Layout Reports does not specifically require the use of control statements However control statements may be used to limit the selection of records for Layout Reports to selected record names or selected sizes Two types of control statements are available but only one type not both may be used within one run The DD name for these control statements is CTLCDLAY One way that control statements may be used is to specify by record name or group name within an 01 record the records or groups that Layout
9. dle co eel B 6 Inputting COBOL Programs and COPY Records eee B 7 Other Features Supported er uento hace dvd SERE Pe B 9 Specifying PARM Options eee erras nina n B 11 PARM OPOS a 12 Corresponding PROC Symbolics o oun B 17 Control Statements Control Statements for System Record 15 B 18 Control Statements for Literal Tracing eese B 21 Control Statements for Layouts ad once ese e dpa B 22 Control Statements for Verb Analysis eene B 23 Control Statements for Using The MBRFETCH PROC B 24 Control Statements for CALL Hierarchy B 27 Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis esses B 28 SELECT Control Statements eso preti B 28 BYPASS Control Statements eese B 30 opes Le qu 32 JCL to Execute DCD III Without Using 5 2 B 36 PROCS Provided for Use in This B 38 Efficient Use Of Work Sp ce cec eisdem bred eo Re ede to ia B 43 Overview of All Reports including Tracing amp Analysis ss B 45 Data Dictionary Interface
10. Convert all NARRATIVE produced by DCD III to UPPER Case Characters Produce the Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Report If SECTIONS are present also produce a just SECTIONS report Only a valid option when COMpile option is used when R3N option is not used and when the compiler option OFFSET is used This option is only valid for VS COBOL II release 3 or higher When used HEX OFFSETS are taken from the OFFSET map and placed all the way to the right of the source listing Use double quote in place of single apostrophe as the delimiter for alphanumeric literals The defaulted DETERMINE option allows using the first quote or apostrophe encountered to determine the value of QUOTE or NOQUOTE as a delimiter This is an option for VS COBOL II Release 3 or later When used the PL and SL columns and any narrative from the right side of the compile listing will be carried through to the DCD III source listing Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 17 RESOLVE NORESOLVE SRESOLVE NOSRESOLVE SORTREG nnnnnnn SORTREG 600000 SOURCE NOSOURCE SPREGS NOSPREGS STOP NONSTOP 001 NOUOI UNUSED UDN NOUDN UNUSED UPARAS NOUPARAS UPIGNORE NOUPIGNORE UNUSED UNREF NOUNREF VERB NOVERB VR3 NOVR3 VS2 NOVS2 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Expand COPYs encountered in the source program If COPY members are not resolved numerous warnings may appear for m
11. MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 41 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Ts COPY SYSIRECD 01 SRA SYSTEM RECORD ANAL REC 05 SRA SET NUMBER PIC999 05 SRA FROM TO LOCATIONS 10 SRA FROM POSITION 9 6 10 SRA TO POSITION PIC 9 6 05 SRA PROGRAM ID PIC X 8 05 SRA RECORD NAMEB X 30 05 SRA DATA NAME X 30 05 SRA EXP CMPLR NBR PIC 95 05 SRA LEVEL NUMBER PIC XX 05 SRA TYPE USAGE XQ 88 SRA TYPE COMP VALUE 88 SRA TYPE COMP 1 VALUE Cl 88 SRA TYPE COMP2 VALUE C2 88 SRA TYPE COMP 3 VALUE C3 88 SRA TYPE COMP 4 VALUE C4 88 SRA TYPE DEFAULT DISPLAY VALUE 88 SRA TYPE DISPLAY VALUE D 88 SRA TYPE DISPLAY 1 VALUE D1 88 SRA TYPE INDEX VALUE TX 88 SRA TYPE USAGE IS INDEX VALUE UP 88 SRA TYPE POINTER VALUE PR 05 SRA FLAGS 10 SRA SET FLAG X 88 SRA DIRECT SET VALUE S 10 SRA USED FLAG PIC X 88 SRA DIRECT USED VALUE U 10 SRA TESTED FLAG PIC X 88 SRA DIRECT TESTED VALUE T 10 SRA INDIR SET FLAG X 88 SRA INDIRECT SET VALUE S 10 SRA INDIR USED FLAG PIC X 88 SRA INDIRECT USED VALUE U 10 SRA INDIR TESTED FLAG PIC X 88 SRA INDIRECT TESTED VALUE T 05 SRA PICTURE CLAUSE 21 05 SRA FILLER PIC X Exhibit 10 COPY Member for the Data Dictionary Interface File C 42 M
12. PIC 9 08 PIC 9 08 PIC X 06 PIC X 02 NR LEVEL NBR PIC 9 02 PIC 9 06 PIC 9 06 PIC X 01 VALUE X 01 VALUE F VALUE W VALUE L VALUE R VALUE C PIC X 02 VALUE C VALUE C3 VALUE IX PIC 9 05 X 01 VALUE VALUE F VALUE R VALUE B VALUE L VALUE VALUE 57 VALUE T PIC X 01 VALUE x VALUE BE VALUE N PIC 9 02 PIC 9 02 PIC X 01 VALUE Y PIC X 01 VALUE Y X 01 VALUE Y COPY Member for the Data Analysis Information File MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Description of Individual Fields The fields in this record are used to print the first line for each Data Division field in the System Data Name Cross Reference See the report for the example of these fields 29 Most of the fields here are described under the heading Data Division Information File NR FROM NBR and NR TO NBR correspond to CIE START ADDRESS and CIE 1 END ADDRESS respectively Refer to that heading for a description of most fields The following fields are new to this record The field NR PICTURE CLAUSE contains the first 21 characters e g X 15 9 02 ZZ ZZ9 coded within the PICTURE clause The field NR VALUE LITERAL contains the first 30 characters of literal
13. ACCEPTED Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDEH26A C Explanation User Action DCDEH26B E Explanation User Action DCDEH26C E Explanation User Action DCDEH26D C Explanation User Action DCDEH27A C Explanation User Action DCDEH28A C Explanation User Action DCDEH28B C Explanation User Action DCDEF29A C Explanation User Action DCDEF29B E Explanation User Action DCDEH29C E Explanation User Action DCDEH29D C Explanation User Action DCDEH29E E Explanation User Action DCDEH29F E Explanation User Action DCDEH29G C Explanation User Action DCDEH29H C Explanation The MERGE statement at the compiler number shown contains a key which is not alphanumeric Check the MERGE statement and make corrections as necessary FILE NAME FOLLOWING RECEIVE IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The RECEIVE statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name which is not alphanumeric Check the RECEIVE statement and make corrections as necessary NO FD ENTRIES FOR file name The File name found at the compiler number shown does not match a file name in the FD section of the Data Division Check the RECEIVE statement at the compiler number shown and make corrections as necessary NO MATCHING FILE NAME FOR file name The file name found at the compiler number shown does not matc
14. Hs STEPLIB DCDWKOI DCDWK02 DCDWKO03 DCDWK04 DCDWKO05 DCDWKO06 DCDWKO07 DCDWKO08 PRINT SYSOUT SORTMESS SORTLIB SORTWKOI SORTWKO02 SORTWKO03 CLEANUP CONTROL EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION 6144K PARM options DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DD DSN user loadlib DISPZSHR UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 DUMMY z DCB BLKSIZE 121 DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 DSN user pds DCDCNTRL DISP SHR See the next page for possible additional DD cards Extra DD statements listed here may be required Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 23 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility BASIS COBOLIN COPYLIB INFILE PRTCMPLR only required if IBM s BASIS is used See Other Features Supported Also use the BASIS parm option required if Independent Mode is used Points to the COBOL program Se
15. SPF PANELS The following panel is only displayed if C is entered for Input Select from Partitioned Data Set Panel Partitioned Data Set and Program for input to Alternate Compile Listing PDS Name gt _ Notes on specifying Partitioned Data Set a Enter a fully qualified PDS name b Do not put quotes around the Data Set Name c The file must be partitioned catalogued AND contain the program specified COBOL Program 22 2 a Enter 1 8 character COBOL program name which resides on the Partitioned Data Set Specified above Job Card Panel SEA Enter Verify JOB Card Enter Verify JOB card Use up to 4 lines FOR LOGON ID 01 SUBMIT JOB gt _ IMARBLEO2 JOB MARBLE R052 MSGLEVEL 1 NOTIFY MARBLE PRTY 9 TIME 1 30 MSGCLASS Q JOBPARM L 999 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company H 9 DCD III SPF PANELS Selected HELP Panels Help Screen for Main Selection Panel DCD III DATA Correlation amp Documentation Four Facilities to chose from 1 ALCF 2 OCRF 3 CASE 4 JCL produces a source listing of the program similar to compile listing with meaningful COBOL documentation to the right of the source code is a reporting facility on one or several programs for various reports such as cross referencing of fields tracing data names through a system of programs showing direct and indirect
16. The following sequence is used for this report 1 Figurative Constants in alphabetic order 2 Sequence number of where the Figurative Constant is used See Exhibit 11 for an example of formatting of the Figurative Constants Report FIGURATIVE CONSTANTS LOW VALUE S 095 097 486 493 SPACE S 098 099 328 330 322 334 336 394 487 494 568 633 645 662 711 3722 759 771 783 800 833 886 1018 ZERO S 101 171 172 173 316 317 318 319 320 323 324 325 630 638 667 671 681 704 708 715 719 764 776 780 797 830 943 962 Exhibit 11 Figurative Constants Report Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 37 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility 6 Literals The literals Report lists all occurrences of ALL literal nonnumeric literals within quotes and numeric literals by sequence number of where they occur in the program ALL literal items are listed first putting them closer to the Figurative Constants Report just above or ahead of this report Thirty characters are provided for listing the non numeric literal including the quotes that surround them If the literal is not over 28 characters then the entire non numeric literal is shown If the literal is over 28 characters then only the first 26 characters are shown followed by two periods and the ending quote See Exhibit 11 for two examples of a literal over 28 characters long The following sequence is used for this report 1 ALL literals are placed ah
17. USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES PER PAGE Il SRCLIB PANVALET SOURCE Il BUF 5 USE BUF 5 Il PRINT SEND PRINT OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS Il 8192 REGION SIZE Il SORTREG 600000 SORT REGION Il WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN THE SYSTEM REPORTS WITHIN DCD M MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC PANCOBOL REL 3 6 If ISYSPRINT IPANDD1 IPANDD2 If Il LM080108 PGM PAN 1 INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DD DD DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DSN amp SRCLIB DISP SHR DSN amp amp TEMP DCB BLKSIZE 6 160 UNIT amp WORK DISP PASS SPACE CYL 2 20 PGM DCDSYSTM REGION amp REG PARM amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp DATA DAT amp LAYOUT LAY amp PARA PAR amp RECORDS REC amp SRA SRA amp TRACE TRA amp RESOLVE RES amp OTHER SOR amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR DSN amp amp TEMP DISP OLD DELETE INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY CONTROL DD COBOLIN DD DCDWKOI DD DCDWK02 DD DCDWK03 DD DCDWK04 DD DCDWKO05 DD DCDWKO06 DD DCDWKO07 DD DCDWKO08 DD DCDWK09 DD DCDWKIO DD DCDWKI11 DD DCDWKI12 DD DCDWKSI DD DCDWKS2 DD DCDWKS3 DD DCDWKSA DD DCDWKS5 DD DCDWKS6 DD DCDWKTI DD DCDWKT2 DD DCDWKT3 DD DCDWKTA DD PRINT DD REPORTS DD 5
18. 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 PAR 1 SOURCE LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 PAR 1 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 PAR 1 TOKEN COLUMN NUMBER PIC 9 2 PAR 1 PARA OR SECT PIC X 30 PAR 1 RELEVANT SECTION PIC X 30 PAR 1 VERB CODE PIC 999 88 PAR 1 PARAGRAPH NAME 88 PAR 1 SECTION NAME 88 PAR 1 PRIOR TOKEN OF PARA SECT 88 PAR 1 LAST TOKEN IN PROGRAM 88 PAR 1 DECLARATIVES 88 PAR 1 END DECLARATIVES 88 1 88 PAR 1 GO TO DEPENDING ON 88 PAR 1 PERFORM 88 PAR 1 PERFORM THRU 88 PAR 1 INPUT PROCEDURE 88 PAR 1 INPUT PROCEDURE THRU 88 PAR 1 OUTPUT PROCEDURE 88 PAR 1 OUTPUT PROCEDURE THRU 88 PAR 1 ALTER PARA 88 PAR 1 ALTER PARA TO PROCEED TO 88 PAR 1 GOBACK 88 PAR 1 STOP RUN 88 PAR 1 EXIT PROGRAM 88 PAR 1 EXIT 88 PAR 1 CALL 88 PAR 1 PROGRAM ENTRY 88 PAR 1 ENTRY 88 PAR 1 CANCEL 88 PAR 1 INITIATE 88 88 88 PAR 1 EXEC CICS 88 PAR 1 EXEC DL1 88 PAR 1 EXEC SQL PAR 1 CONDITIONAL SW PIC X 88 PAR 1 CONDITIONAL PAR 1 MULTIPLE OPERANDS SW PIC X 88 PAR 1 MULTIPLE OPERANDS PAR 1 NAME EXP LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 PAR 1 NAME COLUMN NUMBER PIC 9 2 PAR 1 FILLER PIC X 20 Exhibit 4 PF1 VALUE 001 VALUE 002 VALU E 005 VALUE 006 VALU VALU E 008 E 009 VALUE 011 VALU E012 VALUE 021 VALU E 022 VALUE 025 VALUE 026 VALUE 027 VALUE 028 VALU VALU E031 E 032 VALUE 041 VALUE 042 V
19. A 48 B 31 CALL NOCALL PARM Option see also CALL Statements Report CALL Analysis Report A 15 A 19 B 12 B 17 CASE section C 1 through C 47 CASE Files Rules and restrictions in producing C 5 CASE Files Sample JCL to access and print C 6 Catalogued JCL Procedures see PROCs CDATADV PROC Symbolic A 19 C 23 CDATADV PROC Symbolic Examples using A 21 A 22 CICS Fields in CASE files C 16 C 18 C 20 C 21 C 24 C 28 CICS PARM Option A 16 A 19 B 12 B 17 CICS Supported by DCD III A 10 A 11 B 9 CLIST No longer supported V CLN nn PARM Option A 16 A 19 CLN nn PARM Option Error Messages E 30 E 35 COAID NOCOAID PARM Option see also COBOL Aid A 16 A 19 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co G 1 DCD III Index COBOL 68 and earlier see Version 3 COBOL VR3 NOVR3 PARM Option COBOL 68 Error Message E 36 COBOL 68 Supported by DCD III A 10 A 11 B 9 COBOL 74 Error Message E 36 COBOL 74 Supported by DCD III A 10 A 11 B 9 COBOL 85 see VS COBOL II VS NOVS2 PARM Option COBOL Aid Compile Mode Considerations A 6 COBOL Aid PARM Options see CAI CA2 CA3 COAID NOCOAID COBOL Aid Supported by DCD III A 10 A 11 A 17 A 30 Code Changing Y2K B 16 B 73 CODEWK01 06 work files B 36 B 41 CODECHAG work file B 36 B 41 COMACL PROC Compile Mode A 5 A 8 A 24 A 25 A 26 COMACL PROC Example using A 22 COMACL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11
20. AT LEAST ONE PRINT REPORT OPTION MUST BE TURNED ON WHEN RUNNING THE OTHER COBOL REPORTS No PARM options were specified DATA LAYOUT etc for printing of reports or for the specification of the Data Dictionary file Even when using WRITPDS or READPDS options report options must be specified Specify one or more report options WRITPDS PARM OPTION ALSO REQUIRES BEGIN OR CONTINUE PARM OPTION Parm option WRITPDS requires either option BEG or CON See these options in this User s Manual Add parm option BEGIN or parm option CONTINUE PARM OPTION S03 S15 OR S50 MAY NOT BE USED WITH LAYOUT OR RECORDS OPTION PARM options S013 S15 S50 S3H and SIT alter the maximum size of OCCURS within a record which contains an OCCUR clause for use with the System Record Analysis Report Using these options with the RECORD or LAYOUT reports will produce incorrect results Turn off the RECORD and LAYOUT options or remove the S03 515 S50 S3H and SIT options being used STOP PARM OPTION IN EFFECT The PARM option STOP was entered and processing in DCD III is halted None To process with DCD III remove the STOP option PARM OPTION parm field INVALID WHEN FOLLOWING option AND IS IGNORED The two PARM fields shown in the message conflict with each other The first PARM option will be used and the second one will be ignored Remove either of the two options shown INTERNAL ERROR FOR PARM parm field An internal error has occurred
21. D 7 D 8 D 9 Control Cards SRA Report B 15 B 18 B 33 B 34 1 G 2 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co DCD III Index Control Statements Tracing amp Analysis B 15 B 16 B 28 CONTROL DD see also Control Record A 24 B 37 Control Record Error messages E 30 E 31 Control Record Modifying at installation F 9 F 10 F 11 F 12 F 13 Control Record Sample JCL for A 23 B 36 COPY Analysis Report B 5 B 10 B 12 B 45 B 48 B 49 COPY Analysis Report Error message E 40 COPY Analysis Report Example Running B 31 COPY Statements Report IV A 12 16 A 30 35 A 36 A 48 COPY PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 C 23 COPY PROC Symbolic Examples Using A 22 A 48 B 6 B 31 COPY NOCOPY PARM Option see Also COPY Statements Report COPY Analysis Report A 16 A 19 B 12 B 17 CPROCDV PROC Symbolic A 19 C 23 CPROCDV PROC Symbolic Examples Using A 22 A 49 Cross reference compiler IV A 6 A 30 A 31 A 40 A 42 D Data Analysis Information Files CASE C 11 C 12 C 13 Data Dictionary Interface File B 5 B 12 B 17 B 78 B 79 B 80 Data Dictionary Interface File CASE C 5 C 41 C 42 C 43 Data Dictionary Interface File Example Producing B 34 Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report IV A 6 A 7 A 16 A 18 A 30 A 40 A 41 Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report Examples running A 21 A 22 A 49 Data Division Information File CASE C 7 C 8 C 9 DATA
22. DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Page 2 TRACE 00001 TRACING amp ANALYSIS FOLLOW A DATA FIELD 01 01 2001 Program Seq Level Data Name Directly Referenced Narrative Section Tracing 1st Pass isolated the following affected fields traced 0353 01 RN RECORD WORK ST used field 1 80 Move SPACES to 1409 Move to MT FORMAT RECORD 2471 1923 TRACED to Page 3 below traced 0367 05 RN DATES N2 IN PIC X WORK ST uses field pos 2 2 If ZEROS 1623 Move SPACES to 1508 1627 Move CW DATE 2 YEAR FORMAT to 1287 TRACED from Page 1 on left traced 0367 05 RN DATES N2 P3 PIC X WORK ST uses field ps 3 3 If ZEROS 1624 Move SPACES to 1629 Move CW DATE 2 YEAR FORMAT to 1196 1223 Page 3 TRACE 000007 TRACING amp ANALYSIS FOLLOW DATA FIELD 01 01 2001 Program Seq Level Data Name Directly Referenced Narrative Section Tracing 2nd Pass isolated the following affected fields traced 0471 01 MT FORMAT RECORD WORK ST used field 1 68 Move SPACES to 1386 Move RN RECORD 2353 to 1923 TRACED from Page 2 above traced 0476 05 MT DATES M3 P1 PIC X WORK ST uses field pos 2 2 If ZEROS 1923 traced 0476 05 MT DATES M3 P2 PIC X WORK ST uses field ps 3 3 If ZEROS 1923 2031 Move SPACES to 2052 Tracing 3rd Pass found no additional fields No additional tracing passes possible Exhibit 25 Continued Notes All Possible Uses are traced infinite level
23. DCDEFB91 E DCDGQA02 D DCDM3030 D DCDMHC02 D DCDTBM85 E DCDEFHO00 E DCDGR020 D DCDM5050 D DCDMHM85 E DCDTBM86 E DCDEFH21 E DCDGS010 D DCDMS5A02 D DCDMHM86 E DCDTBM95 E DCDESDDA D DCDGS030 D DCDMSBI2 E DCDMHM95 E DCDTDM85 E DCDESDDE D DCDGSE04 E DCDM7A02 D DCDMNAO2 D DCDTDMS86 B DCDESDDK E DCDGSFA1 E DCDM7B04 D DCDMP030 D DCDTDM95 E DCDESYLB E DCDGSG01 E DCDM7C02 D DCDMQA02 D DCDTJ040 D DCDG8030 D DCDGSG09 E DCDM7F02 D DCDMQBI0 E DCDTLC02 D DCDGBA02 D DCDGSGA1 D DCDM8A02 D DCDMRAO02 D DCDTLM85 E DCDGBA10 E DCDGV040 D DCDMSBI3 D DCDMRB10 E DCDTLM86 E DCDGBB03 D DCDJAA02 D DCDM8C02 D DCDMX020 D DCDTLM95 E DCDGBB11 E DCDJAA06 D DCDM8D13 D DCDMX030 D DCDUDAOI D DCDGBB20 E DCDJCA02 D DCDM8M01 D DCDMX040 D DCDUFO010 D DCDGBB50 E DCDJCA06 D DCDM8M02 D DCDMX050 D DCDUFA02 D DCDGBC01 D DCDJE050 D DCDM8Q01 E DCDNB020 D DCDUFD01 E DCDGE030 D DCDJEA01 D DCDMBC02 D DCDNB060 D DCDUHDOI E DCDGF030 D DCDJEB10 E DCDMBMS5 E DCDND040 D DCDUJAO2 E DCDGF060 D DCDJGA02 D DCDMBM86 E DCDNF020 D DCDV3055 D DCDGJA02 D DCDJIAO2 D DCDMBM95 E DCDNH050 D DCDVAO021 D DCDGJCOI E DCDJPA02 D DCDMCA02 D DCDNHA13 E DCDVAWO3 D If you need to contact Marble Computer Inc for technical support you may follow one of the below suggested procedures 1 Send an email to us at support marblecomputer com with any attachments needed 2 You may call Marble Computer Inc toll free at 800 252 1400 We recommend having the following information available when calling Release num
24. Explanation User Action DCD6C031 D Explanation User Action DCD6C110 D Explanation User Action DCD6CF02 D Explanation User Action DCD6CJ01 D Explanation User Action DCDA2001 D Explanation User Action DCDA2002 D Explanation User Action DCDA2003 D Explanation User Action DCDA2120 C Explanation User Action DCDA2200 D Explanation User Action Remove option DIT or add DDNAME CTLCDDLT with valid control statements DDNAME DCDWKT1 IS MISSING WHEN PARM OPTION DIT IS SPECIFIED Option DIT requires an extra work file DCDWKT1 and this file was not found Add an extra work file similar to work file DCDWKO1 02 etc with the name DCDWKTI Also insure that DD names DCDWKT2 DCDWKT3 DCDWKTA are added similar to DCDWKT1 DDNAME SELECT IS MISSING WHEN PARM OPTION TRACE IS SPECIFIED Parm Option TRACE indicates SELECT Ss are used for Follow a Data Field report and DD SELECT is required Inspect JCL and add DDNAME SELECT with SELECTS to produce report DDNAME DCDWK08 MISSING DDNAME DCDWKO8 is missing from JCL Inspect JCL and add DDNAME DCDWKOS to same CORRECT ERRORS FOUND IN SELECT STATEMENTS SEE REPORT FILE See other file and look at syntax errors there for SELECT control statements used Correct the errors found and resubmit the run A LIMIT OF 250 SELECT STATEMENTS ARE ALLOWED FOR TRACE THIS NUMBER WAS EXCEEDED More than 250 SELECTs were submitted The limit
25. If not R 1310 Move to RN DATES N2 IN 367 1287 RN DATES N2 P3 368 1196 1223 overlap 0244 01 CW RECORD WORK ST uses field pos 1 80 If not SPACES 792 Move HIGH VALUES to 985 1380 SPACES to 832 889 901 967 1481 1503 overlap 0245 05 CW MASTER RECORD 1ST OCC WORK ST uses field pos 1 72 If not SPACES 1451 1489 0249 88 CW DATE TYPE 3 88 LEVEL HAS MULTIPLE VALUES WORK ST If 1286 1300 1308 0252 88 CW DATE TYPE 2 VALUE WORK ST If 1280 1327 If not 1290 1304 1567 1581 1605 redefines 0253 15 CW DATE 2 YMD 2 REDEFINES field at 0248 WORK ST If not SPACES 1076 Move gt E to 1172 1288 N to 1175 1293 U to 1177 1298 overlap 0263 05 CW MASTER REC 2 REDEFINES field at 0244 WORK ST uses field pos 1 80 identification of an Overlapping field identification of a REDEFINES Exhibit 25 Tracing amp Analysis Report Notes e Everything that can happen to CW DATE 2 YEAR FORMAT is shown on this page One field CW DATE 2 YEAR FORMAT is selected and every other possible field is listed that is a REDEFINES a GROUP field for this field or in any way Overlaps this field e Narrative All Procedure Division References for every field identified is listed underneath each field e See next page for infinite levels of TRACING B 68 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company
26. Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility DCDACL PROC SOURCE 7i 7i Il 7i If 7i PRODUCE SOURCE REPORT PRODUCE CALL REPORT COPY PRODUCE COPY REPORT FIGCON PRODUCE FIGURATIVE CONSTANT REPORT LITERAL PRODUCE LITERAL REPORT SPREGS PRODUCE SPECIAL REGISTER REPORT CDATADV PRODUCE CONDENSED DATA DIV REPORT CPROCDV z PRODUCE CONDENSED PROC DIV REPORT RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS WHEN FOUND INCLUDE UNREF NAMES IN CROSS REFERENCE USE XXXX NO ABOVE TO TURN OFF E G COPYzNO TO OMIT COPY REPORT If OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS Il LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES TO PRINT PER PAGE 7i BUF S USE BUF 5 PRINT SENT PRINTER OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS 7i REG 6144K REGION SIZE 7i SORTREG 600000 MAKE 600000 MINIMUM AVAILABLE TO SORT 7i WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN THE ALTERNATE COMPILE LISTING FACILITY OF DCD III BY ITSELF WITHOUT MAKING REFERENCE TO THE COBOL COMPILER If MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC DCDACL RELEASE 3 6 LM080108 DCD EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION amp REG 7i PARM amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp FIGCON FGC amp LITERAL LIT amp SPREGS SPR amp CDATADV DDC amp CPROCDV PDC amp RESOLVE RES amp UNREF UNR amp OTHER Il SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT INSERT STE
27. Newer Electronic Downloading of DCD III Files DCD III new releases are now available for downloading electronically from our web site to a users PC for then uploading to the mainframe from there Complete instructions for downloading to a PC and uploading to user s mainframe from the PC are provided in this download within a ReadMe Txt file To obtain the latest release go to Marble web site www marblecomputer com and look for a link to the DCD s Latest Software Release on the Home Page and click on that link After installing the DCD III files successfully and they are uploaded to your mainframe then continue with Step 2 in this Install Guide Release 3 6 08 01 2008 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 5 F 6 DCD III Installation Guide This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Older Step 1 Older method of unloading from a physical cartridge If for some unknown reason the user finds it impossible to electronically download the new release file please contact Marble Computer and we will make arrangements to create and send an older format physical cartridge We first however strongly urge trying the electronic download as it has fewer steps The eight files for installation of DCD III with ISPF panels may be provided on a 3480 cartridge The cartridge will contain eight files The first two files contain the
28. Notice Error Messages have been completely changed in Release 3 6 For users using an older version of DCD III consult 3 5 Manual To obtain 3 5 Manual go to our web site www marblecomputer com MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 1 DCD III Error Messages E 2 This page intentionally left blank Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Error Messages Each error message has a 10 character alphanumeric code associated with it in the following format Positions 1 3 DCD Position Position Position Position Position I 4 character indicating the sub system the message comes from 5 character indicating a program within specified sub system 6 8 3characters indicating the location within the program of the message 9 hyphen 10 one of the following letters I W C E or D where indicates an informational message that requires no action from the user indicates a warning which the user should look at then correct if necessary indicates an error was found and it should be looked at and if possible corrected indicates an error was found and it should be looked at and corrected indicates an error was found that is causing DCD III to stop processing prior to normal end of job This error must be corrected before DCD III will successfully run Error messages when they are present will print on the PRINT DD fi
29. OTHER COA default default in PROC COMACL COPY COPY NO OTHER C68 CDATDV CDATADV NO always on default OTHER NODNF OTHER EIB default OTHER NOERR FIGCON NO default OTHER FTO OTHER NOFTO OTHER HFT OTHER IDD default OTHER IEJ default PARM Option INDEP IREFS NOIREFS IRI IR6 IRN IRX LNCNT nnn NIS NUC NRSPACE PDC NOPDC PMO NOPMO QUOTE NOQUOTE DETERMINE R3N RESOLVE NORESOLVE SRESOLVE NORESOLVE SORTREG n SOURCE NOSOURCE SPREGS NOSPREGS STOP UNREF NOUNREF UNUSED NOUOL NOUPI VERB NOVERB VR3 NOVR3 VS2 NOVS2 U01 UDN UPA UPI Corresponding PROC Symbolic default unless PROC COMACL is used IREFS IREFS NO OTHER IRn 1 6 OTHER IRN OTHER IRX LINECNT nnn OTHER NIS OTHER NUC OTHER NRS CPRPCDV CPROCDV NO default OTHER NOPMO OTHER QUO default OTHER DET OTHER R3N RESOLVE RESOLVE NO default OTHER NOSRE SORTREG nnnnnnn SOURCE SPREGS NO default SPREGS NO OTHER STOP UNREF UNREF NO default OTHER NOUNU OTHER NOUOI OTHER NOUPP default OTHER NOVER OTHER VR3 default default OTHER NOVS2 Note The PROC symbolic OTHER is used to en
30. PDS and creating one sequential data set This data set may be used as input to the DCDCOBOL PROC This PROC is also embedded as one step in the DCDJCL PROC which is covered in the section on JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility The DD name for these control statements is CTLCDMBR Control statements are used to indicate which members are to be selected The format of these control statements is as follows Columns lthrough4 The constant INDD Column 5 An equal sign Columns 6througha name of a made up DDNAME Column 1 An equal sign with no spaces before or after it Columns bthroughc One of the following words ALL COBOL COBRECS MEMBER PREFIX AWN The remaining two fields are required if PREFIX was used as the last operand and are optional if COBOL or COBRECS was used as the last operand They are not permitted if either ALL or MEMBER is used as an operand Columnc 1 An equal sign with no spaces before or after it Columns dthroughe A 1 to 7 characters prefix which will be used to limit selection An illustration of the possible combinations is listed below INDD ddname ALL INDD ddname COBOL INDD ddname COBRECS INDD ddname MEMBER INDD ddname PREFIX prefix INDD ddname COBOL prefix INDD ddname COBRECS prefix SOY UN de uoc pour B 24 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports An example show
31. Release 2 1 June 1 1996 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III 1 Tracing of Literals for user selected fields is now available with this release Literals are traced through several 17 levels of MOVEs amp SETS for user selected fields Three different reports show possible Literals e for each field traced e showing where the literal came from e showing the possible paths to arrive at a field Samples of these reports are provided in Other COBOL Reports Facility pages For VS COBOL II COBOL user s Release 3 or higher and COBOL 370 amp higher users a new DCD III option PMO is added for COMPILE MODE to trap HEX OFFSETS from the compiler HEXLOC cross reference map and then match merge these LOCATIONS into the DCD III UCLF source listing These locations are inserted alongside each Procedure Division source code statement e As we anticipate the option to be heavily used from numerous user comments this option is defaulted too It may be turned off Two new options are available with the CALL Analysis Report and two new options are available with the COPY Analysis Report for individually producing the reports in just PROGRAM sequence or in just COPY or CALL sequence Previously when producing these reports both sequences of either report came out together Two forms of Qualification of Paragraphs are now with this release handled by DCD III They are a GO TO DUPLICATE PARAGR
32. The numbers will have only as many digits reserved for the number as the largest sequence number is present in the Data Division with a minimum of 2 digits One Space is left between all numbers In cases where smaller numbers are present more than one space will be used The best example of this field is by looking at this file after running a users COBOL program through DCD III MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 35 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Procedure Division Narrative for Each Data Field This file has a narrative for each Data Division field showing all Procedure Division references to this field The length of the narrative is 43 characters To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic SOURCE on the EXEC DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn on the SOURCE PARM option This option is normally already on Other options may be left on To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO65 2 The LRECL of file is 60 The following page shows the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record C 36 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 1 2 01
33. User Action DCDUDAQ2 W Explanation User Action DCDUDA1I E amp DCDUDA13 E Explanation User Action DCDUFB05 E Explanation User Action DCDUHB05 E Explanation User Action DCDV3050 I Explanation User Action DCDV3051 D Explanation User Action DCDV3052 D Explanation User Action DCDV3053 D Explanation User Action DCDV3054 D Explanation User Action DCDV3A02 I Explanation User Action The size of the COBOL program was larger than the table space necessary to do an internal shell sort so the COBOL sort was called None FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER The first record of a work file being read does not contain a MARBLE header record Look for possible previous message to this one Look for an error in the JCL used TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program run through DCD III Rerun the job with a larger region THE NBR OF RECORDS SELECTED BY SRA CTL CARDS EXCEEDS 775 Too many control cards were used for DD CTLCDSRA Use less control statements NO DATA NAME INTO SORT There were no references in the Procedure Division to data names in the Data Division None EARLY EOF ON INFO FILE 2 An early end of file was found on an internal work file Check results to see if everything is correct If in doubt contact MARBLE Computer Inc TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program run
34. ZERO 951 978 The in the narrative is substituted for the data name on the left An number is used to show where another data field is located Numbers in parentheses are used to show Procedure Division locations Similar Procedure Division statements are grouped together Some statements such as the PERFORM are condensed Continued Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company H 11 DCD III SPF PANELS First HELP Panel for Supporting Options DCD III Specifying Supporting Options The following options affect the running of DCD III 1 CAI CA2 or CA3 For CA Optimizer users Option CA1 and CA3 move PROCEDURE DIVISION displacements into columns 73 80 and print columns 128 133 respectively to save paper when formatting DCD III narrative Option CA2 does what CA1 does plus selectively saves Some of the DATA DIVISION CA data in cols 73 80 2 C68 Use when older COBOL 68 is used 3 DEN May be set NODNF to not print error messages when matching names are missing in the Data Division 4 EIB Insert COPY member DFHEIBLK FOR CICS programs to resolve names such as EIBDATE and EIBTIME 5 ERR May be set to NOERROR to omit the printing of all error messages 6 FTx Default is to move the FROM TO position for data fields into columns 73 80 if these positions are blank Use N to stop this Use F to force the move Continued H 12 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III
35. 01 01 2001 14 56 PAGE 09 012000 05 WS EOF SW PIC X VALUE 0 012100 88 WS EOF VALUE 1 012200 05 WS CTL ERROR SW PIC X VALUE 0 012300 88 WS CONTROL ERROR VALUE 1 012400 05 WS CNT S9 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO 012500 01 WS WORK AREA 012600 05 012700 05 012800 05 WK FILLER PIC X 7 VALUE SPACES WK 8 12 X 5 VALUE SPACES WK FILLER 2 PIC X 68 VALUE SPACES Exhibit 2 CA2 Report Example Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company PAGE 23 000D90 000D94 000D9A 000D9A 000D9A 000DAO 000 4 000DEA 000DFE 000E02 000E06 000E06 000E3A 000 000 42 UNCOND 000E56 000E56 000E56 BL 4 039 BL 4 03A BL 4 03B BL 4 040 BL 4 040 BL 4 047 BL 4 04C VvVvv SQ NBR S LOGIC FLOW 047 038 044 COND GO TO 112 COMES FROM 104 RETURN TO 074 PERFORMED BY 077 029 045 040 COND GO TO 130 022 045 040 COND GO TO 130 047 047 047 COND GO TO 130 COMES FROM 119 RETURN TO 077 REFERS TO DATA NAME AT THIS MOVE 1 TO 118 123 IF 78 MOVE 1 TO 88 92 IF 71 ADD 1 TO 110 IF gt 56 75 READ TAPE FILE 922 INTO WRITE DISK REC 929 FROM IF INDEN 126 ID DP D D 128 A 13 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Specifying PARM Options DCD III is controlled by the use of PARM options included within the PARM field However when using DCD III PROCS to execut
36. 1028 If the transfer of control statement is conditional on the action of an IF AT END or other conditional statement then the four letters COND will precede the generated narrative See the GO TO in Exhibit 8 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 33 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility PERFORMS are handled in the following manner 1030 PERFORM B500 FLOAT FL2 IN THRU B599 EXIT PERFORM 1036 THRU 1042 1036 B500 FLOAT FL2 IN PERFORMED BY 1030 1042 B599 EXIT EXIT RETURN TO PERFORM AT 1030 Statements that transfer control to or from another program are documented accordingly with statements such as PROCEDURE DIVISION BEGIN OF PROGRAM CALL DCDPRINT CALL TO EXTERNAL PROGRAM GOBACK GOBACK SQ NBR 1 6 PROGRAM ID DCDLOGIC 01 01 2001 14 56 23 73 80 SQ NBR S LOGIC FLOW 1017 033400 MOVE WS MAX PD DIGITS TO WS NUMBER TIMES 322 324 1018 033500 1019 033600 ADD 1 TO WS NEXT COLUMN 320 1020 033700 SET W34 INDEX TO WS NEXT COLUMN 276 320 1021 033800 1022 033900 IF WS MAX PD DIGITS 3 322 1023 034000 SET FL2 INDEX TO 3 292 1024 034100 ELSE 1025 034200 IF WS MAX PD DIGITS 4 322 1026 034300 SET FL2 INDEX TO 2 292 1027 034400 ELSE 1028 034500 GO TO B999 EXIT COND GO TO 1044 1029 034600 1030 034700 PERFORM B500 FLOAT FL2 IN THRU 599 PERFORM 1036 THRU 1042 1031 034800 UNTIL WS NUMBER TIMES ZERO 324 1032 034900 1033 035000 B299 EXIT EXIT RETURN TO PE
37. 201 3131 70 PAYMONTH 163 164 PAYROLL 178 179 43800 00 PAYMONTH 155 PAYROLL 170 A B Exhibit 13 System Cross Reference for Literals A Literal B COBOL program id C Sequence numbers where literal is used B 56 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports STMT NUMBER TAX SYSTEM PARAGRAPH CROSS REFERENCE 01 01 2001 PAGE 01 PROGRAM SEQ 4 PARAGRAPH SECTION SEQ TYPE TRANSFER PARAGRAPH OF TRANSFER PAYMONTH 145 A PROCESS PAYROLL RECORDS SECTION 137 PERFORM 040 PROCESS ALL RECORDS PAYROLL 144 A PROCESS PAYROLL RECORDS SECTION 136 PERFORM 040 PROCESS ALL RECORDS 138 PERFORM 040 PROCESS ALL RECORDS PAYROLL 168 A060 COMPUTE FICA A PROCESS PAYROLL RECORDS 164 GOTO A050 COMPUTE STATE TAX PAYROLL 217 A800 READ NEXT RECORD A PROCESS PAYROLL RECORDS 151 GO TO A010 VERIFY EMPLOYEE PAYROLL 224 B COMPUTE FEDERAL TAX SECTION 159 PERFORM A040 COMPUTE FEDERAL PAYROLL 231 C COMPUTE STATE TAX00 SECTION 166 PERFORM A050 COMPUTE STATE TAX A B D E F G Exhibit 14 System Paragraph Cross Reference A COBOL program id B Sequence number of the paragraph C Paragraph or section name D Section name that paragraph name belongs to E Sequence number of COBOL verb referencing this paragraph or section F COBOL verb referencing this paragraph or section Paragraph name that contains the COBOL verb MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 57 DCD
38. 3 Columns 1 17 RANGE nnnnn nnnnn Specifies a range of sequence number Each nnnnn MUST BE 5 digits The first nnnnn specifies a BEGIN program sequence number The second nnnnn specified an END program sequence number These sequence numbers are determined AFTER COPY members are expanded To be safe use sequence numbers from the Alternate Compile Listing for the program submitted Warning Do not use RANGE when multiple programs are used If RANGE is used and the program is modified then the RANGE will change and need to be modified B 30 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports JCL Examples The examples within this heading use one of three DCD III PROCs These three PROCs are 1 PANCOBOL 3 DCDCOBOL 2 LIBCOBOL Within each of the examples capitalized letters should be left coded as shown and non capitalized letters require the user to enter in the names or entries required to complete the JCL Some of the examples using the DCDCOBOL PROC also use the MBRFETCH PROC For WRITPDS and READPDS options see the heading for WRITPDS and READPDS Options Example 1 Print the System Paragraph Cross Reference and System Data Name Cross Reference Reports from three programs residing on a Panvalet library
39. 41 DCDWKSI through DCDWKS7 work files B 36 B 39 B 40 B 41 B 43 DCD NODDC PARM Option see also Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report A 16 A 19 DICT PARM Option see also Data Dictionary Interface File B 12 B 15 B 17 B 37 B 68 E 25 DL Fields in CASE files C 16 C 20 C 24 DL1 PARM Option A 16 A 19 B 12 B 17 DLI Supported by DCD III A 10 A 12 B 9 B 10 C 28 DMAP report compiler A 6 A 10 A 11 A 30 E Errors E level A 6 A 8 Errors listed in PRINT DD C 5 Error messages Section E 1 through E 44 Expanded Procedure Division Narrative File CASE C 38 C 39 FGCONSTS NOFGCONSTS PARM Option see also Figurative Constant Report System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants A 16 A 19 B 12 B 17 B 43 FIGCON PROC Symbolic A 19 C 23 FIGCON PROC Symbolic Examples using A 22 A 48 Figurative Constants Report see also System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants IV A 16 A 30 A 37 A 38 A 48 Flags Direct and Indirect in SRA Report IV B 5 B 15 B 62 B 63 in Data Dict File B 69 B 70 C 41 C 42 C 43 Following a Data Field Report Y2K Option B 3 B 4 B 5 B 17 B 27 B 35 B 45 B 68 Boe Group fields flagged in CASE file C 9 Group fields flagged in Data Division Condensed Cross Reference A 40 A 41 Group fields flagged in Layout Report B 54 Group names using on control cards for Layout Report B 22 G 4 Marble Computer Inc The Softw
40. 80 102 103 104 106 107 108 109 111 117 121 125 129 13 133 134 137 138 Tested 105 111 Used 110 111 117 121 135 129 130 133 137 138 Exhibit 16 Overflow report to Indirect References Use of DCD III PARM Options This heading is provided to make the user aware of the way in which PARM fields are used to specify options for DCD III For a complete list of the options available and more information Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 43 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility on executing the Alternate Compile Facility finish reviewing this heading review the heading on Use of DCD III PROCS and Symbolics then consult the Table of Contents and go to the beginning headings in this section Options to control execution are provided through the use of PARM fields The user provides control information and uses the PARM field as the means to pass this information through to the DCD III program Two types of control fields may be entered via the PARM field l Keyword options which consist of a A leftmost identifying field b equals sign c A value field following the equal sign 2 Non keyword options which consist of a A leftmost identifying field with or without the two letters NO ahead of it Keyword options should be enclosed in single apostrophes as shown here 60 There is reason to enclose non keyword options in single apostrophes The follow
41. 88 CIE 6 BY VALUE B 88 CIE 6 WITH POINTER VALUE P 10 CIE 6 OPEN TYPE PIC X 88 CIE 6 OPEN INPUT VALUE T 88 CIE 6 OPEN I O VALUE B 88 CIE 6 OPEN OUTPUT VALUE O 88 CIE 6 OPEN EXTEND VALUE 10 6 5 PIC X 88 CIE 6 SET TO VALUE 88 CIE 6 SET UP VALUE 47 88 CIE 6 SET DOWN VALUE D 10 CIE 6 INSPECT FORM PIC X 88 CIE 6 INSPECT TALLYING VALUE 88 CIE 6 INSPECT REPLACING VALUE R 88 CIE 6 INSPECT BOTH VALUE B 88 CIE 6 INSPECT CONVERTING VALUE 10 CIE 6 INSPECT INITIAL SW PIC X 88 CIE 6 INSPECT BEFORE VALUE B 88 CIE 6 WRITE BEFORE VALUE B 88 CIE 6 INSPECT AFTER VALUE A 88 CIE 6 WRITE AFTER VALUE A 10 CIE 6 SORT MERGE SW PIC X 88 CIE 6 SORT MERGE VALID KEYS VALUE A D 88 CIE 6 SORT MERGE ASCENDING VALUE A 88 CIE 6 SORT MERGE DESCENDING VALUE D 88 CIE 6 SORT MERGE USING VALUE 47 88 CIE 6 SORT MERGE GIVING VALUE G 10 CIE 6 SEND WITH SW PIC X 88 CIE 6 SEND WITH ESI VALUE S 88 CIE 6 SEND WITH EMI VALUE M 88 CIE 6 SEND WITH EGI VALUE 88 CIE 6 SEND WITH IDENT VALUE T 10 CIE 6 INITIALIZE SW CIE 6 SEND WITH SW PIC X 1 88 CIE 6 INIT NO OPERAND 2 VALUE 0 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL ALPHABETIC VALUE 1 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL ALPHANUMERIC VALUE 27 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL NUMERIC VALUE 3 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL ALPHANU EDITED VALUE 4 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL NUMERIC EDITED VALUE 5
42. A new option NIS Narrative In Sequence has been added to allow a different sort sequencefor the Data Division narrative The current default for the narrative uses the COBOL verb ADD IF MOVE etc as the primary sort When this option is used the Narrative uses the ascending Procedure Division sequence number as the primary sort This newoption affects three DCD reports e Source Listing of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility e Data Name Cross Reference of the Other COBOL Reports Facility e LAYOUTS of the Other COBOL Reports Facility Beginning support is provided for IBM s new compiler IBM SAA AD CYCLE COBOL 370 Continuing changes have also been made for release 3 of VS COBOL II especially in COMPILE mode of the UCLF For those who use CA Optimizer with VS COBOL II we have made changes to keep pace with modifications so that DCD reads CA Optimizer listings correctly Small problems in the handling of SOL code EXEC SQL have corrected New Release Highlights Release 1 6 April 1 1994 DCD III now handles COPY members within COPY members Both COPY reports one in UCLF and one in OCRF show the nested level of the COPY member All host variables with SQL SEARCH PREDICATEs are now fully documented instead of just the first variable Additions and corrections to our new ISPF panels e Headings have been changed to conform with requests from users and present a more SPF look The COLORS have been changed to conform m
43. AS IS The INITIALIZE statement at the compiler number shown contains an identifier that is not alphanumeric Check the INITIALIZE statement and make corrections as necessary THE OPERAND AFTER REPLACING field contents IS UNKNOWN BYPASSING INITIALIZE The INITIALIZE statement at the compiler number shown contains an operand following the word REPLACING that is misspelled or unrecognized Check the INITIALIZE statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING BY AFTER REPLACING FOUND field contents BYPASSING INITIALIZE The INITIALIZE statement at the compile number shown contains an unrecognized word following the word REPLACING Check the INITIALIZE statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING ALPHANUMERIC FIELD IN MARGIN B AFTER EXEC field contents FOUND field contents ACCEPTED The EXEC statement at the compiler number shown contains a data name that is not alphanumeric or is not in the correct margin Check the EXEC statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING ALPHANUMERIC FIELD PRIOR TO LEFT PARENTHESIS FOUND Field contents The EXEC statement at the compiler number shown contains a field to the left of the left parenthesis that is not alphanumeric Check the EXEC statement and make corrections as necessary EXCESSIVE PARAMETERS BYPASSED IN EXEC STMT An excessive number of parameters were used within one EXEC statement Determine why an excessive number was used and correct If already
44. Analysis Report the control statement field for the record name may be used to select just a group name or an elementary dataname Also see the UNREF PARM option for further limiting of the Data Analysis Report Selecting by COPY Name for System Record Analysis Selecting 01 records for use in the System Record Analysis report may be done by using COPY member name Simply specify the COPY member name and those COPYs which begin in the COPY immediately with an 01 will be selected Caution if the COPY begins with other than an 01 such as an FD it will be selected The end result is a full report on all SET USED and TESTED activity direct or indirect on each field within COPY used throughout a system of COBOL programs The PARM option needed to invoke this feature is SRCOPY The control statements have the following format Columns 1 7 Theconstant SRCOPY Columns Columns 8 15 The COPY member name The DDNAME for inputting these control statements is the same CTLCDSRA used for other System Record Analysis control statements It is possible to combine other control statements for these SRCOPY control statements When this is done the other control statements must come before the SRCOPY control statements When the SRCOPY option is used both the COPY Analysis Report and System Record Analysis Report will be printed The COPY Analysis Report will list all COPY members found in all programs The System Record Analysis Report will list onl
45. Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Executing DCD III When Using a PROC To execute DCD III when using a PROC simply enter an EXEC DCD III PROC line enter any changes to the PROC by using symbolics and add any indicated extra DD cards into the job stream The following is an example of executing the DCDACL PROC to produce all DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports available with the exception of the Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Report Also unreferenced names will be omitted from the Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report The DCDACL PROC is shown on the next page STEPI EXEC DCDACL CPROCDV NO UNREF NO COBOLIN DD DSN USER LIBRARY PROG831 DISP SHR COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPYLIB DISP SHR Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 49 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility IDCDACL PROC SOURCE PRODUCE SOURCE REPORT CALL PRODUCE CALL REPORT COPY PRODUCE COPY REPORT FIGCON PRODUCE FIGURATIVE CONSTANT REPORT LITERAL PRODUCE LITERAL REPORT SPREGS PRODUCE SPECIAL REGISTER REPORT CDATADV PRODUCE CONDENSED DATA DIV REPORT CPROCDV PRODUCE CONDENSED PROC DIV REPORT RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS WHEN FOUND UNREF INCLUDE UNREF NAMES IN CROSS REFERENCE USE XXXX NO ABOVE TO TURN OFF E G COPYzNO TO OMIT COPY REPORT OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS LINECNT 6
46. Contents for the Layout Reports by record name will be produced ahead of the Layout Reports Unless the LTS option is used the Table of Contents will be sorted in alphabetic sequence by record name This option when used turns the LTC option on However the records in the Table of Contents will not be sorted They will be left in sequence as they were inputted into DCD III or as they appear in the COBOL program This option when used indicates that Layout Reports should also be produced for 77 level entries Produce the System Cross Reference for Literals Set the maximum lines per page for all DCD III reports Re arrange the SORT sequence of the COBOL narrative produced by DCD into primary sequence by compiler sequence number then verb name Without this option the primary sequence is verb name Convert all NARRATIVE produced by DCD III to UPPER Case Characters Produce the System Cross Reference Produce a set of ranges of beginning and ending expanded after Copy members have been resolved sequence numbers for paragraphs and sections within a COBOL program Use the double quote rather than the single apostrophe as a delimiter for alphanumeric literals The defaulted DETERMINE option allows using the first quote or apostrophe encountered to determine whether to use option QUOTE or NOQUOTE as a delimiter Produce the 01 Records Report This option indicates DCD III will resolve COPY members by accessing the members on the data s
47. DA1 to DAS is used NODAL removes the leading NODAL selected digits from the data name in the report while DAL leaves the digits in front of the data name Produce an Interface File for any desired use including interfacing with a commercial Data Dictionary This option has the same effect as invoking the SRA option i e control statements are required The output file is on DD DCDDICT and at job end has a record length of 120 and a block size of 3120 See both Data Dictionary Interface File and Control Statements for System Record Analysis in this section Option DDF is default and OPENs the DCDDICT file as OUTPUT to clear the file for each run Option CDD does not clear the file for each run Produce Direct Tracing of Literals See Control Statements for Literal Tracing in this section for overview of report and for individual reports Three reports are available Sub option DRC is the default and is for printing all three reports MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports DLI DNF NODNF EIB ERRORS NOERRORS FGCONSTS NOFGCONSTS LAYOUTS NOLAYOUTS LFD LHX LHR LKI LLA LLI LOR LSQ LPV NOLPV This option is always turned on However for DL1 COBOL programs the DL1 programs Should be run through the DL1 pre processor prior to being run through DCD III Print a warning message for data names not found in the Da
48. DCD system necessary for installation without ISPF panels The next six files contain files necessary for the installation of the ISPF panels When re installing DCD III without changes to the ISPF panels only the first file or the first two files need to be loaded When loading all the files a member INSTALL an IEBCOPY unloaded Partitioned Data Set that resides on the third file of this cartridge may be re loaded first to make installation easier The JCL for re loading this member is shown on the next page The third file contains the INSTALL member along with 11 CASE COBOL COPY members which are accessed by the ISPF panels Ideally the 11 COPY members without the INSTALL member should be moved to a new separate COBOL file with the same attributes as the CNTL library This new file CNTL or COBOL then needs to be named within one of the panels and put into one of the JCL skeletons Instructions for using this new file name are listed later under the heading Modifying CLISTs Panels and JCL Skeletons The 4th through 8th files are all related to ISPF They should be loaded to their own respective partitioned data sets corresponding to five categories of files used with ISPF panels as follows DDNAME Type 4 SYSPROC CLIST 5 ISPPLIB Panel 6 ISPMLIB Message 7 ISPSLIB JCL Skeleton 8 ISPLLIB LOAD module and then one of two methods may be used to access the members contained within the PDSs 1 The PDSs may be concatenated with ot
49. DCDGDZ10 D Explanation User Action DCDGDZ20 D Explanation User Action DCDGDZ30 D Explanation User Action DCDGDZ40 D Explanation User Action DCDGF002 D Explanation User Action DCDGJB04 C Explanation User Action DCDGJN02 W E 24 CANNOT FIND LITERAL AFTER VALUE BYPASSING The level number and clause at the compiler number shown must contain a literal following the word VALUE Check the line indicated and make any necessary corrections INDEX NAME IS MISSING OR IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC AFTER INDEXED BY CLAUSE BYPASSING The INDEXED BY clause at the compiler number shown contains an index name that is not alphanumeric or is missing Check the line and make corrections as necessary ENTRY FOR PICTURE CLAUSE HAS NON NUMERIC VALUE WITHIN PARENTHESES picture The PICTURE clause at the compiler number shown must contain a numeric value within its parentheses Check the PICTURE clause and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING ALPHANUMERIC NAME FOR REPORT IS CLAUSE The REPORT IS clause at the compiler number shown contains a word following it that is not alphanumeric Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING QUALIFIER TO FOLLOW OF OR IN FOUND field contents Expecting qualifier to follow OF or IN Examine listing and insert qualifier at correct location TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program being documented Re
50. DCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR DCDACL 1 DCD USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR LIBACL 2 DCD USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR PANACL 2 DCD USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR DCDSYSTM DCDCOBOL 1 DCD USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR INFILE DCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD amp amp COMPLIST OLD PASS GIVEBACK COMACL 2 RETCMPLR amp amp COMPLIST OLD DELETE LIST LIBRARAN LIBACL 1 LIB SYSOUT MASTER LIBRARAN LIBACL 1 LIB LIBRARAN SOURCE SHR OSJOB LIBRARAN LIBACL 1 LIB amp amp TEMP NEW PASS OUTSET MBRFETCH DCDJCL 1 MBR amp amp PASSFILE MOD PASS 001 PAN 1 PANACL 1 PAN PANVALET SOURCE SHR PANO02 PAN 1 PANACL 1 PAN amp amp TEMP NEW PASS PRINT DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT SYSOUT DCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD SYSOUT DCDACL 1 DCD SYSOUT LIBACL 2 DCD SYSOUT PANACL 2 DCD SYSOUT DCDSYSTM DCDCOBOL 1 DCD SYSOUT PROFILE DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT amp amp PASSFILE OLD DELETE PRTCMPLRDCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD SYSOUT PRTFILE GIVEBACK COMACL 2 RETCMPLR SYSOUT PRTMSG DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 SYSOUT REPORTS DCDSYSTM DCDCOBOL 1 DCD SYSOUT JCL PROC Analysis Report DDNAME Sequence D 14 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility JCL DATA SET ANALYSIS DDNAME CONTROL PRINT SORTLIB SORTMESS SYSOUT SYSPRINT LIST MASTER OSJOB COBOLIN CONTROL PRINT SORTLIB SORTMESS SYSOUT SYSPRINT OUTSET PRINT PRTMSG RPTFILE SYSOUT SYSUDUMP SYSOUT SORTMESS SORTLIB PROCFILE WKFILE SYSIN CONTROL PROGRAM PROC DCDMAIN
51. DCDYIA08 E Explanation User Action DCDYIA10 E Explanation User Action DCDYIA11 E Explanation User Action DCDYIE01 E Explanation User Action DCDYK040 I Explanation User Action DCDYLO030 I Explanation User Action DCDYN100 I amp DCDYN110 I Explanation User Action DCDYN115 I THE HIERARCHY EXCEEDED 23 LEVELS DEEP FOR SYSTEM xxxxxxxx EXCESS LEVELS IGNORED The CALL Hierarchy Report is designed to handle CALLs to a level of 23 deep CALLs going deeper than that are ignored Determine why CALLs are going to this depth If necessary contact MARBLE Compute Inc CANNOT ADD CALL TO xxxxxxxx AS THIS IS WITHIN CURRENT STRING SEE NOTE BELOW When determining the trace of CALLs a CALL to a program was found that itself is found earlier within this chain See following messages which show the order of the trace established so far Then determine why this is happening and either correct or do not run this report XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX This message appears after message DCDYHD31 E showing the order of CALLs which caused that message If necessary more than one of these messages will appear See error message DCDYHD31 E EXCEEDED nnnn PROGRAMS FOR CALL HIERARCHY CHART WILL BE INCOMPLETE The number specified is the maximum number of programs that may be submitted for this report Determine if a smaller number of programs may be used when running this report NO RECORDS WERE PASSED INTO
52. DD SORTMESS DD SORTLIB DD I SORTWKOI DD SORTWK02 DD SORTWK03 DD NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUEFNO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUENO NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 NIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG Ci arly nie cole an cng cec uo e Exhibit 1 PANCOBOL PROC MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 39 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports LIBCOBOL PROC CA
53. DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERNAME COBRECS TER IMBR USERNAME DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY DISP SHR ISTEP6A EXEC DCDCOBOL LAYOUT OTHER LOR DCD COBOLIN DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD PASS The above example pulls off all members that are specifically COBOL records that begin with a valid COBOL level number and specifically whose member name starts with the three characters TER and passes these COBOL records into DCD III for producing Layout Reports on these records Further information on the member fetcher PROC is provided under the heading Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC B 8 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Other Features Supported This heading provides a list of support for those other features both inside and outside of the standard support for the COBOL compiler that the user may have a need for Those features supported by DCD III in this section are CICS COBOL 68 and earlier COBOL 74 COBOL 85 COBOL 370 COBOL for MVS amp VM COBOL 390 ENTERPRISE amp Z OS DB2 SQL DLI Librarian Panvalet SEO dao 1 CICS CICS is fully supported by DCD III Ideally the CICS program should be run through the CICS pre processor before being brought into DCD III If the pre processor step is done both CICS commands and the CALL statements generated by CI
54. E3E HIST LD 2G TKY 1236 6 ALL 4 CURRENT DATE SPACES ZEROS A B C Exhibit 20 Possible Literals for Each Field Report Sequence Number for the field being traced Field Name A Possible Ending Literals available for this field QU B 64 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 POSSIBLE LITERALS SHOWING OWNER FIELDS TRACED FIELD amp RELATED FIELDS 816 HIST 2ND ACCOUNT A 1134 1116 411 512 431 816 1125 B C3 IDENT ACCT C3 IDENT ACCT C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A CUST IDNT ALPHA 1 CUST MAIN ACCOUNT 3RD ID CUST MAIN ACCOUNT 3RD ID CUST STORAGE IDENT HIST 2ND ACCOUNT S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA D Possible Literals Showing Owner Fields Report LITERAL VALUE UNKNOWN ALL 4 VALUE UNKNOWN SPACES ZEROS A142165513 CUST E3E SPACES BB 1235 HIST LD 2G 1236 6 TKY CURRENT DATE E Exhibit 21 Traced Field COBOL Sequence Number Traced Field Related Field COBOL Sequence Number Related Field Possible Literal tied to Related Field How the Literal might be Formed FLAGS for easy reference MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company PAGE HOW FORMED UNKNOWN VALUE MOVE LITERAL UNKNOWN VALUE MOVE FIG CONST MOVE FIG CONST INITIAL VALUE INITIAL VALUE MOV
55. Examples in this section for an example of JCL to use this feature Node is defined as a cluster of characters in name separated by dashes MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 29 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports BYPASS Control Statements After the first run of Selecting Names it is possible to have TRACED names names traced with the use of PARM option YAP which may not actually be in a valid functioning program path For example a date in an 01 record HEADING 1 may accurately trace to a related 01 record PRINT RECORD but can inaccurately trace to other 01 records HEADING 2 and DETAIL RECORD As a simple means of stopping the trace into and through HEADING 2 and DETAIL RECORD bypass control statements should be provided using Format l 01 record name or in other cases using Format 2 below The DD name of the control file for BYPASS statements is BYPASS Only columns 1 30 may be in BYPASS control statements RANGE control statements only use columns 1 17 There are three formats for BYPASS control statements They follow Format 1 Columns 1 30 01 record name Specifies an 01 record WHICH IS NOT implicitly or explicitly REDEFINEd When used all names belonging to this record AND it s redefined implicit or explicit 01 records will be BYPASSed Format 2 Columns 1 30 data name Specifies a COBOL elementary group 88 name or other data division name which is to by BYPASSed Format
56. Execute DCD III Without Using PROCs The JCL necessary to execute the DCDSYSTM program for use with the features in this section is listed here and is informational It is recommended however that PROCs be used for the actual execution of DCD III The rest of this section is designed for use of the PROCS shown in this section DCD EXEC PGM DCDSYSTM REGION 8192K PARM options STEPLIB DD DSN user loadlib DISP SHR DDCDWKO DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK02 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK03 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK04 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DDCDWK05 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK06 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DDCDWK07 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DDCDWK08 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DDCDWK09 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK10 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK11 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK12 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKSI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS4 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS5 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS6 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS7 DD UNIT S
57. Exhibit 9 Condensed VERB Report Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 35 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility The CALL Statement Report shows all ENTRYs into a program and CALLs out of the program in a concise report provided for quick and easy analysis of CALL activity within a program For Dynamic CALL names up to two extra lines may precede the documentation for this line show any Data Division literal and any immediate MOVE literal to Dynamic Call Name Each ENTRY or CALL is listed on one line The number of parameters associated with that ENTRY or CALL is also listed on the same line along with a sequence number for finding the ENTRY or CALL within the program The following sequence is used for this report 1 CALL name or ENTRY name 2 Sequence number in the Procedure Division of where the CALL or ENTRY is found 4 COPY Statements The COPY Statements Report gives a listing of all COPY members used within the program and for CICS DL1 amp DB2 programs fives a listing of all INCLUDE members Each COPY statement is listed on one line Additional information associated with the COPY statement such as SUPPRESS the REPLACING clause and the clause OF LIBRARY NAME have their presence indicated as shown in Exhibit 9 The division where the COPY statement resides is also shown as is the sequence number of where the COPY statement may be found The following sequences are used for this repo
58. FILE FOUND FOR COBOL PROGRAM COBOL file exists but contains no records Check to ensure COBOL file contains records TRACE OPTION available for first program found Ignored for EXTRA programs Tracing and Analysis is only available for one program at a time If more programs were inputted then the extra programs will not have Tracing and Analysis done on them Limit Tracing and Analysis to one program at a time DIT OPTION available for first program found Ignored for EXTRA programs Direct Tracing of Literals is only available for one program at a time If more programs were inputted then the extra programs will not have Direct Tracing of Literals done on them Limit Direct Tracing of Literals to one program at a time START OF ASSEMBLER PROGRAM FOUND WITHIN PROGRAM The start of an Assembler program was found when reading in COBOL programs Review the input and ensure that only COBOL programs are being inputted COLUMN 7 OF LINE AFTER THE PROCEDURE DIVISION OF COBOL PROGRAM XXXXXXXX IS INVALID SEE NEXT LINE Within the Procedure Division a line was found which may be invalid Examine the line and take corrective action if necessary USE OF PARM OPTION LOR REQUIRES COBOL RECS FOUND COBOL PROGRAM INSTEAD MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 11 DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDB0XA6 C Explanation User Action DCDBO0XAT7 I Explanation User Action DCDB0XA9
59. Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Description of Individual Fields CIE 1 SOURCE LINE NUMBER CIE 1 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER CIE 1 TYPE FLAG CIE LEVEL NUMBER CIE DATA NAME CIE 1 START ADDRESS CIE 1 END ADDRESS CIE 1 OCCURS FACTOR CIE 1 REDEFINES SRC LINE CIE 1 REDEFINES EXP LINE CIE 1 ITEM TYPE CIE 1 SECTION IND CIE 1 TYPE USAGE CIE 1 CLASS CIE 1 INTEGER DIGITS CIE 1 FRACTION DIGITS CIE 1 ALT OCCURS NBR GROUP 6 CIE 1 USE COMP FIELD SW CIE 1 OCCURS NBR TIMES Do not use The expanded sequence number after COPY members have been resolved and brought into the program where this data field is defined in the program An indicator which has a value of SPACE for most records and a non space value for records containing FD information Level number associated with the data field in this record Data name Beginning position relative to 1 for this record where this field starts within the 01 record Ending position of this field within the record How many times this field OCCURS dictated by 1 or more OCCURS Do not use For fields containing the REDEFINES clause this field contains the expanded sequence number of the field being redefined Contains a for group fields Contains one letter indicating the section where this record or dat
60. Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 27 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files C 28 01 COPY PARATYP2 PF2 PARA 2 RANGES FOR PARAS 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 PAR 2 SOURCE LINE NUMBER PAR 2 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PAR 2 TOKEN COLUMN NUMBER PAR 2 PARA OR SECT PAR 2 RELEVANT SECTION PAR 2 VERB CODE PAR 2 PARAGRAPH NAME PAR 2 SECTION NAME PAR 2 PRIOR TOKEN OF PARA SECT PAR 2 LAST TOKEN IN PROGRAM PAR 2 DECLARATIVES PAR 2 END DECLARATIVES PAR 2 GO TO PAR 2 GO TO DEPENDS ON PAR 2 PERFORM PAR 2 PERFORM THRU PAR 2 INPUT PROCEDURE PAR 2 INPUT PROCEDURE THRU PAR 2 OUTPUT PROCEDURE PAR 2 OUTPUT PROCEDURE THRU PAR 2 ALTER PARA PAR 2 ALTER TO PROCEED TO PAR 2 GOBACK PAR 2 STOP RUN PAR 2 EXIT PROGRAM PAR 2 EXIT PAR 2 CALL PAR 2 PROGRAM ENTRY PAR 2 ENTRY PAR 2 CANCEL PAR 2 INITIATE PAR 2 GENERATE PAR 2 TERMINATE PAR 2 EXEC CICS PAR 2 EXEC DL1 PAR 2 EXEC SQL PAR CONDITIONAL SW PIC X 88 PAR 2 CONDITIONAL PAR 2 MULTIPLE OPERANDS SW PIC X 88 PAR 2 NAME EXP LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 PAR 2 NAME COLUMN NUMBER PIC 9 2 PAR 2 SOURCE BEGIN NBR PIC 9 5 PAR 2 EXPANDED BEGIN NBR PIC 9 5 PAR 2 SOURCE END NBR PIC 9 5 PAR 2 EXPANDED END NBR PIC 9 5 PAR MULTIPLE OPERANDS Exhibit 5 PIC 9 5 PIC 9 2 PIC 9 2 PIC X 30 PIC X 30 PIC 999 VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VA
61. Librarian modules is provided to prevent security violations in packages such as RACF ACF2 TOP SECRET and others Continued XIV 10 XV New Release Highlights Release 2 3 Continued April 1 1998 Advanced handling of Intrinsic Functions in COBOL is now handled Cross referencing is now provided for the COBOL clause DEPENDING ON Data Name providing a reference to assist in locating the Data Name when it is separate from the table Changes in the minimum amount of REGION used in SORT packages such as SYNC SORT have been addressed by upping the REGION used for both SORTREG and overall REGION within all DCD III JCL Also it is now possible to externally specify REGION when using the DCD III SPF facility As always minor fixes reported during the last year have been added to this new release New Release Highlights Release 2 4 March 1 1999 A major new feature Tracing and Analysis is added to DCD III with this release Parts of this new feature were released last year in release 2 3 This year Full Tracing and more has been added as shown below The bottom line for this new feature is that a programmer can start on a Modification to a COBOL program and within a quick and simple DCD III run produce a report showing every single data name that will need to be considered in making any changes for any data field in the program For user s who have not completed their Year 2000 conversion the following is avail
62. NO MATCHING FILE NAME FOUND FOR file name The SORT statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name that does not match a file name in the Data Division Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING ASCENDING OR DESCENDING FOUND field contents The SORT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word ASCENDING or DESCENDING following the name of the sort file and the word ON Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING USING or INPUT FOUND field contents The SORT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word INPUT or USING Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary OUTPUT OR GIVING NOT FOUND WITHIN SORT The SORT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word GIVING or OUTPUT Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary PROCEDURE IS MISSING AFTER OUTPUT CONTINUING The SORT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word PROCEDURE after OUTPUT Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary SORT KEY IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC sort key ACCEPTED The SORT statement at the compiler number shown contains a sort key that is not alphanumeric MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 19 DCD III Error Messages User Action DCDEH30A C Explanation User Action DCDEH30B E amp DCDEH30C E Explanation User Action DCDEH30D C Explanation User Action DCDEH31A C Explana
63. NODE 20 Data Name For selecting by begin of Node 4 END NODE 20 Data Name For selection by end of Node 5 NODE 20 Data Name Wild Strings Allowed selects from any Node 6 NODE2 20 Data Name Wild Strings Allowed selects from any Node 7 PICTURE 20 PICTURE Use ORs to select different combinations 8 LEVEL NUMBER 02 Level Numbers Use ORs to select different level numbers 9 WHOLE DIGITS 02 Coded Numeric Size Selects by of digits on left of decimal place 10 DECIMAL DIGITS 02 Coded Numeric Size Selects by of digits on right of decimal place 11 START POSITION gt lt 07 Position in record May use two START POSITION keywords separated by AND 1 using gt and 1 using lt 12 END POSITION gt lt 07 Position in record May use two keywords one and one 13 FIELD SIZE gt lt 07 Actual Size of Field May use two keywords one gt and one lt 14 GROUP ONLY 01 GROUP fields Use Y to select only GROUP fields 15 ELEMENTARY ONLY 01 ELEMENTARY fields Use Y to select only ELEMENTARY fields 16 SECTION 01 SECTION Use first letter of SECTION as follows F FILE W WORKING STORAGE L LINKAGE R REPORT C COMMUNICATION 17 USAGE 02 USAGE Use two letters for USAGE as follows D DISPLAY D1 DISPLAY 1 C COMP C1 COMP 1 C2 COMP 2 C3 COMP 3 C4 COMP 4 IX INDEX 18 CLASS 01 CLASS Use one letter for CLASS as follows N Numeric X Alphabetic or Alphanumeric E Numeric Edited 19 NAME 30 NAME OF 01 re
64. NR RECORD 05 NR CMPLR NBR PIC 9 5 05 NR NARRATIVE PIC X 55 Exhibit 8 COPY Member for Procedure Division Narrative for Each Data Field NR CMPLR NBR NR NARRATIVE Description of Individual Fields An expanded sequence number of the Data Division statement for which the narrative is for COBOL narrative belonging to the data name indicated by the sequence number above MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Expanded Procedure Division Narrative This file has a narrative for each Data Division field showing all Procedure Division references to this field The length of the narrative is 83 characters To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Other COBOL Reports Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDCOBOL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic on the EXEC DCDCOBOL or other PROC name line to turn on the DATA PARM option To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKOS5 D The LRECL of the file is 130 The following page shows the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record C 38 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Tope 01 NR RECORD 05 NR DATA NAME PIC X 30 05 NR PROGRAM NAME PIC X 08 05 NR CM
65. REPLACING or is incorrect Check the EXAMINE statement and correct as necessary EXAMINE WITH JUST REPLACING REQUIRES BY FOUND field contents BYPASSING The EXAMINE statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word BY Check the EXAMINE statement and correct as necessary EXHIBIT REQUIRES NAMED OR CHANGED ACCEPTED AS IS The EXHIBIT statement at the compiler number shown requires the word NAMED CHANGED or both to ensure correct syntax Check the EXHIBIT statement and correct as necessary THE SYNTAX FOR AN OPEN STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE The syntax found for the OPEN statement at this compiler line number is invalid Look at the OPEN statement and determine the cause of the error EXPECTING INPUT OUTPUT I O OR EXTEND FOUND field contents TREATED AS OUTPUT The field shown was found after the verb OPEN If this is correct ignore or contact MARBLE Computer Inc If not correct as necessary THE FILE NAME file name IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The file name found after the COBOL verb OPEN at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the OPEN statement and correct as necessary THE FORMAT OF THIS SET STATEMENT IS UNRECOGNIZED BYPASSING Two forms of the SET statement are recognized SET index name TO and SET index name UP or DOWN BY Correct this SET statement as necessary IDENTIFIER AFTER INSPECT field contents NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The identifier found aft
66. Reports are to be run for In the case of group names the field positions in the Layout Reports will be relative to the start of the 01 record as opposed to the start of the group field however the first field position in the group field may be reset to one by specifying an asterisk after the group field in the control statement The format of this type of control statement is as follows Column lthrough Ol record name or 02 48 level group name Column 1 SPACE Column 2 Optional Asterisk for group names that need to be reset An example follows DCD CTLCDLAY DD MR RECORD 1 MR RECORD 2 MR GROUP FIELD 3 In the above example the first two control statements indicate selection of two 01 record names The third control statement indicates the selection of a group field within an 01 record and the from to positions within the group field will be reset starting at 1 for this group Another type of control statement allows selection to be limited by not printing Layout Reports for records smaller than a given record length and or larger than a given record length Within these control statements is the ability to print just records which have a specific record length In the case of variable length records for determining size the largest record length applies The format of this type of control statement is as follows Columns 1 through 6 The constant SELECT Column 7 The character gt lt or Column 8
67. STEPI EXEC PANCOBOL SRCLIB panvalet library PARA DATA PAN SYSIN DD WRITE WORK progl WRITE WORK prog2 WRITE WORK prog3 DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copy library DISP SHR Note The COPYLIB DD is added assuming that there may be COPY members on some of the Panvalet stored programs Example 2 Print the CALL Analysis COPY Analysis and Verb Analysis Reports from two programs residing on a Librarian library ISTEP2 EXEC LIBCOBOL SRCLIB librarian lib CALL COPY VERB LIB SYSIN DD OPT EXEC SEL progl1 pswd EMOD SEL prog2 pswd EMOD END DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copy library DISP SHR Note The COPYLIB DD is added assuming there may be COPY members on some of the Librarian stored programs B 32 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Example 3 Print the System Cross Reference for Literals 01 Record Report and Layout Report from four programs residing on a partitioned data set ISTEP3 EXEC DCDCOBOL OTHER LIT RECORDS LA YOUT DCD COBOLIN DD DSNe user cobol library prog1 DISPZSHR DD DSNe user cobol library prog2 DISP SHR DD DSNe user cobol library prog3 DISP SHR DD DSNe user cobol library prog4 DISPZSHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copy library DISP SHR Example 4 Print the 01 Record and Layout Reports from all COBOL programs residing on a partitioned data set whose member name
68. The reason this can be done is due to the new and more complete narrative in COBOL in the Data Division The Data Analysis Report now the System Data Name Cross Reference is now ina condensed format which saves paper when printing this report DCD III has been separated into three distinct facilities e The output from the program side now referred to as the Alternate Compile Listing Facility is designed to more closely resemble the COBOL compiler output e Most reports previously available on the system side are now available under the Other COBOL Reports Facility e The Data Set Analysis Reports formerly on the system side have been moved to the JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Five new reports were added in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility e CALL Statements COPY Statements Figurative Constants Literals Special Registers These reports print one after the other without a page break In many cases all five reports will take only a page or two to print out Several reports that were available on the program side have been moved to the Other COBOL Reports Facility Producing the Layout Report is now easier and additional options are available to customize the report The File Analysis Report has been re named the System Record Analysis Report Furthermore where the File Analysis Report produced only direct flags for Set Used and Tested the System Record Analysis Report produces both direct and indirect flags It
69. UNREF NOUNREF PARM Option A 18 A 19 A 21 A 49 B 15 B 17 B 45 UNREF NOUNREF PARM Option Error messages E 40 E 41 Upper Case Narrative NUC option A 17 B 14 V Verb Analysis Report A 18 A 35 B 5 B 15 B 45 B 64 B 65 Verb Analysis Report Error message E 40 Verb Analysis Report Example running B 31 VERB PROC Symbolic B 17 VERB PROC Symbolic Example using B 31 VERB NOVERB PARM Option see also Verb Analysis Report A 18 A 19 B 15 B 17 B 43 VERB NOVERB PARM Option Example using B 31 Version 3 COBOL see also COBOL 68 and earlier VR3 NOVR3 PARM Option A 11 A 18 B 15 VR3 NOVR3 PARM Option see also Version 3 COBOL 68 and Earlier A 18 A 19 B 15 B 17 B 45 VR3 PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 VS COBOL II see COBOL 85 VS2 NOVS2 PARM Option VS COBOL II Error Message E 36 VS COBOL II Supported by DCD III A 11 B 9 VS COBOL I Used with CLN nn Parm Option A 16 VS2 NOVS2 PARM Option see also VS COBOL II COBOL 85 A 18 A 19 B 15 B 17 B 45 VS2 PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 W Work files see also individual work files DCDWKO1 DCDWKO07 DCDWKSI DCDWKS7 A 18 B 43 C 4 C 5 F 17 Work files Storing in condensed format B 28 Work space Efficient us of B 43 XYZ Y2K Code Verification B 16 B 72 Y2K Option Following a Data Name Report B 3 B 4 B 5 B 17 B 27 B 28 B 35 B 45 B 68 Zero Condition Code see also STOP PARM Option A 18 B 15 G 10 Marble Com
70. W Explanation User Action DCDCA010 D Explanation User Action DCDCA030 D Explanation User Action DCDCADD3 E Explanation User Action DCDCADDZ4 I Explanation User Action DCDCADD6 C Explanation User Action DCDCADD9 C Explanation User Action DCDCAH03 E Explanation User Action DCDCAH06 E Explanation User Action DCDCAX01 W Explanation User Action DCDCAX02 E E 12 A COBOL program was found as input when the PARM option LOR indicated Data Division records were being inputted Review what was intended and correct COBOL PROGRAM program name WAS DUPLICATED More than one COBOL program was found with this program name Determine why duplicate programs are present and remove those that are not wanted COBOL PROGRAM ID program BEING PROCESSED nnnnn Informational message produced for every COBOL program None INVALID WORD IN PROCEDURE DIVISION Found a PIC PICTURE or VALUE clause in the Procedure Division Check the program to find out why this condition occurred DDNAME DCDWK02 MISSING The running of DCD III requires work files DCDWKO2 and others The DDNAME DCDWK 2 was not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER A work file being used is in a corrupted state Try re running If necessary contact Marble Computer OVER 500 REPLACING TOKENS WITHIN ONE COPY REPLACING OPE
71. correct contact MARBLE Computer Inc EXPECTING QUALIFIER NAME AFTER OF OR IN EXEC STMT BYPASSING QUALIFICATION The EXEC statement at the compile number shown is missing a qualifier name after OF or IN Check the EXEC statement and make corrections as necessary EXCESSIVE QUALIFICATION FOR EXEC STATEMENT FOUND PROCESSING CONTINUING An excessive number of qualifiers were used within one EXEC statement Determine why an excessive number was used and correct If already correct contact MARBLE Computer Inc ALTER STATEMENT MISSING WORD TO The ALTER statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word TO after the first procedure name Check the ALTER statement and make corrections as necessary ALTER STATEMENT MISSING PROCEDURE NAME 2 The ALTER statement at the compiler number shown is missing procedure name 2 following the word TO Check the ALTER statement and make corrections as necessary STOP REQUIRES RUN OR LITERAL The STOP statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word RUN or a literal following it Check the STOP statement and make corrections as necessary DATA NAME FOLLOWING INITIATE NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The REPORT WRITER verb INITIATE requires an alphanumeric operand following it This was not found Check the statement and make necessary corrections MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 21 DCD III Error Messages DCDEH61A C DATA NA
72. e what format of the verb was used 16 CIE 6 CICS FORMAT 2 Contains the first CICS operand MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 21 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank C 22 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Basic Paragraph Information File This file has basic information on the location of paragraphs and sections and the referencing of those paragraphs through Procedure Division statements To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCS in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use the following PROC Symbolics on the EXEC DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn off all report PARM options as follows SOURCE NO CALL NO COPY NO FIGCON NO LITERAL NO SPREGS NO CDATADVzNO CPROCDV NO OTHER NOVER NOIRE To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWK06 2 The LRECL of the file is 104 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 23 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files C24 01 PAR 1 BASIC PARAGRAPH INFO 05
73. exceeded the run will now continue to end to allow a user to see a partial run More attention has been given to error messages to make them more readable A problem in looping during infinite tracing levels has been fixed A new PARM field has been included to allow the user to limit the maximum trace levels used Reference Modification in complex AND OR statements is now allowed for The Procedure Division Narrative for this has been corrected to document all data names addressed Special Register LENGTH OF is now processed by DCD III A special PARM option has been added to invoke older COBOL COPY member handling where the user expects the 01 record name preceding the COPY on the same line to overlap the 01 record name within the COPY member Documentation on use of the IBM Compiler TITLE statement in Compile mode is included A problem has been addressed where continuous page feeding occurred when the LNCNT option is set to zero XVIII New Release Highlights Release 2 7 April 1 2002 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCDIII l 10 11 XIX Support in this release is provided for IBM s newest COBOL Compiler ENTERPRISE COBOL FOR Z OS ANS OS 390 which runs under the new Z OS operating system e For clients running the Alternate Compile Listing in Compile Mode the normal way of producing compile reports this new release will need to be installed to allo
74. files are designed to facilitate the users in getting to the end result chosen for their particular company The CASE files provide a very complete and accurate set of files They cross reference both the DATA and the PROCEDURE divisions of one or more COBOL programs At MARBLE Computer Inc the observation obtained from people who use our software is that no two users follow the exact same course in re engineering The usage varies greatly it is dependent upon the needs of each particular company C 2 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files TABLE OF CONTENTS Use of This tosta cbe Listo Te ent DAS de NR a geod T l i MP asses An ote Rules and Restrictions When Producing CASE Files eene Sample JCL to Access and Print CASE Files eene Data Division Only Files Data Division Information File Data Analysis Information File cedit ee petet Geass Procedure Division Only Files Procedure Division Information Flee aet Basic Paragraph Information Pie hiya done Paragraph Range Information Pile 2 22 nei testet dee ete Transfer of Control Narrative Procedure Division to Dat
75. for Literal Tracing The Tracing of Literals reports 3 individual reports are listed at bottom of page require control statements specifying which COBOL data fields are to be traced Additionally options DRL or DRC must be specified stating which reports are to be run See PARM options in this section or at the bottom of this page for specifying one of these options Also this report is formatted for and limited to only one program at a time Extra programs will be ignored Control statements are specified with the DD name CTLCDDLT COBOL fields to be traced are entered starting in column 1 Multiple statements must be provided for multiple COBOL fields If qualification is necessary to clarify a field enter a Q one space then a group or record name as a qualifier control statement ahead of the COBOL field being selected For instance if duplicate names ACCT exist in group or record names FIELD 1 and FIELD 2 then qualification control statements for FIELD 1 or FIELD 2 must be used ahead of the field to be selected To select ACCT OF FIELD 1 enter control statements as follows DCD CTLCDDLT DD Q FIELD 1 ACCT If more than one level of qualification is required enter multiple qualification statements statements beginning with a Q ahead of the COBOL field name control statement Put the 01 Record Name or Group Name having the lowest level number first 01 being lowest when specifying qualification control statements
76. from Librarian or Panvalet then the PROCs LIBCOBOL or PANCOBOL should be used and the COBOLIN DD should be omitted An example follows ISTEP4 EXEC PANCOBOL DATA PAN SYSIN DD WRITE WORK PROGRAMI WRITE WORK PROGRAM2 WRITE WORK PROGRAM3 DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY DISP SHR MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 7 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports The previous example assumes that there are COBOL COPY members in addition to or in place of Panvalet or Librarian INCLUDES present in the COBOL source by the use of the COPYLIB statement When multiple COBOL programs or in a separate run multiple COBOL COPY records are brought into DCD III from partitioned data sets a DCD III partitioned data set member fetcher utility may be used ahead of the DCDCOBOL PROC to simplify the process of entering the COBOL programs Two examples follow ISTEPS EXEC MBRFETCH MBR OUTSET DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERNAME COBOL MR IMBR USERNAME DD DSN USER COBOL PDS DISP SHR ISTEPSA EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA DCD COBOLIN DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD PASS DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY DISP SHR The above example pulls off all members that are specifically COBOL programs and specifically whose member name starts with the two characters MR and passes these COBOL programs to the DCDCOBOL PROC ISTEP6 EXEC MBRFETCH MBR OUTSET
77. lines within the following procs 1 DCDCASEC 2 DZ3OCRF 3 DZ3ACLF 4 DCDJC MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 17 DZ3PANVA DZ3LIBRA DCD Installation Guide If Panvalet is allowed and supported verify that the program name DZ3APANR used for executing Panvalet is correct and check if a region parameter is required If Librarian is allowed and supported verify that the program name DZ3ALIBR used for executing Librarian is correct Check if a region parameter is required and check if the PARM field is correct See modifying panel DZ3Z0806 under Panels for forcing users to use EXTRACT only when using Librarian Changing UNIT SYSDA in Skeletons If UNIT SYSDA is not valid make changes for SYSDA globally in the following procs 1 DZ3PANVA 2 DZ3APANR 3 DZ3LIBRA 4 DZ3ALIBR 5 DZ3MBRFE 6 DZ3RMBRF 7 DZ3OCRF 8 DZ3ACLF 9 DCDJCL Compile Mode Skeletons DZ2COMOI through DZ3COMO9 If compile mode is used within the ISPF panels necessary skeletons DZ3COMOI through DZ3COMO9 are built and modified using skeletons DZ3COMOA as a guide These skeletons if used should be built following the instructions given under the heading Setting up Skeletons for Compile Mode F 18 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Setting up Skeletons for Compile Mode One panel needs to be modified and one to several skeletons need
78. listing from the one produced by the COBOL compiler with information provided in a way which will reduce substantially the time spent in maintaining a COBOL program The following DCD III reports are available through the Alternate Compile Listing Facility of DCD III for replacing significant parts of the COBOL compiler listings d rx 10 11 12 13 Source Listing Replaces compiler source listing Condensed VERB Report CALL Statements COPY Statements Figurative Constants Literals Special Registers Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Replaces compiler data name cross reference Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Replaces compiler procedure name cross reference Unused Paragraphs and Sections Unused 01 Records Unused Data Names Overflow report for Indirect References Only exists for fields with multiple lines of Indirect References Most Indirect References are shown in the Data Divisions Some reports produced by the COBOL compiler e g DMAP and PMAP reports have no corresponding reports produced by the Alternate Compile Listing Facility of DCD III Whether using commercial packages such as COBOL Aid the CA Optimizer or just running the compiler stand alone features are available within DCD III to produce one complete source listing for the COBOL programmer to work from Samples of the reports produced by the Alternate Compile Listing Facility along with a description of ea
79. now be downloaded from the web rather than obtaining a physical cartridge from Marble Computer All 600 Error Messages produced by DCD III most dating back to 1989 when DCD III was rewritten into its current format have been rebuilt to a new format making it easier and quicker to identify these messages Some messages no longer used have been removed These error messages may be found in the Error Message section of this manual The entering of the number of WHOLE DIGITS and DECIMAL DIGITS within Tracing and Analysis has been modified to allow either 1 or 2 digits after the operator that follows either keyword mentioned above rather than always entering 2 digits This eliminates annoying error messages and simplifies use SQL processing has been corrected where one type of handling for the SQL word COUNT was ignored Intermittent handling of the OPTIONAL clause with COBOL FD SELECTS has been corrected A correction has been fixed to treat INCLUDE members in the same manner as COPY members are treated for the purpose of excluding these data names from showing within the Unused Data Names report A correction has been added to fix a problem where an AND following a WHEN within an EVALUATE statement was incorrectly handled and showed up in the narrative as a subscript for another name DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Release 3 6 DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Marble Computer Inc The So
80. numbers are not generated for SKIPs and EJECTs Causes DCD III to scan for newer 1985 VS COBOL II format Use NOVS2 for older 1974 COBOL MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 15 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports WRITPDS READPDS YOP NOYOP YTEST NOYTEST YDNARR NOYDNARR Y2PROG NOY2P Y2INDIR NOY2INDIR YAP NOYAP TAC nnn YINARR NOYINARR YIPROG YIALPHA YAI NOYAI Used to store information over time and or several runs on an internal DCD III Data Dictionary using the WRITPDS option and then retrieving the information for reporting during on run using a READPDS option Do not use this feature when using the Tracing amp Analysis Report See the heading WRITPDS and READPDS Options in this section for more information Tracing amp Analysis Supporting Options These options are available providing the TRACE option is on See Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis in this section for SELECTing and also for BYPASSing of Names Utility Options Print a separate page showing all related TRACE options on the PRINT report Used to TEST all Select Statements The only processing that is done is to test all tracing Select Statements and verify that no errors are present This option will cause any other report options submitted to be overridden and their respective reports will not be produced Directly Selected Name Options Produce Procedure Division Nar
81. of Member Fetcher message has to been corrected to remove part of another message that should not be there Minor corrections to last year s release 3 2 a major release where all our programs had to be modified have been made to insure error free processing including the following a Two different intermittent OC7s one for the DATA option and another sorting Indirect references have been removed b In COMPILE Mode several minor errors have been corrected Extra beginning blank lines in the CALL report been removed d The incorrect formatting of Narrative of literals used in a CALL statement alongside a MOVE with a LENGTH OF clause has been fixed e The reporting of incorrect TIME alongside the DATA in some or our reports has been fixed XXII New Release Highlights Release 3 4 March 1 2006 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III Three new reports are available in this release of DCD III to assist in the cleaning up of all COBOL programs They are e A report showing all unused 01 records in the program e report showing unused Data Names that are not embedded in a COPY member If there are several data names together where there are group names involved the largest group field will always be shown in place of showing individual data names e report showing unused Paragraph and Section Names This report may be used to identify code that is not be accesse
82. program is now shown directly in the DCD narrative as a colon placed next to the operand it is used with 3 A new report is added to the UCLF main side of DCD III This new report is a Condensed VERB Report allowing the COBOL program to find infrequently used verbs quickly or to look for possible errors by quickly identifying the use of PERFORM separate from PERFORM THRUS 4 An option has been added to allow HEX numbers showing FROM and TO positions in column 73 80 in place of DECIMAL numbers 5 brand new feature has been added for those users doing Year 2000 Conversions See enclosed brochure a For finding those fields for Year 2000 Conversion a brand new powerful SELECTION language free format in a COBOL like SYNTAX has been added b Immediately for those fields selected a report is produced showing DCD s unique COBOL narrative right under the selected field Overlapping fields and all REDEFINED fields relating to the selected field shown in one of two sequences underneath the selected field d COBOL narrative for each Overlapping or Redefined field is shown underneath each overlapping field e Nine options are available for controlling this powerful new report Our technical staff is prepared to answer questions concerning this new feature 6 Enhancements have been made for PANVALET and LIBRARIAN users a Multiple PAN LIBs are now allowed for PANVALET users b A different way of selecting
83. qualification and or subscripting was used and attempt to correct If necessary contact MARBLE Computer Inc FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER The first record of a work file being read does not contain a MARBLE header record Look for possible previous message to this one Look for an error in the JCL used INSUFFICIENT SPACE TO HANDLE INITIALIZE DATA DIVISION NAMES H070 BYPASSING EXCESS NAMES A table for Data Division NAMES was not large enough to handle the program being documented Contact MARBLE Computer Inc EXCESSIVE QUALIFICATION AND OR SUBSCRIPTING FOUND Excessive qualification and or subscripting was found while handling a CORRESPONDING statement at this line number Determine why excessive qualification and or subscripting was used and attempt to correct If necessary contact MARBLE Computer Inc TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program run through DCD III Rerun the job with a larger region MORE THAN 7000 SECTIONS EXCESS IGNORED IN PAR2 PROGRAM More than 7000 SECTIONs were found within one COBOL program If this is a valid condition contact Marble Computer TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program run through DCD III Rerun the job with a larger region PROGRAM ERROR ON MATCH CHECK FOR PRIOR TABLE EXCEEDED MESSAGE An internal error has occurred in matching paragraph names This is probably caused by a previously pr
84. see what JCL was used NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT For VERB RECORDS SRA or COPY report respectively no data names were found or sorted This indicates no entries were found to be reported on for the report selected No required action NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT There were no records passed in to the CALL Report None NO RECORDS WERE PASSED INTO THE SORT FOR THE CALL HIERARCHY REPORT No records were passed out to the SORT None UNABLE TO DETERMINE ONE MAIN PROGRAM SEE PRIOR MESSAGES UNABLE TO PRODUCE REPORT When determining the order of hierarchy for the CALL Hierarchy Report a program was called in a fashion that makes it impossible to complete the hierarchy For example program A calls program B which calls program C which then calls program A Determine why this is happening and either correct or do not run this report OVER nnnn DIFFERENT CALLS FOUND IN PROGRAM xxxxxxxx EXCESS IGNORED More CALLs were found in one program than can be handled Determine why excess CALLs are used Possibly try using a DELETE control card to reduce this number Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDYHD30 C Explanation User Action DCDYHD31 E Explanation User Action DCDYHDS0 I Explanation User Action DCDYHFAO E Explanation User Action DCDYG040 I Explanation User Action DCDYIA04 E Explanation User Action DCDYIA06 E Explanation User Action
85. spaces before or after it Columns bthroughc One of the following words ALL COBOL COBRECS MEMBER PREFIX The remaining two fields are required if PREFIX was used as the last operand and are optional if COBOL or COBRECS was used as the last operand They are not permitted if either ALL or MEMBER is used as an operand Column c 1 An equal sign with no spaces before or after it Columns dthroughe 1 to 7 characters prefix which will be used to limit selection or an eight character word MULTIPLE to indicate that multiple PREFIX control statements will follow this control statement MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 77 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports An illustration of the possible combinations is listed below Lc SD Oc ON Un PDS ddname ALL PDS ddname COBOL PDS ddname COBRECS PDS ddname MEMBER PDS ddname PREFIX prefix PDS ddname COBOL prefix PDS ddname COBRECS prefix PDS ddname PREFIX MULTIPLE PDS ddname COBOL MULTIPLE 0 PDS ddname COBRECS MULTIPLE An example showing the use of these control statements is listed below STEP1 EXEC PDSFETCH PDS OUTPUT DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 PDS CTLINFO DD INDD USERDD COBOL PDS USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR The above example will pull off all COBOL programs from the library specified by the DD name USERDD and pass them out to a sequential data set defined by the O
86. the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the MERGE statement and make corrections as necessary NO SD ENTRIES FOUND FOR SD data name The file name used at the compiler number shown does not match a file name in the Data Division Check the file name and make corrections as necessary NO MATCHING FILE NAME FOUND FOR file name The file name used at the compiler number shown does not match a file name in the Data Division Check the file name and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING ASCENDING OR DESCENDING FOUND field contents The MERGE ON statement at the compiler number shown must be followed by the word ASCENDING or DESCENDING Check the MERGE statement and make the corrections as necessary EXPECTING USING IN MERGE STMT FOUND field contents BYPASSING The MERGE statement at the compiler number shown must be followed by the word GIVING Check the MERGE statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING OUTPUT OR GIVING FOUND field contents The MERGE statement at the compiler number shown must be followed by the words OUTPUT or GIVING for this statement to have correct syntax Check the MERGE statement and make corrections as necessary PROCEDURE IS MISSING AFTER OUTPUT CONTINUING The MERGE OUTPUT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word PROCEDURE after OUTPUT Check the MERGE statement and make corrections as necessary MERGE KEY IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC key
87. the following reasons 1 The Cross Reference Report is a much less used report when using the DCD III Source Listing Report 2 The narrative alongside each field in the Data Division provides a complete cross reference for that field 3 The Condensed Cross Reference saves approximately 70 of the paper generated by a compiler cross reference The following sequence is used for this report 1 Data name 2 Sequence number of the data name See Exhibit 14 for an example of this report A 40 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 01 01 2001 15 26 DATA DIVISION CONDENSED CROSS REFERENCE FOR DCDLOGIC PAGE 27 05 0316 AL ALTER CMPLR NBR 88 0370 LINK PRINT JCL DSNAME 88 0120 PAR 2 LAST TOKEN IN PROG 05 0317 AL ALTER COLUMN NBR 88 0375 LINK PRINT LAYOUTS 88 0147 PAR 2 MULTIPLE OPER 05 0318 AL GO TO CMPLR NBR 20 0374 LINK PRINT LAYOUTS SW 05 0146 PAR 2 MULTIPLE OPERAND 05 0319 AL PARA CMPLR NBR 88 0378 LINK PRINT RECORDSOS 05 0150 PAR 2 NAME COLUMN NU G 01 0092 CAFE DATA ENVIRON NAME 20 0377 LINK PRINT RECORDS SW 05 0149 PAR 2 NAME EXP LINE NUMBR 01 0089 DCDLOGIC BEGINS HERE 88 0382 LINK PRINT SOURCE LISTING 88 0129 PAR 2 OUTPUT PROCEDURE 01 0339 DCDLOGIC ENDS HERE 20 0381 LINK PRINT SOURCE LISTING SW 88 0130 PAR 2 OUTPUT PROCEDURE TH 10 0282 FL ALPHA POS 88 0386 LINK PRINT SYS REC ANAL 05 0112 PAR 2 PARA OR SECT INDX 0283 FL INDEX 20 038
88. the line and make corrections as necessary DCDERWO0H C EXPECTING NUMERIC INTEGER AFTER NEXT GROUP amp DCDERWOI C Explanation The phrase NEXT GROUP at the compiler number shown is missing a numeric integer following it User Action Check the line and make corrections as necessary DCDERWO0J C CANNOT FIND VALID PICTURE CLAUSE E 22 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDERWOK E Explanation User Action DCDERWOL C Explanation User Action DCDERWO0M E amp DCDERWON E Explanation User Action DCDERWOP E Explanation User Action DCDERWO0Q C Explanation User Action DCDERWOR C Explanation User Action DCDERWOS E Explanation User Action DCDERWRA C Explanation User Action DCDERWRB C Explanation User Action DCDERWRC C Explanation User Action DCDESDDB E Explanation User Action DCDESDDC E Explanation User Action DCDESDDD E Explanation User Action DCDESDDF E Explanation User Action DCDESDDG W Explanation User Action Expecting valid PICTURE clause to follow the word PICTURE and instead found data within the margin a field Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING TALLY OR IDENTIFIER AFTER SUM Expecting a valid data name within the SUM clause within REPORT WRITER Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING IDENTIFIER AFTER UPON
89. to be built if installation is to include building COMPILE JCL streams from DCD III panels Recommendation It is recommended that COMPILE mode be blocked out from these SPF panels and have users use COMPILE DCD procs in batch mode or invoke COMPILE with DCD PROCS from the other panels This invokes the COBOL compiler in the manner currently used by programmers for doing their COBOL compiles Examples of combining Compile and DCD procs are given in the heading JCL Examples within the Aternate Compile Listing section of this manual If skeletons are added here or whenever standard COMPILE procs that also use DCD are modified these skeletons will also have to be changed Panel DZ3A0455 should be looked at initially then modified after all necessary skeletons are created Instructions are given later Skeletons DZ3COMOA are provided as a sample for creating other necessary skeletons and should not be modified The skeletons created must be named DZ3COMOI then DZ3COMO2 in ascending order not to exceed DZ3COMO9O0 Whatever compile and DCD combinations of PROCS are used in batch mode must also be set up here For instance if both COBOL 74 and the newer VS COBOL II are used then a minimum of two skeletons must be used one for each separate PROC executed Separate skeletons may also be added for COMPILE alone COMPILE with LINKAGE EDITOR COMPILE with CICS SQL etc A review of existing COMPILE PROCs used can be used to organize a lis
90. used Produce the Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report This option is always turned on However for DL1 COBOL programs the DL1 Programs should be run through the DL1 pre processor prior to being run through DCD III Print a warning message for names not found in the Data Division when resolving Procedure Division statements This option may be used to insert COPY member DFHEIBLK into the COBOL program for cross referencing CICS names EIBDATE EIBTIME and other EIB fields Do not use this option if COPY member DFHEIBLK is already brought in as duplicate names will be created NOERRORS may be used to omit the printing of errors summary count of all errors is still provided This does not affect the return code produced by DCD III Produce the Figurative Constants Report This option is for printing FROM TO field positions relative to the 01 record that the field belongs to FTB prints the FROM TO field positions in columns 73 80 if these columns are not already used FTO forces the FROM TO in 73 80 positions This option will insert the FROM Field position in columns 1 through 6 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility HFT IDDLITS NOIDDLITS IEJECT NOIEJECT INDEP IREFS NOIREFS IRn nz1 6 IRN IRX LITERALS NOLITERALS LNCNT nnn LNCNT 60 NIS NRSPACE NONRSPACE NUC PDC NOPDC PMO NOPMO QUOTE NOQUOTE DETE
91. within these records Also see the System Record Analysis Report under the heading Overview of DCD III Other COBOL Reports To create a Data Dictionary Interface File control statements must be used These control statements are the same control statements used in producing a System Record Analysis Report In fact the System Record Analysis Report will be printed unless the REPORTS DD is dummied out Even though the control statements require program id only one program at a time may be used when creating a Data Dictionary Interface File See the next heading Control Statements for System Record Analysis for creating the control statements necessary for creating a Data Dictionary Interface File The SYSIRECD COPY record shown here may be used as a guide for creating a COBOL or other program to use this file This COPY member is provided on the installation tape within the member CASEMBRS MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 71 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 000100 COPY SYSIRECD 000200 01 SRA SYSTEM RECORD ANAL REC 000300 05 5 5 PIC 999 000400 05 SRA FROM TO LOCATIONS 000500 10 SRA FROM POSITION PIC 9 6 000600 10 SRA TO POSITION 9 6 000700 05 SRA PROGRAM ID X 8 000800 05 SRA RECORD NAME X 30 000900 05 SRA DATA NAME X 30 001000 05 SRA EXP CMPLR NBR 9 5 001100 05 SRA LEVEL NUMBER
92. 0 NUMBER OF LINES TO PRINT PER PAGE BUF 5 USE BUF 5 PRINT SENT PRINTER OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS 6144 REGION SIZE SORTREG 600000 MAKE 600000 MINIMUM AVAILABLE TO SORT WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN THE ALTERNATE COMPILE LISTING FACILITY OF DCD BY ITSELF WITHOUT MAKING REFERENCE TO THE COBOL COMPILER I MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC DCDACL RELEASE 3 6 LM080108 DCD EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION amp REG 7i PARM amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp FIGCON FGC amp LITERAL LIT amp SPREGS SPR amp CDATADV DDC amp CPROCDV PDC amp RESOLVE RES amp UNREF UNR amp OTHER SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY CLEANUP DD DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 CONTROL DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR INSERT COPYLIB IF NECESSARY DCDWK01 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU IDEODWK02 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL Q 2 DCB BU DCDWkK03 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL Q 2 DCB BU DODWK04 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU DEODWK05 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU DCDWK06 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU DCDWkK07 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU DCDWkK08 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BU PRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 ISORTLIBDD DSN SYS1 SOR
93. 001200 05 SRA TYPE USAGE 2 001300 88 5 VALUE 001400 88 5 1 VALUE Cl 001500 88 5 2 VALUE C2 001600 88 SRA TYPE COMP 3 VALUE C3 001700 88 5 4 VALUE C4 001800 88 SRA TYPE DEFAULT DISPLAY VALUE 001900 88 SRA TYPE DISPLAY VALUE D 002000 88 SRA TYPE DISPLAY 1 VALUE DI 002100 88 SRA TYPE INDEX VALUE IX 002200 88 SRA TYPE USAGE IS INDEX VALUE UP 002300 88 SRA TYPE POINTER VALUE PR 002400 05 SRA FLAGS 002500 10 SRA SET FLAG PIC X 002600 88 SRA DIRECT SET VALUE S 002700 10 SRA USED FLAG PIC X 002800 88 SRA DIRECT USED VALUE U 002900 10 SRA TESTED FLAG PIC X 003000 88 SRA DIRECT TESTED VALUE T 003100 10 SRA INDIR SET FLAG PIC X 003200 88 SRA INDIRECT SET VALUE S 003300 10 SRA INDIR USED FLAG PIC X 003400 88 SRA INDIRECT USED VALUE U 003500 10 SRA INDIR TESTED FLAG PIC X 003600 88 SRA INDIRECT TESTED VALUE T 003700 05 SRA PICTURE CLAUSE PIC X21 003800 05 SRA FILLER PIC X B 72 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports The following is a description of the fields within the SYSIRECD COPY member l 9o i 10 11 SRA SET NUMBER SRA FROM TO LOCATIONS SRA PROGRAM ID SRA RECORD NAME SRA DATA NAME SRA EXP CMPLR
94. 01 RECORD NAME PT RECORD PN RECORD WS AMOUNTS WS SWITCHES WS SYSTEM DATE PT RECORD PN RECORD WS AMOUNTS WS SWITCHES WS SYSTEM DATE D Exhibit 16 PAGE 1 LENGTH 170 170 09 03 06 170 170 09 03 06 01 Record Report Entry Sequence Length in bytes of the 01 record COBOL program id for this record Sequence number where the record resides Data Division section that contains the record 01 record name MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 59 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports This page intentionally left blank B 60 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 11 30 SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE FOR THE SPECIAL REGISTERS PAGE 01 SPECIAL REGISTERS PROGRAM REFERENCES DATE PAYMONTH 131 PAYROLL 129 RETURN CODE PAYROLL 130 SORT RETURN PAYROLL 156 173 A B Exhibit 17 System Cross Reference for Special Registers A Special register B COBOL program id C Sequence number where special register is used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 61 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 11 30 SYSTEM RECORD ANALYSIS 01 RECORD SUMMARY PAGE 1 DIRECT FLAGS INDIRECT FROM TO PROGRAM 01 RECORD SEQ LV PICTURE SET USE TEST FLAGS 1 70 PAYMONTH PN RECORD 0072 01 PN RECORD S U SI UI TI PA
95. 133 and 1330 If using a COBOL 74 compiler before V8 COBOL II unless an option is set with your compiler to produce a LRECL of 133 then substitute 121 and 1210 for LRECL and BLKSIZE Because of the way the compiler may be set to run at your installation it is recommended that the SYSPRINT BLKSIZE not be made initially larger than 1330 or 1210 If the BLKSIZE is made larger and problems occur reduce the BLKSIZE before going further DISP MOD must be used as is shown below The following is an example of an overriding JCL statement which must follow the EXEC compile PROC COB SYSPRINT DD DSN amp amp COMPLIST Il DISP MOD PASS Il UNIT SYSDA Il SPACE CYL 2 2 Il DCB RECFM FB LRECL 133 BLKSIZE 1330 Also the following should be done when running the Compile step 1 Ensure that the compiler option NONUM option not NUM is in effect NONUM is normally the default 2 If the LISTER option is available on your compiler do not turn that option on when using the Alternate Compile Listing Facility 3 Observe the rules already mentioned above about using a MOD disposition and initially using a block size of 1330 or 1210 4 Ensure that the compiler options for printing the data name and procedure name cross references are turned off This will save paper as DCD III has Condensed Cross Reference Reports which are one third the size Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 7 DCD Alterna
96. 25 Tracing amp Analysis Reporta ises ee erase qno Yes eee iege dapes B 68 B 4 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Choice of DCD III Reports The following is a list and brief description of the COBOL reports and one file which are available by using the PROCs and PARM options shown in this section All of the reports listed below are available for one or multiple COBOL programs A more detailed description with sample reports is available in the Overview of DCD III Other COBOL Reports later in this section 1 CALL Analysis Report a listing of CALLs ENTRYs in two report sequences 2 CALL Hierarchy Report shows the organization of CALLs in a system 3 COPY Analysis Report a listing of COPY member usage in two report sequences 4 System Data Name Cross Reference an expanded cross reference of Data Division names 5 Data Dictionary Interface File a file containing useful information for interfacing with a Dictionary or other engineering projects See the heading Data Dictionary Interface File 6 System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants a listing of the use of figurative constants 7 Layout Report automatic generation of layouts with several options for custom building 8 System Cross Reference for Literals Also see Tracing of Possible Literals below 9 System Paragraph Cross Reference a cro
97. 3 REPORTS DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 If SYSOUT DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 SORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTWKO1 DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK02 DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK03 DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG Exhibit 3 DCDCOBOL PROC MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 41 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports IMBRFETCH PROC PRINT WORK SYSDA MBR EXEC PGM MBRFETCH REGION 5 12K SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT WORKFILE DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 4 2 OUTSET DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP PASS UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 5 10 Exhibit 4 MBRFETCH PROC Notes on MBRFETCH PROC There are two uses for the MBRFETCH PROC within this section The first is for inputting COBOL programs See Choice of DCDIII PROCs use The user is prompted to add the following DCB to the OUTSET DD as shown below DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 The second is for using DCDIIT s internal Data Dictionary See WRITPDS and READPDS options in this section When used here the record size if specified must be 3120 as shown on the JCL example in the write up on WRITPDS and READPDS options B 42 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Efficient Use of Work Space When large systems are put
98. 5 LINK PRINT SYS REC ANAL SW 88 0117 PARA 2 PARAGRAPH NAME G 05 0281 FL NUMBER ALPHA 88 0393 LINK PRINT UNREF 88 0125 PAR 2 PERFORM 05 0280 FL NUMBER NUMERIC 88 0389 LINK PRINT VERB ANALYSIS 88 0126 PAR 2 PERFORM THRU G 01 0279 FL2 NUMBER RECORD 20 0388 LINK PRINT VERB ANALYSIS SW 88 0119 PAR 2 PRIOR TOKEN OF PARA S 10 0291 FL2 ALPHA POS 05 0419 LINK PROGRAM NAME 88 0138 PAR 2 PROGRAM ENTRY INDX 0292 FL2 INDEX 05 0458 LINK QUOTE VALUE G 01 0106 PAR 2 RANGES FOR PARAS G 05 0290 FL2 NUMBER ALPHA G 01 0345 LINK RECORD 05 0114 PAR 2 RELEVANT SECTION 05 0287 FL2 NUMBER NUMERIC G 05 0438 LINK RELEASE DATE 88 0118 PAR 2 SECTION NAME G 01 0286 FL2 NUMBER RECORD 10 0439 LINK RELEASE MONTH 05 0152 PAR 2 SOURCE BEGIN NBR 05 0288 FL2 NUMBER ZZ 999 10 0441 LINK RELEASE YEAR 05 0155 PAR 2 SOURCE END NBR 10 0348 LINK 100 G 15 0350 LINK REPORT OPTIONS 1 25 05 0108 PAR 2 SOURCE LINE NUMBER 10 0349 LINK 100 R1 05 0423 LINK RETURN CODB 88 0134 PAR 2 STOP RUN G 10 0404 LINK 100 R2 05 0427 LINK SORT REGION 05 0110 PAR 2 TOKEN COLUMN NBR 05 0445 LINK ADDR OF DCDPRTLN 88 0398 LINK SYS REC REC ANAL ALL 05 0116 PAR 2 VERB CODE 88 0417 LINK BASIS 88 0400 LINK SYS REC ANAL DIR INDIR 05 0162 PAR 3 EXPANDED LINE NUMBE 05 0416 LINK BASIS SW 88 0397 LINK SYS REC ANAL ONLY 01 05 0166 PAR 3 FILLER 88 0414 LINK COMPILE MODE 88 0401 LINK SYS REC ANAL ONLY DIR 05 0164 PAR 3 NARRATIVE 05 0413 LINK COMPILE MODE SW 20 0396 LINK SY
99. 57 88 CIE 6 INIT REPL EGCS VALUE 6 Exhibit 3 COPY Member for the Procedure Division Information File Continued MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 10 05 CIE 6 UNSTRING SW PIC x 88 CIE 6 UNSTR DELIMITED BY VALUE D 88 CIE 6 UNSTR INTO VALUE T 88 CIE 6 UNSTR DELIMITER IN VALUE L 88 CIE 6 UNSTR COUNT IN VALUE C 88 CIE 6 UNSTR WITH POINTER VALUE P 88 CIE 6 UNSTR TALLYING VALUE T 10 CIE 6 CALL ENTRY UTIL SW PIC X 1 88 CIE 6 9 P D USING ENTRY VALUE P 10 CIE 6 VARYING FROM BY SW PIC X 1 88 CIE 6 P D VARYING VALUE V 88 CIE 6 P D VARYING FROM VALUE FP 88 CIE 6 P D VARYING FROM BY VALUE B 10 FILLER PIC X 1 CIE CICS FORMAT 2 REDEFINES CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 2 10 CIE 6 CICS OPERAND PIC X 15 Exhibit 3 COPY Member for the Procedure Division Information File Continued from previous page MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 001 MOVE 002 IF 003 READ 004 WRITE 005 ACCEPT 006 ADD 007 SUBTRACT 008 MULTIPLY 000 DIVIDE 010 COMPUTE 011 CLOSE 012 DELETE 013 DISPLAY 014 EXAMINE 015 EXHIBIT 016 REWRITE 017 RELEASE 018 RETURN 019 WHEN 020 UNTIL 021 HANDLE SUBSCRIPT 022 OPEN 023 SET 024 INSPECT 025 MERGE 026 RECEI
100. 6 DATA 2 ACTUAL EXP NBR CIE 6 DATA 2 ACTUAL COL NBR Exhibit 3 IN6 PIC 9 VALUE 0 VALUE 1 VALUE 2 VALUE 7 VALUE 8 VALUE 9 PIC 99 VALUES ARE 00 THRU 50 PIC 9 5 PIC 9 5 PIC X 30 PIC X 30 PIC X PIC 9 5 PIC 9 5 PIC X VALUE C VALUE D VALUE F PIC X 10 PIC 999 PIC X VALUE M VALUE 47 VALUE C VALUE 57 VALUE T PIC X VALUE VALUE gt VALUE lt VALUE N VALUE 2 VALUE P VALUE VALUE K VALUE A VALUE SPACE PIC X VALUE A PIC X VALUE C PIC 9 5 PIC 99 PIC 9 5 PIC 99 COPY Member for the Procedure Division Information File continued on next page C 16 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 05 CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 2 10 CIE 6 NOT INDICATOR PIC X 88 CIE 6 NOT BEFORE A VALUE A 88 CIE 6 NOT BEFORE B VALUE B 10 CIE 6 EXHIBIT FORM PIC X 88 CIE 6 EXHIBIT NAMED VALUE N 88 CIE 6 EXHIBIT CHANGED VALUE 88 CIE 6 EXHIBIT CHANGED NAME VALUE B 10 CIE 6 EXAMINE FORM PIC X 88 CIE 6 EXAMINE TALLYING VALUE T 88 CIE 6 EXAMINE REPLACING VALUE R 88 CIE 6 EXAMINE BOTH VALUE B 10 CIE 6 GIVING REMAINDER SW PIC X 88 CIE 6 GIVING VALUE G 88 CIE 6 REMAINDER VALUE R 10 CIE 6 INTO BY SW PIC X 88 CIE 6 INTO VALUE T
101. 7 A 48 A 49 B 6 B 11 B 17 F 9 PROCs see also individual PROCs JCL PROC Analysis Reports PROCs Choosing A 5 B 6 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co G 7 DCD III Index PROCs Examples using A 20 A 21 A 22 A 49 B 30 B 31 B 32 B 33 B 34 B 35 D 11 PROCs Executing DCD III A 49 PROCs Modifying and testing at Installation F 8 F 9 F 10 F 11 PROCs Sample PROCS for testing F 12 F 13 PROCs Specifying PARM options in A 14 Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Report IV A 6 A 7 A 17 A 18 A 30 A 42 A 43 Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Report Examples running A 21 A 22 A 49 Procedure Division Information File CASE C 15 C 16 C 17 C 18 C 19 C 20 C 21 Procedure Division Narrative for Each Data Field File CASE C 36 C 37 Procedure Division Referencesto the Data Division File CASE C 33 C 34 C 35 Q QUOTE NOQUOTE PARM Option A 17 A 19 B 14 B 17 R RAI PARM Option B 15 B 45 RAA PARM Option B 15 B 45 RAB PARM Option B 15 B 45 RAD PARM Option B 15 B 45 RAS RAT PARM Options B 15 READPDS WRITPDS B 16 B 82 RECORDS PROC Symbolic B 17 RECORDS PROC Symbolic Example using B 32 RECORDS NORECORDS PARM Option see also 01 Record Report B 14 B 17 B 43 REG Modifying in DCD III PROCS at installation F 9 REGION A 17 A 24 B 37 E 21 E 24 E 28 E 29 E 30 F 9 RESOLVE PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 B 45 RESOLVE PROC Symb
102. 8 B 34 B 35 P PANACL PROC A 5 A 25 A 29 PANACL PROC Example using A 20 A 21 PANACL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 PANCOBOL PROC B 6 B 7 B 8 B 38 B 39 PANCOBOL PROC Example using B 30 B 31 PANCOBOLPROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 Panvalet PROCs see PANACL PANCOBOL Panvalet Supported by DCD III A 10 A 12 B 9 B 10 PARA PROC Symbolic B 17 PARA PROC Symbolic Examples Using B 6 B 28 B 29 B 31 Paragraph Range Information File CASE C 27 C 28 C 29 PARAGRAPH NOPARAGRAPH PARM Option see also System Paragraph Cross Reference B 14 B 17 B 43 PARM Options see also individual PARM Options A 15 A 16 A 17 A 18 A 19 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 B 17 PARM Options Specifying A 14 B 11 PARM Options Use of A 44 A 45 A 46 Partitioned Data Set see PDS Password DCD III see also Control Record Installation Addendum E 31 Password Librarian F 13 PDC NOPDC PARM Option see also Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference A 17 A 19 PDS see also WRITPDS READPDS Installation of DCD IIT PDS containing COPY members A 5 A 24 B 6 B 25 E 27 E 28 PDS containing COBOL source code B 6 B 24 B 26 B 27 D 9 PDS Member Fetcher PROC see MBRFETCH PROC PICTURE and Literal File CASE C 45 C 46 C 47 PMAP report compiler A 6 A 10 A 11 A 30 PROC Symbolics A 5 A 8 A 9 A 14 A 19 A 46 A 4
103. 8 CIE 3 LITERAL FOR ELEM 88 CIE 3 LITERAL FOR 88 88 CIE PICTURE FOR ELEM 88 CIE 3 COPY STATEMENT 88 CIE 3 COPY FOLLOW REC 88 CIE 3 SYS FIG CONST 88 CIE 3 SYS SP REG PIC X CIE 3 OLD FIELD LENGTH CIE 3 AMT OF FIELD INCREASE CIE EXPANSION INFORMATION 10 CIE 3 EXPANSION CODE PIC 9 3 88 CIE 3 EXPANSION CODE IGNORED PIC 9 5 PIC 9 2 10 CIE 3 EXPANSION BEGIN POS PIC 99 10 CIE 3 EXPANSION END POS PIC 99 CIE 3 DIVISION INDICATOR PIC X 88 CIE 3 ID DIVISION 88 CIE 3 ENVIRONMENT DIVISION 88 CIE 3 DATA DIVISION 88 CIE 3 PROCEDURE DIVISION CIE 3 DATA NAME PIC X 30 CIE 3 COPY MEMBER NAME PIC X 8 CIE 3 PROGRAM ID NAME PIC X 8 CIE 3 SOU DATA NAME LINE NBR PIC 9 5 CIE 3 EXP DATA NAME LINE NBR PIC 9 5 CIE 3 LEVEL NUMBER PIC 99 CIE 3 ALL LITERAL SW PIC X 88 CIE 3 ALL LITERAL CIE 3 COPY SUPPRESS SW PIC X 88 CIE 3 COPY SUPPRESS CIE 3 COPY REPLACING SW PIC X 88 CIE 3 COPY REPLACING CIE 3 VALUE THRU SW PIC X 88 CIE 3 VALUE THRU CIE 3 FILLER TO 104 PIC X 14 Exhibit 11 COPY Member for the PICTURE and Literal File IN3 VALUE 000 VALUE T VALUE BP VALUE D VALUE P VALU VALU VALU VALU EY E S MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 99 Sonn 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Description of Individual Fields CIE 3 SOU
104. AE dae au Re SER Mon oru B 42 5 CALL Analysis Report Two B 46 6 CALL Hierarchy Beport edad B 47 7 COPY Analysis Report Member B 48 8 COPY Analysis Report Program Sequence sse B 49 9 System Data Name Cross Reference palette renes B 50 10 System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants esses B 52 11 Table of Contents for Layouts yuna toe le oer Bae aes B 53 12 Luyout Reports E td tud Me eee B 54 13 System Cross Reference for Literals nete uito ens B 56 14 System Paragraph Cross Reference eor e repas B 57 15 01 Record Report Length 0 1 B 58 16 01 Record Report Entry Sequence sese B 59 17 System Cross Reference for Special B 61 18 System Record Analysis Report 01 Record Summary B 62 19 System Record Analysis Report Data Name Summary B 63 20 Possible Literals for each Field B 64 21 Possible Literals showing Owner Fields 2 2 B 65 22 Possible Literals with Possible Paths aree tete er taceo ders B 66 29 Verb Analysis cuna Stren QoS acai edel baee B 67 24 Verb Analysis Report Summary Page eee B 67
105. AGE SECTION WORKING STORAGE SECTION F COPY Analysis Report Program Sequence MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 49 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports SYSTEM DATA NAME CROSS REFERENCE PROGRAM SECTION SEQ LV DATA NAME NARRATIVE 01 01 2001 PAGE 05 CONTINUED WS ALL DEDUCTIONS PN WEEKLY FED TAX 97 189 PN WEEKLY FICA 89 189 PN WEEKLY STATE TAX 89 189 COMPUTE PN WEEKLY PAY AMOUNT 102 203 IF gt PN WEEKLY GROSS 96 195 199 SUBTRACT PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 100 FROM 200 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 101 FROM 196 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0118 88 WS EMPLOYEE NBR INVALID VALUE MULTIPLE VALUES IF 150 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0116 88 WS EMPLOYEE NBR VALID VALUE MULTIPLE VALUES PAYMONTH WORKING STORAGE 0116 88 WS END OF FILE VALUE Y PERFORM UNTIL 138 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0114 88 WS END OF FILE VALUE Y PERFORM UNTIL 137 PAYMONTH WORKING STORAGE 0115 05 WS END OF FILE SW PIC X VALUE SPACE MOVE Y TO 135 202 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0113 05 WS END OF FILE SW PIC X VALUE SPACE MOVE Y TO 134 220 PAYMONTH WORKING STORAGE 0110 05 WS FICA AMOUNT PIC S9 4 3 VALUE 0 COMPUTE 0715 173 3131 70 179 PN WEEKLY GROSS 89 173 WS FICA YTD TOTAL 109 179 COMPUTE WS FICA YTD TOTAL 111 160 MOVE TO PN WEEKLY FICA 89 160 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0108 05 WS FICA AMOUNT PIC S9 4 3 VALUE 40 COMP
106. ALU VALU E 043 E 048 VALUE 051 VALUE 052 VALU E 053 VALUE 054 VALU E 060 VALUE 061 VALUE 062 VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU COPY Member for the Basic Paragraph Information File MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 071 E 072 E 073 E Y E Y DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 10 Description of Individual Fields PAR 1 SOURCE LINE NUMBER PAR 1 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PAR 1 TOKEN COLUMN NUMBER PAR 1 PARA OR SECT PAR 1 RELEVANT SECTION PAR 1 VERB CODE PAR 1 CONDITIONAL SW PAR 1 MULTIPLE OPERANDS SW PAR 1 NAME EXP LINE NUMBER PAR 1 NAME COLUMN NUMBER Do not use An expanded sequence number after COPY members have been resolved and brought into the program of a statement number in the Procedure Division representing a paragraph or section or a statement with a reference to a paragraph or section or external transfer The column number of the beginning of the paragraph or verb which references the paragraph The name of a paragraph a section or a comment generated to correspond to the code used in PAR I VERB CODE The name of the parent section if one exists for paragraph records A three digit code explaining what verb or condition generated this record Used to indicate that the verb causing this record is part of a conditional statement such as READ AT END OR IF Used to indicate t
107. AME FOR COPYLIB NOT SPECIFIED RUN TERMINATED A data set name DSNAME was not provided on the COPYLIB DD card Ensure that a DSN clause is provided on the COPYLIB DD statement and check correct placement of the COPYLIB card COPY REPLACING OPTION IGNORED FOR NESTED COPIES member name COPY REPLACING is not allowed within NESTED COPYs Determine why COPY REPLACING is used in NESTED COPYs and take any appropriate action COPY MEMBER NAME member name APPEARS EARLIER WITHIN THIS ENTIRE NESTED COPY Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDCAX05 I Explanation User Action DCDCAX06 E Explanation User Action DCDCAX07 D Explanation User Action DCDCAX08 E Explanation User Action DCDCAX09 E Explanation User Action DCDCAX10 E Explanation User Action DCDCCTO01 I Explanation User Action DCDCCY06 I Explanation User Action DCDCCY07 E Explanation User Action DCDCCY08 D Explanation User Action DCDCCY09 E Explanation User Action DCDCCY0A E Explanation User Action DCDCCYOB E Explanation User Action Within nested COPYs a COPY may not name a member already brought in through nested copies above it The member name shown is already brought in If brought in again it will result in generating endless lines of code Examine why this is happening and correct ERROR WHEN RESOLVING COPY MEMBE
108. APH NAME will go to the paragraph name within the section which contains this GO TO statement b GO TO DUPLICATE PARAGRAPH NAME OF SECTION WITHIN PROG will go to the duplicate named paragraph within the section specified Initial handling of verbs using COBOL 370 Intrinsic Functions is now provided Advanced handling of Intrinsic Functions is now under development SYNC is now handled on an 01 record XII New Release Highlights Release 2 2 May 1 1997 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III 15 Modifications included to insure correct handling of our software into and beyond the Year 2000 e The control password is changed from a two digit year to a four digit year from 99 to 9999 e The reports listing have all been changed from a two digit year to a four digit year from mm dd YY to mm dd Y YYY e CASE generated work files and internal debugging files of DCD III have been modified to incorporate a new 10 character date with 4 digit year in their header record e The code has been tested to insure that execution will continue normally after December 31 1999 2 DCD III is modified to accept the new IBM COBOL for MVS and VM in Compile Mode of the Alternate Compile Listing 3 A method of handling PREFIXs with COPY REPLACING with the use of colons or parentheses by the newest IBM compilers has been added by user request and to conform with IBM documentation e Anexa
109. ARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Description of Individual Fields 1 SRA SET NUMBER Sequential number starting at 1 showing which set of control cards produced this set of records 2 SRA FROM TO LOCATIONS From and to record positions for this data name 3 SRA DATA ID Taken from the program id in the Identification Division 4 SRA RECORD NAME The name of the 01 record which contains this data name 5 SRA DATA NAME Self explanatory 6 SRA EXP CMPLR NBR Compiler number or sequence number in the program of this data name 7 SRA LEVEL NUMBER 01 49 level number associated with this data name 8 SRA TYPE USAGE USAGE of this data name 9 SRA FLAGS Contains flags showing how this data field is used in the program Direct flags indicate this field was involved in the Procedure Division statement which caused this flag Indirect flags indicate this field was not involved in the Procedure Division statement which caused this flag SET indicates that this is changed USED indicates that this field was used to modify in some way another field TESTED indicates that this field was used in a comparison 10 SRA PICTURE CLAUSE The first 21 characters of the PICTURE clause associated with this data name 11 SRA FILLER Not used at this time MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 43 DCD III Computer Aided Software Eng
110. ARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 11 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 01 NR 1 DATA DIVISION INFO NR DATA NAME NR PROGRAM NAME NR CMPLR NBR NR SEQ NBR 05 88 NR DATA DIV REC NR NARRATIVE 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 NR PICTURE CLAUSE 15 NR PICTURE POS1 15 FILLER NR VALUE LITERAL 15 NR OCCURS NBR 15 NR OCCURS FACTOR 15 NR OCCURS ALT END 15 NR VALUE LAST 6 NR LEVEL NBR NR LEVEL NBR N NR FROM NBR NR TO NBR NR GROUP FLAG 88 NR GROUP NR SECTION IND 88 NR SECTION FILE 88 NR SECTION W S 88 NR SECTION LINKAGE 88 NR SECTION REPORT 88 NR SECTION COMM NR USAGE IND R USAGE COMP R USAGE COMP 3 R USAGE COMP 4 R USAGE DEFAULT DISPLAY R USAGE DISPLAY R USAGE DISPLAY 1 R USAGE INDEX NR REDEFINES CMPLR NR TYPE FLAG R TYPE NORMAL R TYPE FILE NAME R TYPE RECORD CONTAINS R TYPE BLOCK CONTAINS R TYPE LABEL RECORDS R TYPE RECORDS MODE R TYPE SPECIAL NAMES R TYPE 88 THROUGH NR CLASS 88 NR CLASS ALPHA 88 NR CLASS EDITED 88 NR TYPE NUMERIC NR WHOLE DIGITS NR FRACTION DIGITS NR OCCURS NBR PRESENT SW 8 NR OCCURS NBR PRESENT NR SELECT BY CTL CDS SW 8 NR SELECT BY CTL CDS R VALUE ALL SW 88 NR VALUE ALL REDEFINES ZZZ Z Z Z Z 2222121212 2 zZ Exhibit 2 NRRECORD PIC X 30 PIC X 08 PIC 9 05 PIC 9 04 VALUE 0000 PIC X 01 PIC X 20 PIC 9 08
111. ATIVE CONSTANTS PROGRAM REFERENCES SPACE S PAYMONTH 115 PAYROLL 113 ZERO S PAYMONTH 117 123 156 182 186 PAYROLL 115 121 130 171 197 A B Exhibit 10 System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants A Figurative constant B COBOL program id C Sequence numbers where the figurative constant is used B 52 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR LAYOUT REPORT PAGE 1 01 01 2001 Jawe PAYMONTH FILE 6 PAYROLL FILE 1 PAYMONTH FILE PAYROLL UPDATED FILE 8 PAYROLL FILE PAYROLL UPDATED FILE PAYMONTH FILE PN RECORD eee 8 PAYROLL FILE PN RECORD eee 3 PAYMONTH FILE PT RECORD eene 6 PAYROLL FILE 2 0 4 4 4222 1 PAYMONTH WORK ST WS AMOUNTS 2 10 PAYROLL WORK ST 5 8 22 2 122 22224 2 5 A B C D Exhibit 11 Table of Contents for Layouts COBOL program id Section where record name is located Record name Page number where record layout starts MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 53 72 73 74 75 76 TI 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports
112. C DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn on the SOURCE PARM option This is normally the default Other options may be left on To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWK04 2 The LRECL of the file is 40 The following page shows the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record C 30 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files l 2 PAR 3 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PAR 3 NARRATIVE COPY 01 PAR 3 NARRATIVE FOR SRC LIST 05 PAR 3 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 05 PAR 3 NARRATIVE PIC X 34 05 PAR 3 FILLER PIC X 1 Exhibit 6 COPY Member for the Transfer of Control Narrative File Description of Individual Fields An expanded sequence number of the Procedure Division statement for which the narrative is for Transfer of control narrative belonging to the COBOL verb in the Procedure Division statement referenced by the expanded line number MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Procedure Division References to the Data Division This
113. CDS5HA35 E Explanation User Action DCD5HA90 I Explanation User Action 5 001 Explanation User Action DCD63070 E Explanation User Action DCD63080 I Explanation User Action DCD63081 I Explanation User Action DCD63A03 I Explanation User Action TRACEIN COMMANDS MUST BEGIN WITH AN AFTER COMMAND When using the debugging control statements under direction of Marble Computer each command must begin with the word AFTER Check the TRACEIN DD statements and make corrections to the TRACEIN commands as necessary ONE OR MORE ERRORS FOUND IN TRACEIN COMMANDS One or more errors occurred in processing the debugging control statements Check the related error messages and make corrections to the TRACEIN commands as necessary PROGRAM NAME MISSING AFTER AFTER COMMAND IN TRACEIN FILE The program name must be used in the TRACEIN file It was not there Check the TRACEIN file and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING WORD PRINT WITHIN TRACEIN FILE FOUND field contents The word PRINT must be used in the TRACEIN file It could not be found Check the TRACEIN file and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING DCDWK01 THRU DCDWK06 WITHIN TRACEIN FILE FOUND field contents The file names to be TRACEed must be DCDWKO1 through DCDWK06 Check the file names and correct as necessary ONLY 10 CONTROL CARDS ALLOWED WITHIN TRACEIN FILE The number of control cards in the TRACEIN
114. CDWK06 DCDWKO07 DCDWKO0S8 PRINT SORTLIB SORTMESS SORTWKO1 SORTWKO02 SORTWKO3 SYSOUT amp LITERAL LIT amp SPREGS SPR amp CDATADV DDC amp CPROCDV PDC amp RESOLVE RES amp UNREF UNR amp OTHER SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DD DSN amp amp TEMP DISP OLD DELETE DD DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 Exhibit 6 Panvalet Independent Mode PROC PANACL Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 29 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Introduction to the Alternate Compile Listing Facility The Alternate Compile Listing Facility of DCD III has one primary function That is to provide an alternative
115. CS are documented If the CICS program is not run through the pre processor then generated CALL statements are not documented by DCD III 2 COBOL 68 and earlier PARM option C68 is recommended when all programs being processed are COBOL 68 3 COBOL 74 Include PARM option NOVS2 for COBOL 74 4 COBOL 85 Include default PARM option VS2 to indicate the handling of VS COBOL II 5 COBOL 370 COBOL for MVS amp VM COBOL 390 ENTERPRISE amp Z OS Include default PARM option VS2 the same as for COBOL 85 When using the ISPF panels a separate COBOL 370 option is included there for COBOL 370 The separate option is not needed for batch submission MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 9 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 6 DB2 DB2 programs contain SQL statements Ideally the DB2 program should be run through the DB2 pre processor before being brought into DCD III If the pre processor step is done the CALL statements generated by SQL are documented Narrative created by the use of Host variables in SQL statements are listed in the System Data Name Cross Reference and the Layout Reports when the LNR option is used 7 DLI DLI is fully supported by DCD III Ideally DL1 program should be run through the DL pre processor before being brought into DCD If the pre processor step is done both DLI commands and the CALL statements generated by DL1 are documented If DL1 program is not run t
116. D FOR file name The SEEK statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name that does not match a file name in the FD section of the Data Division Check the SEEK statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING INTO FOUND field contents The STRING statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word INTO after the items that are being strung together Check the STRING statement and make corrections as necessary DATA NAME AFTER INTO NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The STRING statement at the compiler number shown contains a non alphanumeric data name following the word INTO Check the STRING statement and make corrections as necessary VALID DATA NAME SHOULD FOLLOW WITH POINTER IN STRING The STRING statement at the compiler number shown contains a non alphanumeric data name following the WITH POINTER clause or the data name is missing or invalid Check the STRING statement and make corrections as necessary IDENTIFIER AFTER TRANSFORM field contents NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The TRANSFORM statement at the compiler number shown contains an identifier that is not alphanumeric Check the TRANSFORM statement and make corrections as necessary FROM EXPECTED FOUND field contents BYPASSING Expecting the word FROM at this point within the TRANSFORM statement Check the TRANSFORM statement and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING TO FOUND field contents Expecting the word TO at this point wi
117. DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Data Division Information File This file contains a description of the Data Division attributes for each field in the Data Division To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Other COBOL Reports Facility Section of this manual e g PROC DCDCOBOL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic DATA on the EXEC DCDCOBOL or other PROC name line to turn on the DATA PARM option To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO1 2 The LRECL of the file is 104 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description on the related fields within the record MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 7 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 01 CIE 1 DATA DIVISION INFO 05 CIE 1 SOURCE LINE NUMBER 05 CIE 1 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER 05 CIE 1 TYPE FLAG 05 05 05 05 05 CIE 1 TYPE NORMAL CIE 1 TYPE FILE NAME CIE 1 TYPE REC CONTAINS CIE 1 TYPE BLK CONTAINS CIE 1 TYPE LABEL RECORDS CIE 1 TYPE RECORDING MODE CIE 1 TYPE VALID CIE 1 LEVEL NUMBER CIE 1 DATA NAME CIE 1 START ADDRESS CIE 1 END ADDRESS CIE 1 OCCURS FACTOR CIE 1 REDEFINES SRC LINE CIE 1 REDEFINES EXP LINE CIE 1 ITEM TYPE 88 CIE 1 ITEM GROUP CIE 1 SECTION IND 88 CIE 1 SECTION FILE 88 CIE 1 SECTION WS 88 CIE 1 SECTION LINKAGE 88 CIE 1 SECTION RE
118. DCD III option It is not required for VS COBOL II If it is not specified and VS2 is not used as a DCD III option a default will be created which is 3 less than the number used in the LNCNT PARM field of DCD III This option is used by DCD III to determine the presence of page EJECTs when reading in the compiler SYSPRINT file Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 15 COAID NOCOAID COMPILE COF NOCOF COPY NOCOPY C68 DDC NODDC DLI DNF NODNF EIB ERRORS NOERRORS FGCONSTS NOFGCONSTS FTB FTO NOFTO F16 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility This option indicates to DCD III that the compiler listing coming into DCD III was also run through the commercial COBOL Aid software package When this option is used DCD III options CA1 or CA2 or may also be used This option indicates that the Alternate Compile Listing Facility will be run in COMPILE MODE 1 in conjunction with the COBOL compiler See Compile Mode Considerations in this section When not specified the default INDEP option will be used Forces an older compiler standard where COPY statements on the same line with an 01 record with a different 01 record name in the COPY member will use the 01 name within the COPY rather than the 01 record preceding it Produce the COPY Statements Report For CICS DL1 or DB2 programs also produce a separate INCLUDE report if INCLUDES are found Use when COBOL 68 is
119. DCDACL LIBRARAN LIBACL DCDMAIN MBRFETCH DCDJCL DCDJCL 01 01 2001 STEP NBR ee INPUT SEQUENCE NO SORTING PAGE 1 DCD LIB DCD MBR JCLRPT USER PDS DCDCNTRL SYSOUT SYS1 SORTLIB SYSOUT SYOUT SYSOUT SYSOUT LIBRARAN SOURCE amp amp TEMP amp amp TEMP USERPDS DCDCNTRL SYSOUT SYS1 SORTLIB SYSOUT SYSOUT SYSOUT amp amp PASSFILE SYSOU SYSOU SYSOU SYSOU SYSOU SYSOU DUMMY SYS1 SORTLIB amp amp PASSFILE DDNAME EXCLUDE USER PDS DCDCNTRL JCL PROC Analysis Report Unsorted Sequence MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company SHR SHR SHR NEW PASS OLD DELETE SHR SHR MOD PASS SHR OLD DELETE NEW DELETE SHR D 15 JCL JOBLIB JOBNAME DCD115D DCD116D DCD116NA DCD117D DCD118L D 16 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility ANALYSIS PROCNAME COPYPROC DVN2PROC PROC003 gt lt DTNPRC60 DTNUPR2 gt lt DSNIPRI DSN2PRI DSN3PR6 DSNAPR6 1 2 TRACO3NA TRUNO2A TRUNO3 YTOKENS 01 01 2001 IN JOB NAME SEQUENCE Job Library Report JOB NAME Sequence MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company PAGE 1 DCD III ERROR MESSAGES Release 3 6 Error Messages were completely revamped in Release 3 6 DCDIII Error Messages
120. DCDCOBOL PROC for producing Other COBOL Reports Testing JCL for the DCDJCL PROC for producing JCL PROC Analysis Reports MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Nine of the members are PROCS which should be tailored for use at the user s installation Four of the members TCOMACL TDCDACL TDCDACL TDCDCOBO and TDCDJCL are JCL for testing four of the PROCSs One of the members COBOLPGM is a sample COBOL program which is accessed by the three members TCOMACL TDCDACL and TDCDCOBO One of the members DCDCNTRL is an incomplete control record which must be modified before any testing is done For testing the Librarian or Panvalet PROCS consult the examples mentioned under Step 4 Testing DCDIIT and fill in necessary information for Librarian or Panvalet data set name valid COBOL program name and Librarian password If COPY members are present include a DCD COPYLIB DD as shown in Example 2 in either the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section and the Tracing amp Analysis and Other COBOL Reports Facility section Addendum 2 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 23 DCD Installation Guide Use of SYSTRACE and TRACEIN DDs for Customer Support This page is provided as informational and should not normally require user attention A de bugging language for looking at the intermediate files used within DCD III may be used by adding two
121. DD DISK SYSUT2 DD DSN 2 amp amp TEMPCTL UNIT SYSDA DISP PASS DCB RECFM FB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 80 SPACE TRK 1 1 STEP1 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDIII LOAD TL 1 DSPACE 120 10 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDIII LOAD STEP2 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDIII CNTL TL 2 DSSPACE 8 2 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDIII CNTL STEP3 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF CNTL TL 3 DSPACE 6 2 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDSPF CNTL STEPA EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF CLIST TL 4 DSPACE 2 1 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDSPF CLIST 5 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF PLIB TL 5 DSPACE 25 4 50 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDSPF PLIB 6 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF MLIP TL26 DSPACE 3 1 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDSPF MLIB ISTEP7 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF SLIB TL 7 DSPACE 6 2 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userxx DFILE userxx DCDSPF SLIB STEP8 EXEC COPY TFILE DCDSPF LLIB TL 8 DSPACE 20 3 10 DVOLSER userxx DFILE userzz DCDSPF LLIB MODIFY fields as necessary shown in lower case in the UNIT DVOLSER and DFILE keywords Replace JOB with a valid JOB card Submit this JCL to load the eight files MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 9 DCD Installation Guide JCL to Load Just One or Two Cartridge Files For users re installing DCD III without changes to the ISPF Panels t
122. DDNAME DCDPDS MISSING In the JCL the card for DCDPDS is missing Check the JCL to ensure the DD card for DCDPDS exists and is correctly placed NO RECORDS WERE PASSED INTO THE SORT FOR THE JCL PROC ANALYSIS REPORT Either no DDNAMES were found or the entire JCL is missing Check to see what JCL was used and examine OVER 500 EXCLUDE DDNAMES WERE USED THE REMAINING EXCLUDE DDNAMES ARE IGNORED Too many control cards were used Reduce the number of control statements EXCESSIVE REFERBACKS OVER 500 WERE USED IN ONE PROC THOSE OVER LIMIT ARE IGNORED More referbacks were present in one PROC than this software can handle Find out why excessive referbacks were used and see if this number can be reduced If this is a valid condition contact Marble Computer EXCESSIVE SYMBOLICS OVER 2000 WERE USED IN ONE PROC THOSE OVER LIMIT ARE IGNORED More symbolics were present in one PROC than this software can handle Find out why excessive symbolics were used and see if this number can be reduced TABLE EXCEEDED ONLY THE FIRST nnnnn PROC NAMES WILL BE SHOWN IN THE LIST OF PROC NAMES A table used to hold PROC names for later printing out the names of PROCs used has been exceeded The main report used to report on the JCL is accurate The sub report used to show which PROCs were inputted will be truncated NO RECORDS WERE PASSED INTO THE SORT FOR THE JCLLIB ANALYSIS REPORT Insufficient JCL was found or the entire JCL is missing Check to
123. DENT ACCT C3 IDENT ACCT C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA C3 IDENT ACCT C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA Exhibit 22 Possible Literals with Possible Paths Report A Possible Literal How the Literal might be formed Sequence Number of the Related COBOL Field Tracing Path Levels Follow dash up page to next shorter indentation MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports VERB ANALYSIS REPORT VERB MOVE MOVE OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN PERFORM SUBTRACT PAYMONTH SUBTRACT PAYMONTH A 04 02 109 gt 01 01 2001 1 PROGRAM 5 PARAGRAPH SEQ 1 FIELD 1 SEQ 2 FIELD 2 PAYROLL 00201 A080 COMPUTE WEEKLY PAY 2 75 00100 PN WEEKLY DEDUCT PAYROLL 00220 A800 READ NEXT RECORD 00113 WS END OF FILE SW PAYMONTH 00128 010 OPEN FILES 00020 PAYROLL TIME FILE PAYMONTH 00128 010 OPEN FILES 00064 PAYROLL UPDATED FILE PAYROLL 00126 010 OPEN FILES 00020 PAYROLL TIME FILE PAYROLL 00126 010 OPEN FILES 00064 PAYROLL UPDATED FILE PAYMONTH 00137 040 PROCESS ALL RECORDS 00145 A PROCESS PAYROLL RECS 00181 A080 COMPUTE WEEKLY PAY 00103 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 00112 WS ALL DEDUCTIONS 00185 A080 COMPUTE WEEKLY PAY 00102 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 00112 WS ALL DEDUCTIONS Exhibit 23 Verb Analysis Repor
124. E FIG CONST INITIAL VALUE INITIAL VALUE INITIAL VALUE MOVE LITERAL MOVE SPEC REG F HOW FORMED FLAGS INI INI INI INI INI UNK ML UNK ML B 65 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 LITERAL HIST LD 2G CUST E3E VALUE UNKNOWN 142165513 SPACES BB 1235 VALUE UNKNOWN VALUE UNKNOWN SPACES ZEROS 142165513 TK1236RTYO VALUE UNKNOWN ALL 4 VALUE UNKNOWN SPACES ZEROS TY1236RTYO TKY CURRENT DATE ALL 4 SPACES ZEROS TKY CURRENT DATE A 66 POSSIBLE LITERALS WITH POSSIBLE PATHS HOW FORMED INITIAL VALUE INITIAL VALUE UNKNOWN VALUE INITIAL VALUE MOVE FIG CONST INITIAL VALUE UNKNOWN VALUE UNKNOWN VALUE MOVE FIG CONST MOVE FIG CONST INITIAL VALUE INITIAL VALUE UNKNOWN VALUE MOVE LITERAL UNKNOWN VALUE MOVE FIG CONST MOVE FIG CONST INITIAL VALUE MOVE LITERAL MOVE SPEC REG MOVE LITERAL MOVE FIG CONST MOVE FIG CONST MOVE LITERAL MOVE SPEC REG B SEQ 816 512 1116 411 512 431 1134 1116 1116 1116 411 1125 1134 1134 1116 1116 1116 1125 1125 1125 1134 1116 1116 1125 1125 FIELD NAMES BY TRACING LEVELS HIST 2ND ACCOUNT CUST MAIN ACCOUNT 3RD ID C3 SUB ID 1A CUST IDNT ALPHA 1 CUST MAIN ACCOUNT 3RD ID CUST STORAGE IDENT C3 IDENT ACCT C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A C3 SUB ID 1A CUST IDNT ALPHA 1 S2 CUST ACCOUNT TA C3 I
125. ED An internal table which holds detail from cumulative SELECTs was exceeded Consider using less SELECTs or less ANDs and ORs in SELECTs FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER The first record of a work file being read does not contain a MARBLE header record Look for possible previous messages to this one Look for an error in the JCL used OVER 9999 MATCHES PROBABLE ERROR With Trace Option on one SELECT more than 9999 matches were found Look at SELECT and determine why this happened and fix DDNAME DCDWK09 MISSING The DDNAME DCDWKO90 is required by DCD III for program DCDSYSTM Provide missing DDNAME See JCL examples in User s Manual FILE EMPTY NOMARBLE HEADER An internal work file was found to be empty Try rerunning FILE EMPTY NO DATA RECORDS An internal work file was found to be empty Try rerunning NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT No data names were found in the Data Division to be included on an internal table for building COBOL narrative from None NO DATA NAMES ON TABLE No data names were found in the Data Division to be included on an internal table for building COBOL narrative from None OVER 49 QUALIFIERS WERE FOUND FOR ONE DATA NAME A data name with more than 49 qualifiers was found by DCD III If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc QUALIFICATION USED IN LINE nnnnn IS NOT WITHIN 01 RECORD A MOVE or other verb is using qualification and one data name is not within the 01 record Repl
126. Expecting a valid data name within the SUM UPON clause Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING HEADING OR FOOTING AFTER field contents Expecting the word HEADING or FOOTING within REPORT WRITER at this line Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING VALID TYPE AFTER TYPE IS FOUND field contents An invalid entry was found after the TYPE IS clause Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING FINAL OR IDENTIFIER AFTER TYPE IS CLAUSE Expecting reserved word FINAL or a valid data name to follow the TYPE IS clause in REPORT WRITER Check the line and make corrections as necessary EXPECTING VALID OPERAND FOR USAGE CLAUSE FOUND field contents The USAGE clause is in error or contains a type usage unknown to DCD III Correct USAGE clause or contact MARBLE Computer Inc if the USAGE clause is valid EXPECTING LITERAL AFTER VALUE FOUND field contents The entry following VALUE does not complete the VALUE clause within the REPORT SECTION Determine why the entry is not valid and correct MNEMONIC NAME AFTER CODE MISSING The operand following WITH CODE is missing Look at listing and correct EXPECTING INTEGER FOR PAGE CLAUSE One of the PAGE clauses is missing a number following it Consult the line indicated and correct the format of the PAGE clause EXPECTING INTEGER AFTER field contents One of the PAGE clauses is missing a number following it Consult the lin
127. F Main Selection Panel DCD III Data Correlation amp Documentation OPTION gt 1 ACL Alternate Compile Listing OCRE Other COBOL Reports Facility CASE Re engineering work files JCL JCL Reports A n Exit DCD III spf release n n Selection Panel for Alternate Compile Listing for 1 COBOL program OPTION gt 1 Reports available and overview 2 Useful information 3 Reselect options amp Submit batch job 4 Submit batch job X Exit H 6 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS This panel is only displayed if option 3 is selected on the Selection Panel for ACLF Alternate Compile Listing Supporting Options Change options if required 1 CAn 2 C68 3 DNF 4 EIB 5 ERR 6 FTX 7 LNCNT 8 NIS 9 Other 10 QUO 11 R3N 12 REGION 13 SORTREG 4 UNR 15 VS2 16 370 Enter 1 2 or 3 for special CA Optimizer formatting Enter Y if COBOL program is older 1968 COBOL Print an error message if data names are unresolved Insert COPY member DFHEIBLK for CICS program Enter Y if CICS program is not run through pre compiler Enter N to not print error messages Enter N to remove or F to force FROM TO pos in 73 80 Line count for DCD III reports Sort Narrative in Proc Div sequence for each field Enter Y for less used options not shown on this panel Enter Y if double quote not single apos
128. F 12 F 13 COMLCNT Proc Symbolic A 19 Compile Mode see also COMACL PROC and COMPILE PARM Option A 5 A 6 A 8 A 24 Compile Mode Error messages E 35 E 36 Compile Mode Used with BASIS A 10 Compile Mode Used with CA Optimizer A 10 Compile Mode Used with CICS A 11 Compile Mode Used with COBOL 68 and earlier A 11 Compile Mode Used with COBOL 85 11 Compile Mode Used with DB2 A 12 Compile Mode Used with DL1 A 12 Compile Mode Used with Librarian A 12 Compile Mode Used with NOSOURCE PARM Option A 17 Compile Mode Used with Panvalet A 12 Compile Mode Used with SRESOLVE PARM Option A 17 Compile Mode Used with STOP PARM Option A 18 Compile Mode Used with VR3 PARM Option A 18 Compile PARM Option see also Compile Mode A 8 A 16 Compiler cross reference see Cross Reference Compiler Compiler options see LISTER NUM NONUM SOURCE Compiler reports see PMAP and DMAP Compiler source listing see Source listing Compiler Computer Aided Software Engineering see CASE COND CODE see Condition Code COND Parameter see JCL COND Parameter Condition Code A 8 A 18 B 15 F 11 Control Cards for Data Dictionary Interface File B 12 B 78 B 79 B 80 C 41 C 42 C 43 Control Cards for excluding DDNAMEs D 10 Control Cards for Layouts B 12 B 22 B 23 B 37 B 45 E 24 Control Cards for MBRFETCH PROC B 8 B 24 B 25 B 26 B 27 B 29 B 32 B 35 B 37 B 38 Control Cards for selection of PROCs
129. FIGCON PRODUCE FIGURATIVE CONSTANT REPORT II LITERAL PRODUCE LITERAL REPORT Il SPREGS PRODUCE SPECIAL REGISTER REPORT CDATADV z PRODUCE CONDENSED DATA DIV REPORT CPROCDV PRODUCE CONDENSED PROC DIV REPORT RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS WHEN FOUND II UNREF INCLUDE UNREF NAMES IN CROSS REFERENCE if USE XXXX NO ABOVE TO TURN E G COPYzNO TO OMIT COPY REPORT OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES TO PRINT PER PAGE SRCLIB PANVALET SOURCPE NAME OF PANVALET FILE BUF 5 USE BUF 5 II PRINT SEND PRINTER OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS REG 6144K REGION SIZE SORTREG 600000 MAKE 600000 MINIMUM AVAILABLE TO SORT WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN THE ALTERNATE COMPILE LISTING FACILITY OF DCD III WITH PANVALET AND NOT WITH THE COBOL COMPILER MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC PANACL RELEASE 3 6 LM080108 PAN EXEC INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT PANDDI DD DSN amp SRCLIB DISP SHR IPANDD2 DSN amp amp TEMP DCB BLKSIZE 6160 UNIT amp WORK DISP PASS SPACE CYL 2 2 DCD EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION amp REG PARM amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp FIGCON FGC INSERT COBOLIN CLEANUP CONTROL INSERT DCDWKO0I DCDWK02 DCDWKO03 DCDWK04 DCDWKO05 D
130. III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 RECORD REPORT LENGTH 170 170 170 170 09 09 06 06 03 03 58 PROGRAM PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYROLL B LENGTH SEQUENCE 01 01 2001 PAGE 1 SEQ SECTION RECORD NAME 00028 FILE PT RECORD 00072 00028 00070 00109 00107 00123 00121 00114 00112 PN RECORD FILE PT RECORD FILE PN RECORD WORKING STORAGB WS AMOUNTS WORKING STORAGE WS AMOUNTS WORKING STORAGE WS SYSTEM DATE WORKING STORAGE WS SYSTEM DATE WORKING STORAGE WS SWITCHES WORKING STORAGE WS SWITCHES D E Exhibit 15 01 Record Report Length Sequence Length in bytes of the 01 record COBOL program id for this record Sequence number where the record resides Data Division section that contains the record 01 record name MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 RECORD REPORT PROGRAM PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYROLL A SEQ 0028 00072 00109 00114 00123 00028 00070 00107 00112 00121 B ENTRY SEQUENCE SECTION FILE FILE WORKING STORAGE WORKING STORAGE WORKING STORAGE FILE FILE WORKING STORAGE WORKING STORAGE WORKING STORAGE 01 01 20
131. INECNT SOR amp SORTREG amp RPTY PE amp OTHER HE PGM DCDJCL REGION amp REG COND 4 LT MBR INSERT STEPLIB IF NECESSARY If PRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 PRTMSG DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 RPTFILE DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SYSOUT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 121 ISYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 ISORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTWKO1L UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 400 CONTIG SORTWKO2 UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 400 CONTIG SORTWK03 UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 400 CONTIG PROCFILE DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD DELETE DCB BUFNO amp BUF WKFILE DD DISP DELETE UNIT amp WORK SPACE 3240 200 120 DCB LRECL 108 BLKSIZE 3240 RECFM FB BUFNO amp BUF SYSIN DD DDNAME EXCLUDE CONTROL DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR D 12 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Sample Reports DATA SET ANALYSIS 01 01 2001 xeeletietoketeleoteleleotelejoteleleteeleleteleleteleleleteleletelelejeteleleteteleleteleleleteleletleleleeieeiet PAGE DSNA ME 789524 9824 2528 8 2 2 PR OGRAM PROC STEP NBR STEP NAME DDNAME DISPOSITION DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 DCDRPT WKFILE NEW DELETE amp amp COMPLIST DCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD INFILE OLD PASS GIVEBACK COMACL 2 RE
132. INTO SORT There were no records passed into the PARAGRAPH Report None NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT There were no records passed out to the DATA Report None NO RECORDS WERE PASSED INTO SORT FOR THE TRACING AND ANALYSIS REPORT No records were passed to an internal sort This is an informational message It may be that no records were selected which will cause this message Check SELECT statements used NO RECORDS WERE SELECTED FOR PRODUCING TRACING amp ANALYSIS REPORT MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 33 DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDYNAOI D Explanation User Action DCDYNB11 E Explanation User Action DCDYPAAO0 D Explanation User Action DCDYPBO0I C Explanation User Action DCDYPB02 D Explanation User Action DCDYPE03 D Explanation User Action DCDYPU01 D Explanation User Action DCDYPX02 D Explanation User Action DCDYTO030I Explanation User Action DCDYU030 I Explanation User Action DCDYWG04 E Explanation User Action DCDYYO030 I Explanation User Action DCDZZ099 D Explanation User Action E 34 The SELECTs used did not find any matches within this program If processing only one program insure the correct SELECT is used MISSING HEADER RECORD FOR DCDWK09 IN PROGRAM DCDTARPT An internal header record is missing from the internal file name shown Try resubmitting run OVER 250 SELECTIONS FO
133. ISION was not found and re submit EXCEEDED MAXIMUM NUMBER OF COPYS THAT CAN BE HANDLED CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER A large internal table was exceeded This is an unusual exception Contact Marble Computer DDNAME DCDWKO0x MISSING The running of DCD III requires work files for processing The DDNAMEs DCDWK03 DCDWK04 DCDWKOS5 and DCDWK06 respectively were not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL PROGRAM ID NOT FOUND IN INPUT FILE LOOK FOR NON COBOL FILE OR MISSING PROGRAM ID IN MARGIN A The PROGRAM ID clause with Program id within the Identification Division was not found Program Id is used within internal processing of DCD III and is needed Check the program and see why this occurred NO PERIOD PRECEDING LEVEL NUMBER nn A period did not immediately precede this level number Check the previous line for a missing period DATA NAME DOES NOT FOLLOW LEVEL NUMBER nn A level number was found and an expected data name following level number was not found Check the line and make corrections as necessary 01 FOUND IN MARGIN B IGNORING The 01 level number found is within margin B in column 12 or beyond This 01 is being ignored as being a valid 01 level number Check the line and make corrections if this is really a 01 level number NO PERIOD PRECEDING LEVEL NUMBER 66 A period did not immediately precede this level number Check the previous line f
134. Independent Mode PROC DCDACL A 27 5 Librarian Independent Mode PROC LIBACL eee A 28 6 Panvalet Independent Mode PROC PANACL serene A 29 7 Source Listing Report Data Division eee A 32 8 Source Listing Report Procedure 1 1 1 A 34 9 Condensed VERB REPOT cote cedo dtp Deme Aerated A 35 10 CALL and COPY Statements Reports eeepc toi A 36 11 Figurative Constants 37 12 Literals Rep rt Arges des T 38 13 Special Registers De a iae i i A 39 14 Data Division Condensed Cross A 41 15 Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference sse A 43 16 Overflow Report for Indirect References A 43 ly UDCDACLPROC2o tese enu Ed A 50 A 4 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Choice of DCD III PROCs Four PROCs are available to choose from when invoking the Alternate Compile Listing Facility They are 1 LIBACL 2 3 4 DCDACL The first and second PROCS are made available for running the Alternate Compi
135. Items now included for Release 3 include the following a Reading the compile listing of Release 3 which is significantly different than the output of other compilers Handling of BINARY and PACKED DECIMAL clauses c Allowing both single apostrophes and double quotes within the same program d Adjusting our scanning of COBOL programs to allow for reference modification now available within Release 3 Documenting the new GLOBAL and EXTERNAL clauses available within this new release Further support of SOL by resolving INCLUDE s as COPY s For the CA Optimizer users continual support has been given to resolving the compiler listing already formatted by this package as newer versions are released New Release Highlights Release 1 3 April 1 199 The following enhancements have been added to the new release of DCD III A numeric FROM and TO position relative to the beginning of the record e g 1 10 12 13 is now available to be placed within columns 73 80 of the DATA DIVISION for all the data names found there Options are available to allow other uses of columns 73 80 Selection is now available on the Verb Analysis Report Up to ten 10 different verbs may be used at any one time for selection Further support of IBM s VS COBOL II Release 3 is included as listed below e Saving formatted information from the Release 3 listing and including that information within the DCD III Source Listing see R3N options e Handli
136. KSIZE 121 I SORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTWKO1 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK02 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK03 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG Exhibit 2 LIBCOBOL PROC B 40 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports DCDCOBOL PROC CALLzNO Il Il Il Il If USE XXX Il Il Il Il CALL ANALYSIS REPORT COPY NO CALL ANALYSIS REPORT DATA NO DATA ANALYSIS REPORT LAYOUT NO LAYOUTS PARA NO PARAGRAPH REPORT RECORDS NO 01 RECORDS REPORT SRA NO SYSTEM RECORD ANALYSIS TRACE NO TRACING amp ANALYSIS RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES PER PAGE BUF 5 USE BUF 5 PRINT SEND PRINT OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS REG 8 192K REGION SIZE SORTREG 600000 SORT REGION WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER ABOVE TO TURN ON A REPORT OR OPTION PROC TO RUN THE SYSTEM REPORTS WITHIN DCDIII MARBLE COMPUTER INC If 1 800 252 1400 PROC DCDCOBOL REL 3 6 LM080108 DCD EXEC PGM DCDSYSTM REGION amp REG CAL amp COPY COP amp DATA DAT amp LAYOUT LAY amp PARA PAR amp RECORDS REC amp SRA SRA amp TRACE TRA amp RESOLVE RES Il amp OTHER Il TAC
137. KSIZE 3 120 MBRFETCH Extra DD statements are listed here CTLCDMBR required and used to input control to this PROC See the heading Control userdd Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC one or more DDnames that are user specified are required if the above CTLCDMBR DD is used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 37 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports PROCS Provided for Use in This Section Four PROCs are provided They are listed here and are shown on the next pages If Panvalet or Librarian are not used in your shop then PROCs PANCOBOL or LIBCOBOL may be ignored 1 PANCOBOL Running DCD III with input from Panvalet 2 LIBCOBOL Running DCD III with input from Librarian 3 DCDCOBOL Running DCD III without Panvalet or Librarian 4 MBRFETCH Used with PROC DCDCOBOL for selecting COBOL programs or COPY records by means of control statements from partitioned data sets B 38 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports IPANCOBOL PROC CALL NO CALL ANALYSIS REPORT Il COPY NO COPY ANALYSIS REPORT DATA NO DATA ANALYSIS REPORT Il LAYOUT NO LAYOUTS PARA NO PARAGRAPH REPORT RECORDS NO 01 RECORDS REPORT Il SRA NO SYSTEM RECORD ANALYSIS Il TRACE NO TRACING amp ANALYSIS Il RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS If USE XXX ABOVE TO TURN ON A REPORT OR OPTION Il OTHER
138. LD WORK RECORDS 0792 A699 EXIT 011 B210 SET UP FOR FLOAT 0533 A040 CLOSE PARA FILE 2 0794 A700 ALL OTHERS 1033 B299 EXIT 0537 A050 END OF INPUT PROCEDURE 0825 A799 EXIT 1036 500 FLOAT FL2 IN 0543 A100 BUILD WORK RECORDS 2 0827 A999 EXIT 042 B599 EXIT 0544 110 SECT 0828 B BUILD NARRATIVE RECORDS 1044 999 0561 A120 GO TO DEPENDING ON 0830 B010 OPEN FILE A SECT 1047 C REBUILD PDNARTBL COPY 0567 A130 PERFORM TYPE 0834 B020 RETURN FIRST SORT REC 5 1048 C010 TEST MAX OF 3 0578 A140 ALTER PARA 0850 B030 PROCESS ALL RECORDS 062 020 4 0584 A160 CANCEL PROGRAM 0843 B030 RETURN SECOND SORT REC 076 999 0590 A170 ALL OTHERS z 0862 B040 CLOSE FILE 3 SECT 1078 D CHECK FOR INSERT COND 0601 A190 READ NEXT RECORD E 0866 B050 END OUTPUT PROCEDURE 1079 D010 CHECK LENGTH 0610 A199 EXIT 0870 B100 PROCESS ALL RECS 084 D020 INSERT COND 0613 A200 GO TO 0907 B120 CHECK MATCH TO PREV REC 1097 D999 EXIT 0637 A299 EXIT 0926 B130 SET UP EXP LINE NBR 01 01 2001 15 26 SECTIONS ONLY REPORT FOR DCDLOGIC PAGE 30 SECT 0517 A BUILD WORK RECORDS SECT 1047 C REBUILD PDNARTBL COPY SECT 0828 B BUILD NARRATIVE RECORDS SECT 1078 D CHECK FOR INSERT COND Exhibit 15 Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference 01 01 2001 15 26 INDIRECT REFERENCES See UCL Report for fields not shown here PAGE 31 DATA NAME SEQ INDIRECT ACCESS FOR THIS FIELD LINE 28 00025 Indirectly changed 40 60
139. LISTING The DCD III CLN value user entered does not match the line count found within the compile listing Use the CLNZPARM option along with the appropriate value The error should be corrected by entering a CLN field with a value equal to that shown within the LINECNT field of the compile step SYSPRINT FILE INTO DCD IS NOT COBOL OR IS INVALID ENSURE THAT DISP MOD PASS IS USED ON SYSPRINT DD IN COMPILE STEP AND NONUM IS COMPILER OPTION CHECK USE OF VS2 NOVS2 OPTION The INFILE DD within the DD step is not successfully reading in the trapped compiler listing on the SYSPRINT DD from the compile step 1 Consult Examples in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section for correctly setting up the COB SYSPRINT DD in the compile step a Ensure that MOD PASS is used as a disposition within the SYSPRINT DD b Ensure that both NONUM and SOURCE are specified as compiler options c Ensure that the compile step ran successfully d Ensure that NOVS2 is being defaulted to when using COBOL 68 or COBOL 74 Ensure that VS2 is used when VS COBOL II COBOL 85 is used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 9 DCD III Error Messages DCDA2P01 D Explanation User Action DCDA4008 D Explanation User Action DCDA4009 D Explanation User Action DCDA4010 I Explanation User Action DCDAA4011 I Explanation User Action DCDA4040 D Explanation User Action DCDA4B00 D Explanation U
140. LL NO CALL ANALYSIS REPORT COPY NO COPY ANALYSIS REPORT Il DATA NO DATA ANALYSIS REPORT LAYOUT NO LAYOUTS PARA NO PARAGRAPH REPORT Il RECORDSzNO 01 RECORDS Il SRA NO SYSTEM RECORD ANALYSIS TRACE NO TRACING amp ANALYSIS Il RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS USE XXX ABOVE TO TURN ON A REPORT OR OPTION Il OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS Il LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES PER PAGE SRCLIB LIBRARAN SOURCE LIBPGM LIBRARAN Il BUF 5 USE BUF 5 Il PRINT SEND PRINT OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS Il 8192 REGION SIZE Il SORTREG 600000 SORT REGION WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC RUN THE SYSTEM REPORTS WITHIN DCD III MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC LIBCOBOL REL 3 6 If 080108 LIB EXEC PGM amp LIBPGM PARM NJTA NRJS CHECK LIBRARIAN PARMS INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY HSYSPRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT LIST DD SYSOUT amp PRINT IIMASTER DD DSN amp SRCLIB DISP SHR HOSJOB DD DSN amp amp TEMP DCB BLKSIZE 6160 UNIT amp WORK Il DISP PASS SPACE CYL 2 20 DCD EXEC PGM DCDSYSTM REGION amp REG Il PARM amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp DATA DAT Il amp LAYOUT LAY amp PARA PAR amp RECORDS REC Il amp SRA SRA amp TRACE TRA amp RESOLVE RES Il amp OTHER SOR amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY I CONTROL DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNT
141. LU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU VALU 001 002 005 006 008 009 011 012 021 022 025 026 027 028 031 032 041 042 043 051 052 053 054 060 061 062 071 072 073 Er Eri Er Er En Er En Cr Er Cr Eri pni Cn En En per pni er pni pn tr pn n pni pn pni pn prn eri E Y EY COPY Member for the Paragraph Range Information File MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 10 11 12 13 14 Description of Individual Fields PAR 2 SOURCE LINE NUMBER PAR 2 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PAR 2 TOKEN COLUMN NUMBER PAR 2 PARA OR SECT PAR 2 RELEVANT SECTION PAR 2 VERB CODE PAR 2 CONDITIONAL SW PAR 2 MULTIPLE OPERANDS SW PAR 2 NAME EXP LINE NUMBER PAR 2 NAME COLUMN NUMBER PAR 2 SOURCE BEGIN NBR PAR 2 EXPANDED BEGIN NBR PAR 2 SOURCE END NBR PAR 2 EXPANDED END NBR Do not use An expanded sequence number after COPY members have been resolved and brought into the program of a statement number in the Procedure Division representing a paragraph or section or a statement with a reference to a paragraph or section or external transfer The column number of the beginning of the paragraph or verb which references the paragraph The corresponding paragraph or section name When PAR 2 PARA OR SECT con
142. M5 and M6B will be selected for passing on to the next step Further notes on this PDS member fetch software follow de gps Compressing the PDS if possible before accessing the data set may be helpful Multiple control statements may be used for any of the above formats To prevent obtaining duplicate members do not mix formats in the same run When using PDSFETCH with the READPDS option see the heading WRITPDS and READPDS Options in this section replace LRECL 80 with LRECL 3120 in the PDS OUTPUT DD A listing of Error Message that may be generated from this utility are listed on the next two pages Look for a return code of Zero if there are no errors Look for a return code of 0008 if errors are found MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Message 040 050 A011 A021 A022 A023 C011 C012 C013 C014 C021 C022 C023 C041 C042 C043 C050 C060 D011 D012 D013 D014 D015 E011 E012 E013 E031 E032 Error Messages that may be generated from PDSFETCH utility Message Expecting extra control statements for previous PDS No Members were found Expecting extra control statements for just previous PDS Found blank control statement Looking for PDS in columns 1 5 Looking for first MEMBER in columns 1 8 DDNAME found has more than 8 CHARS User DDNAME not found after PDS DDNAME has invalid Non Alphanumeric CHAR Undefin
143. ME FOLLOWING GENERATE NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS Explanation The REPORT WRITER verb GENERATE requires an alphanumeric operand following it This was not found User Action Check the statement and make necessary corrections DCDEH62A C DATA NAME FOLLOWING TERMINATED NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS Explanation The REPORT WRITER verb TERMINATE requires an alphanumeric operand following it This was not found User Action Check the statement and make necessary corrections DCDEJ10A I CONDITIONAL STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE IF 88 LEVEL INTENDED CHECK SPELLING Explanation A conditional statement is incomplete If an 88 level was intended a matching 88 level in the Data Division was not found User Action Check the conditional statement and make necessary corrections DCDEJ100 I PARSING CANNOT FIND THE BEGIN OF SECOND PART OF NON 88 CONDITIONAL Explanation A conditional statement is incomplete If an 88 level was intended a matching 88 level in the Data Division was not found User Action Check the conditional statement and make necessary corrections DCDEJ300 C IF EXCEEDED 125 OPERANDS FOR 1 CONDITION amp DCDEJ400 C Explanation An IF or IF type statement contains more than 125 operands within just 1 condition User Action If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc DCDEJAPA E AN INTERNAL TABLE HAS EXCEEDED 125 DATA NAMES FOR 1 CONDITION amp DCDEJAPB E amp DCDEJS1A C Explanation An IF
144. MONTH 01 01 2001 B C D E F G Exhibit 12 Layout Report B 54 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Sequence number of the data name Level number of the data name Data name Length in bytes of this field for computational or packed comp 3 fields two lengths will be shown in this field The first one will be in parentheses and represents what is coded in the PICTURE clause TYPE code indicating how the field is used see chart below From position of this field To position of this field Corresponding COBOL narrative requires use of LNR option to produce this narrative Layout TYPE Chart TYPE Meaning C COMP or COMPUTATIONAL Cl 1 C2 COMP 2 C3 COMP 3 C4 COMP 4 N NUMERIC DISPLAY USAGE NE NUMERIC EDITED PR USAGE IS POINTER UI USAGE IS INDEX X ALPHANUMERIC or ALPHABETIC GROUP GROUP FIELD Note The first seven fields through NE above will have an S preceding them if the PICTURE clause is signed MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 55 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 11 30 SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE FOR LITERALS PAGE 01 LITERALS PROGRAM REFERENCES 0 PAYMONTH 110 111 112 PAYROLL 108 109 110 Y PAYMONTH 047 091 116 135 202 PAYROLL 047 089 114 134 220 0715 PAYMONTH 158 PAYROLL 173 00 PAYMONTH 118 PAYROLL 116 04 PAYMONTH 120 PAYROLL 118 2 75 PAYROLL
145. May 1 2000 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III XVII Several enhancements are made to our new Tracing amp Analysis feature Three specific areas are listed here a b c Control statement for SELECTs may now be entered without the SELECT IF NAME prefix The user now enters only the name he or she is selecting DDnames now use the SELECT and BYPASS names for easier recognition Several areas of the report have been modified including changes in how we report errors and wording changes for easier report understanding Several SOL enhancements are added for fuller DB2 processing a b c Modifications were done for the correct processing of intrinsic functions such as CURRENT DATE and CURRENT TIMESTAMP within EXEC SQL statements Additional Host variables within WHERE clauses for SOL CREATE VIEW SELECT sub clauses UPDATE and DELETE verbs are now handled Additional Host variables within VALUE clauses for the SQL INSERT verb are now handled Intrinsic FUNCTION handling has been expanded to handle FUNCTIONS within FUNCTIONS New Release Highlights Release 2 6 April 1 2001 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III More enhancements are made to our newest Tracing and Analysis Feature a b c d e Internal Table sizes used in Tracing amp Analysis have been increased If any of these newer table sizes are
146. NBR SRA LEVEL NUMBER SRA TYPE USAGE SRA FLAGS Sequential number starting at 1 showing which set of control cards produced this set of records From and to record positions for this data name Taken from the program id in the Identification Division The name of the 01 record which contains this data name Self explanatory Compiler number or sequence number in the program of this data name 01 49 level number associated with this data name Usage of this data name Contains flags showing how this data field is used in the program Direct flags indicate this field was involved in the Procedure Division statement which caused this flag Indirect flags indicate this field was not involved in the Procedure Division statement which caused this flag SET indicates that this field is changed USED indicates that this field was used to modify in some way another field TESTED indicates that this field was used in a comparison SRA PICTURE CLAUSE SRA FILLER The first 21 characters of the PICTURE clause associated with this data name Not used at this time MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 73 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports WRITPDS and READPDS Options In DCDIII a feature is available to allow the storing of work file information for all reports with the exception of the Tracing amp Analysis report The storing of information is done in condensed format as members on pa
147. NSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY CLEANUP DD DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 CONTROL DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DCDWKO0I DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWK02 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWKO03 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWK04 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWKO05 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWK06 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWK07 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWKO08 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF INFILE DD DSN amp amp COMPLIST DISP OLD PASS PRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 PRTCMPLR DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTWKO1 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWKO2 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE 100 CONTIG SORTWKO3 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SYSOUT DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 RETCMPLR EXEC PGM GIVEBACK COND 1 EQ DCD EVEN GIVEBACK IS EXECUTED WHEN 1 THE SOURCE LISTING IS NOT PRINTED 2 THE DCD STEP IS NOT RUN INFILE DD DSN amp amp COMPLIST DISP OLD DELETE PRTFILE DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 Exhibit 3 Compile Mode PROC COMACL A 26 Marble Computer
148. NTH 0024 01 TEST COPY REC WORKING STORAGE SECTION PAYMONTH 0036 01 TEST COPY REC 2 WORKING STORAGE SECTION TOGO2 DCDLOGIC 0008 SOURCE COMPUTER ENVIRONMENT DIVISION A B D E F Exhibit 7 COPY Analysis Report Member Sequence COPY member name COBOL Program id Sequence number where the COPY is used in the program Level number associated with the COPY if applicable DATA name associated with the COPY if applicable DIVISION or SECTION where the COPY member resides umoourm B 48 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports COPY ANALYSIS PROGRAM MEMBER DCDLOGIC COBRECI CPYREC 21 INFOTYP7 TOGO2 PAYMONTH TESTCOPY TESTCOPY A B umoourm COBOL COPY member name Sequence number where the COPY is used in the program Level number associated with the COPY when applicable Data name associated with the COPY when applicable Division or section where the COPY member resides PROGRAM SEQUENCE SEQ 0061 0110 0079 0134 0012 0008 0024 0036 C LEVEL 01 01 01 FD 01 01 D IDENTIFIER BC BANNER FIELDS COBI REC COB REC 030 COPY HERE FILE 1 SOURCE COMPUTER TEST COPY REC TEST COPY REC 2 E Exhibit 8 01 01 2001 PAGE 1 SECTION WORKING STORAGE SECTION WORKING STORAGE SECTION WORKING STORAGE SECTION PROCEDURE DIVISION FILE SECTION ENVIRONMENT DIVISION WORKING STOR
149. O Exhibit 7 Source Listing Report Data Division A 32 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility PROCEDURE DIVISION The cross reference information for the Procedure Division accommodates two types of information a SQ NBR S The first type references back to the Data Division Procedure Division statements such as MOVE or ADD referencing a data name which resides in the Data Division For these DCD III provides a sequence number referencing the line where the data name resides in the Data Division For example 1017 MOVE WS MAX PD DIGITS TO WS NUMBER TIMES 322 324 The first data name WS MAX PD DIGITS is documented by the first number on the right 322 which points to the Data Division sequence number where WS MAX PD DIGITS resides The second number 324 references the Data Division sequence number where WS NUMBER TIMES resides See Exhibit 8 b LOGIC FLOW The second type references transfer of control statements such as GO TO or PERFORM with references to or from another area of the program or statements which reference an external program DCD III handles these by providing appropriate narrative on the right and if not external to the program by providing a sequence number of where the transfer of control is going to or coming from An example of a GO TO is provided here 1028 GO TO B999 EXIT GO TO 1044 1044 999 COMES FROM GO TO
150. OC2 JCLPROC3 PROC4 IMBR USERDD DD DSN USER JCL LIBRARY DISP SHR The above example produces the JCL PROC Analysis Report in DDNAME sequence for the four PROCS listed above Example 2 ISTEP2 EXEC DCDJCL RPTYPE JCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD ALPHA PREFIX TR INDD ALPHA PREFIX PR DD DSN USER JCL2 LIBRARY DISP SHR IJCLRPT EXCLUDEDD SYSOUT SYSPRINT The above example produces the JCL PROC Analysis Report in both DDNAME and DSNAME sequence for all PROCs that begin with the prefix TR or PR on the library USER JCL2 LIBRARY It will omit the DDNAMEs SYSOUT and SYSPRINT from that report MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 11 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility DCDJCL PROC The following is a listing of the DCDJCL PROC DCDJCL PROC 7i 7i 7i Il Il 7i BUF 5 ALLOW 5 BUFFERS FOR MVS LINECNT 60 NBR OF LINES PER PAGE PRINT REG 2048K RPTYPE JCL JCL GIVES THE REPORT IN THREE SEQUENCES SORTREG 600000 WORK SYSDA MARBLE COMPUTER INC DCDJCL PROC FOR PROC ANALYSIS REPORTS LM080108 IMBREXEC PGM MBRFETCH REGION 512K INSERT SYSPRINT DD STEPLIB IF NECESSARY SYSOUT amp PRINT WORKFILE DD _ UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 4 2 OUTSET DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP PASS UNIT amp WORK 7i SPACE CYL 5 10 IJCLRPT EXEC PARM LNC amp L
151. OLPV Notice VALUE clauses for 88 level entries are inserted automatically on the same line of the 88 regardless of the option used here MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 13 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports LPP NOLPP LNR LS1 NOLS 1 LTC NOLTC LTS L77 LITERALS NOLITERALS LNCNT nn LNCNT 60 NIS NUC PARAGRAPH NOPARAGRAPH PRANGES NOPRANGES QUOTE NOQUOTE DETERMINE RECORDS NORECORDS RESOLVE NORESOLVE This option indicates that a PICTURE clause which is designed as NE Numeric Edited will be printed below the data name in the Layout Reports This option is turned on automatically when the LAYOUTS option is turned on It may be turned off by using NOLPP This option indicates that COBOL narrative is to be printed on the right hand side of the Layout Report This option is only valid for single COBOL programs If LOR is used as an option this option is turned off If multiple COBOL programs are inputted narrative will only appear alongside the first one if this option is used This option if turned on indicates that Layout Reports should be produced for records that have no elementary fields levels 02 49 underneath them If not turned on which is the default they will be omitted This option will be turned on automatically if option L77 is used This option is turned on automatically if the LAYOUTS option is turned on It indicates that a Table of
152. ORT 7i SPREGS PRODUCE SPECIAL REGISTER REPORT 7i CDATADV z PRODUCE CONDENSED DATA DIV REPORT 7i CPROCDV PRODUCE CONDENSED PROC DIV REPORT 7i RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS WHEN FOUND UNREF INCLUDE UNREF NAMES IN CROSS REFERENCE USE XXXX NO ABOVE TO TURN OFF E G COPYzNO TO OMIT COPY REPORT OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS 7i LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES TO PRINT PER PAGE 7i SRCLIB LIBRARAN SOURCE NAME OF LIBRARIAN FILE LIBPGM LIBRARAN EXECUTABLE MEMBER NAME ON LOAD LIB 7i 5 USE BUF 5 PRINT SEND PRINTER OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS REG 6144K REGION SIZE 7i SORTREG 600000 MAKE 600000 MINIMUM AVAILABLE TO SORT 7i WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN ALTERNATE COMPILE LISTING FACILITY OF DCD WITH LIBRARIAN AND NOT WITH THE COBOL COMPILER MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC LIBACL RELEASE 3 6 ie LM080108 LIB EXEC PGM amp LIBPGM PARM NJTA NRJS CHECK LIBRARIAN PARMS INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT LIST DD SYSOUT amp PRINT IMASTER DD DSN amp SRCLIB DISP SHR OSJOB DD DSNZ amp amp TEMP DCB BLKSIZE 6160 UNIT2 amp WORK 7i DISP PASS SPACE CYL 2 2 DCD EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION amp REG PARM amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp FIGCON FGC amp LITERAL LIT amp SPREGS SPR amp CDATADV DDC amp CPROCDV PDC Il amp RESOLVE RES amp UNREF UNR a
153. OT A HALFWORD FULLWORD OR DOUBLEWORD A binary BINARY or COMPUTATIONAL field is found where the real calculated positions for the field in question is outside the normal length of 2 4 or 8 bytes for a halfword fullword or doubleword User should look at usage and make any change deemed necessary or ignore this message BINARY FIELD AT CMPLR NBR nnnnn IS TOO SMALL FOR FIELD AT CMPLR nnnnn Within Tracing and Analysis the binary field being traced into is too small for the record positions of the other field This is a warning only however the user may want to analysis why this is happening BINARY FIELD AT CMPLR NBR nnnnn IS TOO LARGE FOR FIELD AT CMPLR nnnnn MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 29 DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDPNPOB W Explanation User Action DCDPNY40 D Explanation User Action DCDPNY80 E Explanation User Action DCDPQC06 I Explanation User Action DCDPQU30 D Explanation User Action DCDPQUAO E Explanation User Action DCDPTP06 E Explanation User Action DCDPTP07 E Explanation User Action DCDPTP08 D Explanation User Action DCDPTY10 D Explanation User Action DCDPTY50 D Explanation User Action DCDPTY60 D Explanation User Action DCDT0080 C Explanation User Action DCDTBO015 I E 30 Within Tracing and Analysis the binary field being traced into is too large for the record positions
154. PANCOBOL should also be tested To test DCD IIL do the following 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 F 14 Modifying the member DCDCNTRL on the file DCDIILCNTL just loaded with the one line control statement information provided in the Installation Addendum this must be done first Pull in the member TDCDACL from the CNTL PDS file unloaded from the cartridge This contains JCL to test the Independent Mode PROC DCDACL Modify the JOB statement and modify the DSNs to point to the two PDSs just unloaded from the tape Submit the job and check the results for COND CODE of 0000 Pull in the member TCOMACL from the file used above Modify the JOB statement and DSNs as above As necessary change the COBUC PROC name if this is not a standard PROC for doing a COBOL compile at your installation Submit the job and check the results for the following COND CODEs 1 COB 0000 2 DCD 0001 3 RETCMPLR 7 NOT EXECUTED Pull in the member TDCDCOBO from the file used above This contains JCL to test the other reports produced through DCD III Modify the JOB statement and modify the DSNs to point to the two PDSs just loaded from the tape Submit the job and check the results for a COND CODE of 0000 Pull in the member TDCDJCL from the CNTL PDS file loaded from the cartridge Modify the JOB statement and modify the DSNs to point to the two PDSs just loaded from the cartridge Submit the job and look for a COND CODE of zeros in both steps If Libraria
155. PIC X PT NO STATE TAX FLAG PIC X PN NO STATE TAX FLAG PIC X T PN CURR DEDUCTION CODE1 PIC 99 PT CURR DEDUCTION CODEI PIC 99 PN CURR DEDUCTION CODE1 PIC 99 PN CURR DEDUCTION AMTI PIC S9 3 V99 PT CURR DEDUCTION AMTI PIC S9 3 V99 PN CURR DEDUCTION AMTI PIC S9 3 V99 PN CURR DEDUCTION CODE2 PIC 99 PT CURR DEDUCTION CODE2 PIC 99 PN CURR DEDUCTION CODE2 PIC 99 PN CURR DEDUCTION AMT2 PIC S9 3 V99 PT CURR DEDUCTION AMT2 PIC S9 3 V99 PN CURR DEDUCTION AMT2 PIC S9 3 V99 PN WEEKLY HOURS PIC S9 3 V99 S PT WEEKLY HOURS PIC S9 3 V99 PN WEEKLY HOURS PIC S9 3 V99 S PN COMPUTED HOURS PT COMPUTED HOURS PN COMPUTED HOURS PN WEEKLY GROSS PIC S9 4 V99 S U T PT WEEKLY GROSS PIC S9 4 V99 PN WEEKLY GROSS PIC S9 4 V99 S U T PN WEEKLY FED TAX PIC S9 4 V99 S PT WEEKLY FED TAX PIC S9 4 V99 PN WEEKLY FED TAX PIC S9 4 V99 S U Exhibit 19 System Record Analysis Report Data Name Summary MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company PAGE 3 INDIRECT FLAGS SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI SI B 63 aE cc c UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI UI TI TI TI DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 POSSIBLE LITERALS FOR EACH FIELD TRACED PAGE 1 SEQ FIELD BEING TRACED LITERAL 816 HIST 2ND ACCOUNT VALUE UNKNOWN A142165513 BB 1235 CUST
156. PILER compiler SEE BELOW LEVEL NUMBER level PRIOR END LOCATION location NUMBER OF OCCURS nnn CURRENT END LOCATION location An error was found in resolving an OCCURS clause More information will be displayed underneath this message Look for a syntax error If none can be found contact MARBLE Computer Inc for support GROUP LEVEL NAME BYPASSED FOR PURPOSES OF CALCULATING RECORD POSITIONS DUE TO SYNTAX ERROR A problem was encountered in resolving the record positions for a group item More information will be displayed underneath this message Look for a syntax error If none can be found contact MARBLE Computer Inc for support SYNTAX ERROR MOVE The MOVE statement found at the compiler number shown has the reserved word TO missing or misplaced Look at the line in question and make any necessary corrections THE END OF A MOVE STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE OR CONTAINS AN UNRECOGNIZED SPECIAL REGISTER The MOVE statement found at the compiler number is incomplete Look at the line in question and make any necessary corrections FILENAME FOLLOWING A READ VERB IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS A valid file name following the COBOL verb READ is expected at the compiler number shown The file name found is in question because it is not alphanumeric Check the file name and correct as necessary NO FD ENTRIES FOUND FOR THE FILENAME FD name DCD III has no FILE FDs in its internal table to match t
157. PLIB HERE IF NECESSARY If CLEANUP DD CONTROL DD DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DCDWK01 DD DCDWK02 DD IDCDWK03 DD DCDWK04 DD IDCDWK05 DD DCDWK06 DD DCDWK07 DD DCDWK08 DD PRINT DD SORTLIB SORTMESS DD SORTWKO1 DD SORTWK02 DD SORTWK03 DD SYSOUT DD NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF NIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF Chere Gi ere SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 Exhibit 4 Independent Mode PROC DCDACL Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 27 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility PROC SOURCE PRODUCE SOURCE REPORT 7 CALL PRODUCE CALL REPORT 7i COPY PRODUCE COPY REPORT 7i FIGCON PRODUCE FIGURATIVE CONSTANT REPORT LITERAL PRODUCE LITERAL REP
158. PLR NBR PIC 9 05 05 NR SEQ NBR PIC 9 04 05 NR NARRATIVE PIC X 83 Exhibit 9 COPY Member for the Expanded Procedure Division Narrative Description of Individual Fields NR DATA NAME Data name that the COBOL narrative is for NR PROGRAM NAME COBOL program id NR CMPLR NBR Expanded sequence number NR SEQ NBR A number from 1 to 9999 re starting at 1 for every data name NR NARRATIVE The COBOL narrative that appears on the System Data Name Cross Reference MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 39 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank C 40 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Data Dictionary Interface File This file produces the same information produced on the System Record Analysis Report Specifically direct and indirect flags are available which show data movement and comparison for each field within selected records To produce the file 1 See the heading Data Dictionary Interface File in the Other COBOL Reports Facility section Control statements are required To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDDICT 2 The LRECL of the file is 120 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record
159. PORT 88 CIE SECTION COMM CIE 1 TYPE USAGE 88 CIE 1 TYPE COMP 88 CIE 1 TYPE COMP 1 88 CIE 1 TYPE COMP 2 88 CIE 1 TYPE COMP 3 88 CIE 1 TYPE COMP 4 88 CIE 1 TYPE DEFAULT DISPLAY 88 CIE 1 TYPE DISPLAY 88 CIE 1 TYPE DISPLAY 1 88 CIE 1 TYPE INDEX 88 CIE 1 TYPE USAGE IS INDEX 88 CIE 1 TYPE POINTER CIE 1 CLASS 88 CIE 1 CLASS ALPHA 88 CIE 1 CLASS EDITED 88 CIE 1 CLASS NUMERIC CIE 1 INTEGER DIGITS CIE 1 FRACTION DIGITS CIE 1 ALT OCCURS NBR GROUP 6 10 CIE 1 USE COMP FIELD SW 88 CIE 1 USE COMP FIELD 10 CIE 1 OCCURS NBR TIMES NEXT 4 LINES REDEFINE 10 CIE 1 OCCURS NBR GROUP 5 15 CIE 1 COMP UNUSED BYTE 15 CIE OCCURS NBR TIMES COMP Exhibit 1 INFOTYPI IN1 PIC 9 5 PIC 9 5 PIC X VALUE SPACE VALUE F VALUE R VALUE VALUE 1 VALUE VALUES ARE lt P L M B PIC 99 PIC X 30 PIC 9 9 PIC 9 9 PIC 9 9 PIC 9 9 PIC 9 5 PIC X VALUE G PIC X VALUE FP VALUE W VALUE L VALUE R VALUE C PIC XX VALUE C VALUE VALUE C2 VALUE C3 VALUE C4 VALUE VALUE D VALUE D1 VALUE IX VALUE UP VALUE PR PIC X VALUE X VALUE VALUE N PIC 99 PIC 99 PIC X 01 VALUE Y PIC 9 05 REDEFINES CIE 1 OCCURS NBR TIMES PIC X 10 COMP PIC 9 09 COPY Member for the Data Division Information File MARBLE Computer
160. PROC Symbolic see also DATA NODATA PARM Option B 17 C 7 C 11 C 38 DATA PROC Symbolic Examples using B 6 B 7 B 8 B 28 B 29 B 31 C 6 DATA NODATA PARM Option see also System Data Name Cross Reference B 12 B 17 B 43 B 45 C 7 C 11 C 38 DB2 Supported by DCD III A 10 A 12 B 9 DCDACL PROC for Independent Mode A 20 A 25 A 27 DCDACL PROC Example using A 21 A 22 DCDACL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 DCDACL PROC Used with BASIS A 10 DCDCNTRL see Control Record DCDCOBOL PROC for Other COBOL Reports B 6 B 8 B 24 B 26 B 30 DCDCOBOL PROC Example using B 7 B 8 B 32 B 33 B 34 B 35 DCDCOBOL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 DCDCOBOL PROC Use with WRITPDS and READPDS Options B 28 B 29 DCDJCL PROC for JCL PROC Analysis Reports B 24 D 5 D 6 D 7 D 8 D 10 D 11 D 12 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co G 3 DCD III Index DCDJCL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 DCDWKOI through DCDWKO0 7 work files A 23 A 26 A 27 A 28 A 29 A 50 B 36 B 39 B 40 B 41 B 43 E 31 DCDWKO work file A 47 C 7 E 34 E 35 E 36 DCDWKO2 work file C 33 C 45 E 26 DCDWKO3 work file C 6 11 C 27 E 5 DCDWK04 work file B 12 B 34 B 68 C 30 C 41 E 5 DCDWKOS5 work file C 15 C 36 C 38 DCDWKO06 work file C 23 E 5 DCDWKO7 12 work files B 36 B
161. R RR WORK AREA 7 REDEFINES 10 FILLER 10 RR CA3 FINAL 4 POS 10 FILLER 10 RR FINAL 4 POS 10 FILLER RR WORK AREA 8 REDEFINES 10 FILLER 10 RR CA3 FINAL 3 POS 10 FILLER 10 RR FINAL 3 POS 10 FILLER RR LAST FILLER PIC 9 5 PIC 99 OCCURS 7 TIMES PIC ZZZZ99 PIC XX RR SQ NBR WORK AREA OCCURS 8 TIMES PIC ZZZ99 PIC X 4 RR SQ NBR WORK AREA OCCURS 10 TIMES PIC ZZ99 PIC X 4 RR SQ NBR WORK AREA OCCURS 14 TIMES PIC Z99 PIC XQ RR SQ NBR WORK AREA OCCURS 44 TIMES PIC X RR SQ NBR WORK AREA PIC X 29 PIC ZZZZ99 PIC X 01 PIC X 01 PIC ZZZZ99 PIC X 01 RR SQ NBR WORK AREA PIC X 30 PIC ZZZ99 PIC X 03 PIC ZZZ99 PIC X 01 RR SQ NBR WORK AREA PIC X 31 PIC ZZ99 PIC X 04 PIC ZZ99 PIC X 01 PIC X Exhibit 7 COPY Member for Procedure Division References to the Data Division C 34 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 1 Description of Individual Fields RR P D CMPLR NBR 2 RR NARR LENGTH 3 RR SQ NBR WORK AREA An expanded sequence number after COPY members have been resolved and brought into the program of a statement in the Procedure Division which has references to the Data Division The length in characters of the narrative that follows in the next field An area where numbers representing references back to the Data Division are placed
162. R member name SEE FOLLOWING MESSAGE DCD III is unable to resolve the COPY member listed above Look for another more specific message following this one COPY MEMBER member name NOT FOUND IN COPYLIB SPECIFIED When DCD III attempted to read the COPY member in the COBOL program it was not found in the partitioned data set specified by DSNz in the COPYLIB DD Check the COPY member name to ensure it is valid and that the correct PDS file is specified within the DSNz in the COPYLIB DD COPYLIB DD IS MISSING OR INCORRECT A data set name DSNAME was not provided on the COPYLIB DD card Ensure that a DSN clause is provided on the COPYLIB DD statement and check to be sure the placement of the COPYLIB card is correct UNSUCCESSFUL READ WHILE READING RECORD FROM COPY MEMBER member name The COPY member shown was found within the directory of the PDS specified however attempts to read it are unsuccessful Ensure that a valid partitioned data set was provided in the COPYLIB DD statement and verify that the member specified is there and can be read successfully UNSUCCESSFUL READ WHEN READING DIRECTORY OF DSN SPECIFIEDIN COPYLIB DD A problem was encountered when reading the directory of the partitioned data set provided in the DSN of the COPYLIB DD Ensure the PDS specified in the DSN field is a valid PDS and that the directory is able to be read NO RECORDS FOUND IN MEMBER copy member name When DCD III attempted to resol
163. RAND CHECK FOR ERROR IN CODE More than 500 tokens were found when replacing the corresponding tokens in the COPY member before finding a delimiter within pseudo text 1 Check the COPY member and the COPY REPLACING clauses to determine why excessive tokens are being replaced within one pseudo text If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc BY MISSING IN COPY REPLACING The COPY REPLACING statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word BY following identifier 1 and before identifier 2 Inspect the COPY REPLACING clauses within the COBOL program and ensure the word BY is correctly placed OVER 500 REPLACING TOKENS WITHIN COPY REPLACING OPERAND CHECK FOR ERROR IN CODE More than 500 tokens were found when replacing the corresponding tokens in the COPY member before finding a delimiter within pseudo text 2 Check the COPY member and the COPY REPLACING clause to determine why excessive tokens are being replaced within one pseudo text If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc OVER 150 REPLACING WITHIN ONE COPY DCD has a limit of 150 REPLACING entries within one COPY statement Inspect the COPY statements to determine the cause of excessive REPLACING clauses and ensure there are less than 150 per COPY statement If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc INTERNAL TABLE EXCEEDED An internal table was exceeded when expanding COPY members Contact Marble Computer DATA SET N
164. RCE LINE NUMBER CIE 3 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER CIE 3 FIELD COLUMN NUMBER CIE 3 TYPE CHANGE IND CIE 3 OLD FIELD LENGTH CIE 3 AMT OF FIELD INCREASE CIE 3 EXPANSION INFORMATION CIE 3 DIVISION INDICATOR CIE 3 DATA NAME CIE 3 COPY MEMBER NAME CIE 3 PROGRAM ID NAME CIE 3 SOU DATA NAME LINE NBR CIE 3 EXP DATA NAME LINE NBR CIE 3 LEVEL NUMBER CIE 3 ALL LITERAL SW CIE 3 COPY SUPPRESS SW CIE 3 COPY REPLACING SW CIE 3 V ALUE THRU SW Do not use The expanded sequence number after COPY members have been resolved and brought into the program of the actual line containing the literal or PICTURE clause The column number on this line where the PICTURE or literal begins A code indicating the type of information stored on this record The code will appear in this record as a C The L code will appear for the Data Division as a 5 or 8 Do not use Do not use Do not use Indicates what division this record comes from The PICTURE clause or actual literal If this field is part of a COPY member then the COPY member name is shown here The program id from this COBOL program Do not use The expanded sequence number of the level number that belongs to and represents this PICTURE or literal The level number Do not use Used to indicate the use of SUPPRESS on a COPY statement Used to indicate the use of REPLACING on a COPY statement Indicates the presence of an ALL befor
165. RFORM AT 880 1034 035100 1035 035200 1036 035300 B500 FLOAT FL2 IN PERFORMED BY 950 973 1030 1037 035400 MOVE FL2 ALPHA POS FL2 INDEX TO W34 POS W34 INDEX 291 292 275 276 1038 035500 SET FL2 INDEX UP BY 1 292 1039 035600 SET W34 INDEX UP BY 1 276 1040 035700 SUBTRACT 1 FROM WS NUMBER TIMES 324 1041 035800 SET WS NEXT COLUMN TO W34 INDEX 320 276 1042 035900 B599 EXIT EXIT RETURN TO PERFORM AT 973 1030 1043 036000 1044 036100 B999 EXIT COMES FROM GO TO 1028 1045 036200 EXIT END OF OUTPUT PROCEDURE FROM 511 Exhibit 8 Source Listing Report Procedure Division A 34 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 2 Condensed VERB Report The Condensed VERB Report shows all references for each VERB in the Procedure Division Some verbs such as PERFORM are broken up into two categories e g PERFORM amp PERFORM THRU The Verb sequence numbers are listed in a string of numbers at the right of VERB The following sequence is used for this report 1 VERB 2 Sequence Number See Exhibit 9 below for an example of the Condensed VERB Report ACCEPT ADD CLOSE COMPUTE DISPLAY STRING SUBTRACT WRITE 3 CALL Statements 1203 982 1572 1545 2041 1802 961 1337 1569 995 1547 2042 984 1924 2045 VERB REPORT FOR PROG103 1256 1290 1337 1498 1499 1503 1602 1549 1551 1623 1625 1627 1629 1660 1783 2043 2163 1927 2011 2013
166. RL DISP SHR ICOBOLIN DD DSN amp amp TEMP DISP OLD DELETE INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DCDWKO1 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK02 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK03 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWK04 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKO05 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK06 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWK07 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK08 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWK09 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK10 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWK11 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWK12 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS1 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS4 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWKS5 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS6 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS7 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 I DCDWKTI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT4 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 PRINT DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 I REPORTS DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 ISYSOUT DD DUMMY DCB BL
167. RMINE R3N Use HEXADECIMAL rather than DECIMAL FROM TO positions in 73 80 Include Data Division Literals in the LITERALS report Ignore EJECT lines when creating the DCD III Source Listing Report This option is defaulted to when the COMPILE option is not used It indicates that DCD III is not being run in conjunction with the COBOL compiler This option produces Indirect References showing where verb activity resides In REDEFINES overlapping field positions and group fields for this field Use IRI to IR6 to limit Indirect References to following IR1 Indirect Changed IR2 Indirect Used Indirect Tested IRA Indirect Changed amp Used IR5 Indirect Used amp Tested IR6 Indirect Changed amp Tested Force Indirect Narrative even if there is no direct narrative Keep Indirect References in main report eliminating overflow report Produce the Literals Report Sets the maximum lines per page for all DCD III reports Up to three digits may be Used in specifying LNCNT Re arrange the SORT sequence of the COBOL narrative produced by DCD into Primary sequence by compiler sequence number rather than a verb name Inserts a blank line in the Data Division of the Source Listing Report between the last line of narrative for one data name and the next data name line in those cases where the next data name line also has narrative associated with it Do not use the NRSPACE option if the CA Optimizer or COBOL Aid is used
168. ROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL B 01 RECORD SEQ PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD PN RECORD PT RECORD PN RECORD 0086 0042 0084 0087 0043 0085 0088 0044 0086 0089 0045 0087 0090 0046 0088 0092 0048 0090 0093 0049 0091 0094 0050 0092 0095 0051 0093 0096 0052 0094 0097 0053 0095 0098 0054 0096 0099 0055 0097 D LV 10 10 10 05 05 05 10 10 10 10 10 10 05 05 05 05 05 05 10 10 10 10 10 E SYSTEM RECORD ANALYSIS DATA NAME SUMMARY DIRECT FLAGS DATA NAME PICTURE SET USE TEST PN YTD DEDUCTION 2 PIC S9 5 V99 PT YTD DEDUCTION 2 PIC S9 5 V99 S PN YTD DEDUCTION 2 PIC S9 5 V99 PN CURRENT EMPL DATA PT CURRENT EMPL DATA PN CURRENT EMPL DATA PN CURRENT HOUR RATE PIC S9 4 V99 S PT CURRENT HOUR RATE PIC S9 4 V99 PN CURRENT HOUR RATE PIC S9 4 V99 S PN EMP TAX CODES PIC X 10 PT EMP TAX CODES PIC X 10 PN EMP TAX CODES PIC X 10 PN NO STATE TAX FLAG
169. RT A program processing Indirect References had no data names to sort Similar to error message above if program is small ignore this error message TABLE TOO SMALL Contact MARBLE Computer An internal table was exceeded for an exceptionally large program Contact Marble Computer DDNAME DCDWK07 MISSING The running of DCD III requires work files DCDWKO7 and others The DDNAME DCDWKO7 was not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL FILE EMPTY NO DATA OR PARAGRAPH RECORDS An internal work file found no Data or Paragraph records for this COBOL program This may be a valid condition for a very small program Check program and if very small ignore this message INDIRECT TABLE FOR REPORT EXCEEDED An internal table was exceeded Contact Marble Computer OVER 49 QUALIFIERS WERE FOUND FOR ONE DATA NAME A data name with 49 qualifiers was found by DCD III If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc THE NAME reference name DOES NOT MATCH TO A DATA DIVISION NAME A Procedure Division reference was made to a Data Division name that does not exist Check for a spelling error If the name shown is a special register notify MARBLE Computer Inc Then ignore the message EXCESSIVE SELECTIONS FOUND IN TRACING ALL POSSIBLE NAMES TURN OFF YAP OPTION AND EXAMINE FIELDS SELECTED Excessive SELECTions caused one or more internal tables to be exceeded Tur
170. Release 3 6 DCD III Data Correlation and Documentation System For the IBM OS Environment User s Manual Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III IBM OS User s Manual Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Data Correlation and Documentation System User s Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS New Release Highlights doors co ea Dee rte o I UE ERE I et Rat det I Alternate Compile Listing Faellity 2 see catio reste ta 1 Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports B 1 Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files C 1 JCL PROC Analysis Reports D 1 Error Messages oc Pesos cad Ax oet sa b unes deut d uita uns E 1 oes aed Y ODER 1 jn aee CTI DEPEEX G 1 Jd DE n sas H 1 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III IBM OS User s Manual Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company INTRODUCTION DCD III Data Correlation and Documentation System is a maintenance tool for use in the ongoing maintenance of COBOL programs DCD III provides complete documentation of a COBOL program automatically and now provides Tracing amp Analysis The Alternate Compile Listing Facility of DCD III provides an alternative to using the standard compile listing of the COBOL com
171. S REC ANAL SW G 01 0160 PAR 3 NARRATIVE FOR SR LST 88 0456 LINK COPY REPLACE FOUND 88 0430 LINK SYSTEM EXPIRED FILE 0056 PARA FILE 2 05 0455 LINK COPY REPLACE FOUND SW 05 0429 LINK SYSTEM EXPIRED SW FILE 0065 PARA FILE 3 88 0383 LINK DO NOT PRINT SRC LIST 05 0443 LINK TIME OF DAY 01 0098 2 88 0394 LINK DO NOT PRINT UNREF 88 0433 LINK TRIAL TAPE EXPIRED 01 0099 PARA3 NAME Exhibit 14 Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 41 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility 9 Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference The Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Report provides an alphabetic listing of the paragraph section names within the Procedure Division If sections are also used a separate report shows just SECTIONS and is shown at the end of the Paragraph Section report This report is similar in nature to the Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report in that no references are given to Procedure Division statements which reference the paragraph or section The only sequence number given points to its location within the Procedure Division If the paragraph or section is referenced by other Procedure Division statements such as GO TO or PERFORM narrative will appear alongside the line in the Source Listing Report where the paragraph or section resides See Exhibit 8 examples of the narrative that appears alongside the Procedure Divisio
172. SP KEEP VOL SER userpk UNIT S YSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB RECFM FB LRECL 120 BLKSIZE 3120 DCD COBOLIN DD DSN user cobol library prog1 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNc user copy library DISPZSHR DCD CTLCDSRA DD set number 1 progl 240 Example 7 Print Layout Reports for selected records from a given program STEP7 EXEC DCDCOBOL LAYOUT DCD COBOLIN DD DSN user cobol library prog1 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNc user copy library DISPZSHR DCD CTLCDLAY DD ms record 1 ms record 2 Example 8 Print Layout Reports for all records which have a record size from 220 to 240 characters in length ISTEPS EXEC DCDCOBOL LAYOUT DCD COBOLIN DD DSNc user cobol library prog1 DISPZSHR DD DSN user cobol library prog2 DISPZSHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNc user copy library DISPZSHR DCD CTLCDLAY DD SELECT2219 SELECT lt 241 Example 9 Bring just 01 records into DCD III not a COBOL program and print Layout Reports IISTEP9A EXEC MBRFETCH IMBR OUTSET DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD COBRECS MBR USERDD DD DSN user copy library DISPZSHR STEPOB EXEC DCDCOBOL LAYOUT Z OTHER LOR DCD COBOLIN DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD PASS Notes e See Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC e All COPY members that do not begin an 01 record or 02 48 level group are bypassed e With option LOR option indicating records not COBOL programs no
173. STEP4 EXEC MBRFETCH MBR OUTSET DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD COBOL M4 IMBR USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR In the above example all COBOL programs whose member name begins with the prefix M4 will be selected for passing on to the next step See the heading JCL Examples for an example of combining this PROC with the DCDCOBOL PROC Further notes on the member fetcher l 2 26 Compressing the PDS before using the data set will eliminate the possibility of pulling in older unwanted members from the PDS Multiple control statements may be used for any of the above formats To prevent obtaining duplicate members do not mix formats in the same run MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements for CALL Hierarchy Report Read this page completely before setting up to use the CALL Hierarchy Report This report produces one or several reports showing top down the CALL Hierarchy for those COBOL programs processed Within each program the order of CALLs is shown in alphabetical order These reports may be modified by ADD or DELETE controls statements The ADD and DELETE commands must be entered one per line Columns 73 80 are not used Use spaces to separate the operands Do not use the single apostrophes or double quotes Up to 500 control statements may be used To add a CALL to the Hierarch
174. SUBSCRIPTING FOUND Excessive qualification and or subscripting was found while handling a CORRESPONDING statement at this line number Determine why excessive qualification and or subscripting is used and attempt to correct If necessary contact MARBLE Computer Inc EXCESSIVE QUALIFICATION AND OR SUBSCRIPTING FOUND Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDGKB04 C Explanation User Action DCDGKF02 D Explanation User Action DCDGKH07 C Explanation User Action DCDGKN02 C Explanation User Action DCDGSA05 E Explanation User Action DCDGSACO E Explanation User Action DCDGSB10 E Explanation User Action DCDGSE02 E Explanation User Action DCDGSFP0 W Explanation User Action DCDGSFS0 W Explanation User Action DCDGSG03 W DCDGSG11 W Explanation User Action DCDGWAO03 E Explanation User Action DCDGWBO02 E amp DCDGWD02 E Explanation User Action Excessive qualification and or subscripting was found while handling a CORRESPONDING statement at this line number Determine why excessive qualification and or subscripting was used and attempt to correct If necessary contact MARBLE Computer Inc EXCESSIVE QUALIFICATION AND OR SUBSCRIPTING FOUND Excessive qualification and or subscripting was found while handling a CORRESPONDING statement at this line number Determine why excessive
175. TABLE EXCEEDED CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER An internal data name table was exceeded Look at the SELECTS statement used and reduce them to reduce table space OVER 9999 MATCHES PROBABLE ERROR Tracing included over 9999 matches Look at the SELECTs statements used and change or reduce the number used to correct this error DATA NAME TABLE EXCEEDED RUN WITH SMALLER NBR OF CONTROL STATEMENTS OR TURN OFF OPTION YAP An internal tracing table was exceeded This is probably due to an excessive number of SELECTs being used Reduce the number of SELECTS or turn off the Tracing Option DDNAME DCDWK09 MISSING A DD statement is missing Inspect the JCL and add the DD statement FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER An internal work file was found to be empty Try rerunning EXCEEDED INTERNAL TABLE USE LESS CONTROL STATEMENTS An internal table was exceeded Look at the SELECTs statement used and reduce them to reduce table space NARRATIVE ONLY ALLOWED FOR ONE PROGRAM AT A TIME Narrative will only allow one program at a time for Layout Reports DCD will print narrative alongside the first program COBOL SORT CALLED FOR PROGRAM XXXXXXXX DUE TO INSUFFICIENT GETMAIN SPACE Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDTBC02 D Explanation User Action DCDTDC18 E Explanation User Action DCDUBBO0I D Explanation User Action DCDUD020 I Explanation
176. TCMPLR INFILE OLD DELETE amp amp PASSFILE DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT PROFILE OLD DELETE MBRFETCH DCDJCL 1 MBR OUTSET MOD PASS amp amp TEMP DCDMAIN LIBACL 2 DCD COBOLIN OLD DELETE PANACL 2 DCD COBOLIN OLD DELETE LIBRARAN LIBACL 1 LIB OSJOB NEW PASS PAN 1 PANACL 1 PAN PANO002 NEW PASS DDNAME DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT SYSIN DUMMY DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT SORTMESS LIBRARAN SOURCE LIBRARAN LIBACL 1 LIB MASTER SHR PANVALET SOURCE PAN 1 PANACL 1 PAN PANOOI SHR SYSOUT DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT PRINT 2 JCLRPT PRTMSG 2 JCLRPT RPTFILE 2 JCLRPT SYSOUT 2 JCLRPT SYSUDUMP DCDMAIN COMACL 1 DCD PRINT 1 DCD PRTCMPLR 1 DCD SORTMESS 1 DCD SYSOUT 2 DCD SYSOUT DCDACL 1 DCD PRINT 1 DCD SORTMESS 1 DCD SYSOUT DCDCOBOL 1 DCD SYSOUT LIBACL 2 DCD PRINT 2 DCD SORTMESS 2 DCD SYSOUT 2 DCD SYSOUT PANACL 2 DCD PRINT 2 DCD SORTMESS 2 DCD SYSOUT JCL PROC Analysis Report DSN Sequence MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 13 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility DATA SET ANALYSIS 01 01 200 198 k PA GE 1 DDNAME PROGRAM PROC STEP NBR STEP NAME EEE DISPOSTTION COBOLIN DCDMAIN LIBACL 2 DCD amp amp TEMP OLD DELETE PANACL 2 DCD amp amp TEMP OLD DELETE CONTROL DCDJCL DCDJCL 2 JCLRPT USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR PANACL 2 JCLRPT USER PDS DCDCNTRL SHR
177. THE SORT FOR THE CALL ANALYSIS REPORT No selected records were found to report on for CALL Analysis Report Determine if CALLs were not present then ignore this message CONTROL CARDS FOR CTLCAHCC MUST BEGIN WITH ADD OR DELETE Control cards for the CALL Hierarchy Report begin with either ADD or DELETE Correct the control statement in error and resubmit FIRST PROGRAM NAME MUST BE ALPHANUMERIC FIELD FROM 1 TO 30 CHARACTERS LONG BYPASSING The program name used in a control statement exceeded 30 characters in length Enter a correct program name and resubmit THE THIRD FIELD ON CTLCAHCC CONTROL CARDS MUST BE THE CONSTANT CALLS BYPASSING The third field on control cards when used must be the constant CALLS Determine what format was desired for this control card correct and resubmit SECOND PROGRAM NAME MUST BE ALPHANUMERIC FIELD FROM 1 TO 30 CHARACTERS LONG BYPASSING Any program name used in a control card must not exceed 30 characters in length Enter a Correct program name within control statement and resubmit MORE CONTROL CARDS WERE SPECIFIED THAN PERMITTED REDUCE NUMBER OF CTL CARDS More than 500 control statements were submitted for the CALL Hierarchy Report Use less control statements AN EXPECTED FIELD WITHIN A CONTROL CARD IS MISSING The format of the control statement requires one more field and this field is missing Determine the correct format and resubmit with the correct control card NO DATA NAME
178. TION OF JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE MODIFICATIONS The user is not required to know OS JCL as all JCL will be built and submitted automatically as a batch job from the ISPF panels Therefore there is no need to modify JCL job streams as in the past INTERACTIVE ERROR DETECTION As errors are detected on line error messages will be displayed describing what action needs to be performed on the users behalf This will speed up the job submission process by both reducing JCL errors and reducing wasted CPU time due to running jobs that do not produce the anticipated results SAVES TIME On new tasks the users time will be saved by 50 75 thus eliminating the need to understand all the option and JCL that are required to achieve desired output reports produced by DCD III With this time savings the user can perform project related tasks instead of spending large amounts of time understanding the parameters and JCL that drive DCD III Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company H 3 DCD III SPF PANELS This page intentionally left blank Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS Use of this Section This section is designed to give a partial overview of how the ISPF panels are used Full coverage is not attempted here There are about 240 panels over 150 are HELP panels and 90 are panels that are called upon as necessary to complete user requests These panels are assisted with mo
179. TLIB DISP SHR SORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTWKO1 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK02 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK03 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SYSOUT DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF O amp BUF 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Exhibit 17 DCDACL PROC A 50 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Unused 01 Records Note These 3 new Unused reports are also available on a separate CLEANUP DD with LRECL of 80 characters and a BLKSIZE of 3120 01 Records that are completely unused are listed in this report along with unused 77 level entries Redefined 01 records are shown independently from the 01 record that it redefines Sometimes a beginning 01 record is not referenced and is used for setting up VALUES for a redefined 01 record that follows it If the first 01 record is not referenced and the next redefined 01 record is referenced the first 01 record is shown as not referenced and than a CAUTION line is printed showing that the next 01 record is used Conversely it is possible to have unused 01 records follow to add space to a previous table These records should normally not be deleted If the first FD 01 record is not unused including having no OPEN READ CLOSE etc to t
180. UND WITHIN RECORD record name Within one record more than 250 fields were selected Go back and change the SELECTS used to select less fields Be more specific in selecting fields FILES ARE NOT IN SEQUENCE BETWEEN DDNAMES CODEWK01 CODEWK02 amp CODEWK06 Internal work files are not in sequence Possible logic error If several programs try one program Try resubmitting INVALID FIELD FOUND BYPASSING A field on an internal work file has a field which should be numeric but is not If this happens continuously contact MARBLE Computer MATCHING SOURCE LINE NOT FOUND RUN ENDING Internal work files for doing code changing require a source code work file and this file is missing Possible logic error Try resubmitting INTERNAL TABLE EXCEEDED CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER An internal table was exceeded Contact Marble Computer INITIAL HEADER RECORDS ON DD CODEWK01 CODEWK02 AND OR CODEWK06 ARE NOT IN SYNC When using one or several programs internal files used during creating CODE CHANGE records were found to be out of order If using several programs try fewer programs or just one program If one program and this happens consistently contact Marble Computer DDNAME CODECHAG MISSING A DDNAME CODECHAG is missing in the JCL and needs to be present when the Code Changer option is being used Inspect the JCL used and see that the DDNAME is supplied NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT There were no records passed into the PARAGRAPH Repor
181. UTE 0715 173 3131 70 179 PN WEEKLY GROSS 696 173 WS FICA YTD TOTAL 6109 179 COMPUTE WS FICA YTD TOTAL 0109 175 MOVE TO PN WEEKLY FICA 89 181 MOVE ZEROS TO 171 PAYROLL WORKING STORAGE 0109 05 WS FICA YTD TOTAL PIC 59 4 3 VALUE 40 COMPUTE PN YTD FICA 82 175 WS FICA AMOUNT 6108 175 COMPUTE WS FICA AMOUNT 108 179 IF gt 3131 70 178 PAYMONTH WORKING STORAGE 0110 05 WS FICA AMOUNT 59 4 COMP 3 VALUE 40 COMPUTE 0715 158 3131 70 164 PN WEEKLY GROSS 89 158 WS FICA YTD TOTAL 111 164 COMPUTE WS FICA YTD TOTAL 111 160 MOVE TO PN WEEKLY FICA 6101 166 MOVE ZEROS TO 156 PAYMONTH WORKING STORAGE 0111 05 WS FICA YTD TOTAL 59 4 COMP 3 VALUE 40 COMPUTE 4 PN YTD FICA 84 160 WS FICA AMOUNT 110 160 COMPUTE WS FICA AMOUNT 110 164 IF gt 3131 70 163 A B C D E F G H I Exhibit 9 System Data Name Cross Reference B 50 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports FOIT meg ue COBOL program id Section Sequence number of the data name Level number of the data name Data name All related Procedure Division narrative PICTURE clause USAGE clause VALUE clause MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 11 30 SYSTEM CROSS REFERENCE FOR FIGURATIVE CONSTANTS PAGE 01 FIGUR
182. UTPUT DD If members are wanted from more than one PDS library then multiple DD names may be used An example is listed below STEP2 EXEC PDSFETCH PDS DOUTPUT DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 PDS CTLINFO DD INDDZUSERDD COBOL INDD OTHERDD COBOL PDS USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY1 DISP SHR PDS OTHERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY2 DISP SHR The use of the following words for selection is described here ALL PREFIX MULTIPLE COBOL MULTIPLE and COBRECS MULTIPLE ALL COBOL COBRECS B 78 COBOL COBRECS MEMBER PREFIX prefix COBOL prefix COBRECS prefix ALL indicates that all members will be selected from the partitioned data set This option should not be used here Instead the options COBOL or COBRECS should be used An exception to this rule occurs when using the READPDS option in which case ALL should be used and COBOL and COBRECS may not be used COBOL indicates that all COBOL programs are to be pulled off of the partitioned data set If non COBOL programs are found then they are discarded COBRECS indicates that all COPY members which are 01 records or record groups beginning with a level number 02 48 are to be pulled off of the PDS Those members that do not conform to this selection are bypassed for selection COBRECS may be used when the LOR option is used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports MEMBER MEMBER indica
183. VE 027 SEARCH 028 SEND 029 SORT 030 START 031 SEEK 032 STRING 033 TRANSFORM Table of Verb Codes UNSTRING PROGRAM ENTRY CALL RESERVED GO TO DEPENDING VARYING AFTER INITIALIZE TIMES ON EVALUATE EVALUATE WHEN EXEC COPY PARAGRAPH SECTION NAME ALTER CANCEL EXIT GO GOBACK PERFORM STOP INITIATE GENERATE TERMINATE CONTROL IN RWRD RESET IN RW0149 SOURCE IN RW0149 SUM IN RW0149 SUM UPON IN RW0149 TYPE CH IN RW0149 TYPE CF IN RW0149 NOTE Numbers are not completely contiguous See CIE 6 VERB CODE for a description of the field MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 10 11 12 13 20 Description of Individual Fields CIE 6 TYPE RECORD CIE 6 QUAL NUMBER CIE 6 SOURCE LINE NUMBER CIE 6 EXP LINE NUMBER CIE 6 DATA 1 NAME CIE 6 DATA 2 NAME CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 1 CIE 6 CICS FORMAT 1 CIE 6 VERB CODE CIE 6 TYPE ACTIVITY CIE 6 COMPARE OPERATOR CIE 6 ALL INDICATOR CIE 6 CORR INDICATOR An indicator showing the type of data name this record covers regular qualification of a data name qualification for a subscript or a subscript on an index Ignore type 7 records For qualification records this number shows the level of qualification first second etc Do not use The expanded sequence number after COPY members has been resolved and brought into the progra
184. Y STATEMENT CALL PAYDEDUC USING PROCEDURE DIVISION ENTRY PAYMONTH CALL USING CALL FEDTAX USING CALL PAYDEDUC USING PROCEDURE DIVISION ENTRY PAYROLL D PAGE 1 PARAMETERS PN RECORD PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 WS SYSTEM DATE PT EMPLOYEE NBR WS VERIFY CODE WS SYSTEM DATE PN RECORD PN RECORD PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 E CALL Analysis Report Program Id CALL Name Sequence PROGRAM ID PARAGRAPH NAME PAYROLL PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYROLL A gt 46 A010 VERIFY EMPLOYEE NUMBER B010 COMPUTE FEDERAL TAX A070 COMPUTE DEDUCTIONS A070 COMPUTE DEDUCTIONS B SEQ 0146 0226 0169 0184 0126 0124 CALL ENTRY STATEMENT CALL EMPVERFY USING CALL FEDTAX USING CALL PAYDEDUC USING CALL PAYDEDUC USING PROCEDURE DIVISION ENTRY PAYMONTH PROCEDURE DIVISION ENTRY PAYROLL D 01 01 2001 PAGE 1 PARAMETERS WS SYSTEM DATE PT EMPLOYEE NBR WS VERIFY CODE WS SYSTEM DATE PN RECORD PN RECORD PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 PN WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 N RECORD N WEEKLY DEDUCTION 1 N WEEKLY DEDUCTION 2 gt CALL Analysis Report CALL Name Program Id Sequence Exhibit 5 Both Sequences COBOL Program Id Paragraph name where the CALL or ENTRY resides Sequence number of the CALL ENTRY or P
185. YMONTH PT RECORD 0028 01 PT RECORD U PAYROLL PN RECORD 0070 01 PN RECORD S U SI UI TI A B D E F G H I Exhibit 18 System Record Analysis Report 01 Record Summary Beginning and ending record positions for the data name s listed COBOL program id where record resides Ol record name Sequence number where the field resides Level of the data name Data name PICTURE of the data name Direct flags indicating Procedure Division involvement with this field Indirect flags indicating Procedure Division involvement with other fields that are a part of this field TaADMUADS Explanation of S Set U Used and T Tested flags S Data was moved out of this field or the field was in some way modified U Data was moved out of this field or the field was used in some way to modify another field T The field was tested or compared to another field B 62 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 FROM TO 84 90 91 121 91 96 97 106 107 107 108 109 110 114 115 116 117 121 122 125 126 165 126 131 132 137 A 11 30 PROGRAM PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAYROLL PAYMONTH PAYMONTH PAY
186. YSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKTI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT4 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 PRINT DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 REPORTS DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SYSOUT DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 121 SORTMESS DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTWKO1 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK02 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK03 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG CONTROL DD DSN user pds DCDCNTRL DISP SHR See the next page for additional DD statements B 36 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Extra DD statements may be required in addition to those shown on the previous page These additional DD statements are listed below BYPASS COBOLIN COPYLIB CTLCDCAH CTLCDDLT CTLCDLAY CTLCDMBR CTLCDSRA CTLCDVER DCDPDS DCDREPDS SELECT optionally used to stop tracing levels by BYPASSing a record or field in the Tracing amp Analysis report See the heading Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis required unless PARM option READPDS is used without using WRITPDS at the same time Points to a COBOL program several COBOL programs or one or mo
187. a Division Cross Reference Files Procedure Division Reference to the Data Division Procedure Division Narrative for Each Data Field Expanded Procedure Division Narrative eee Data Dictionary Interface File iioi eene nee PICTURE and Litera E nisa re eee terree teret e MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 3 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Use of This Section This section is provided to make the user aware of the work files that are available They may be used for in house projects which deal in the re engineering of COBOL software Within this section the information provided in these files is shown in two formats l listing of a COBOL COPY record which was used internally within DCD III to create this file 2 description of the fields within that record The COBOL COPY records that were used internally to build these files are made available with this software package All eleven COPY members are contained within the COPY member CASEMBRS on the second file of the installation tape See Installation Guide sub heading DCD III JCL Procedure Library List of Exhibits 1 COPY Member for the Data Division Information C 8 2 COPY Member for the Data Analysis Information File esses C 12 3 COPY Member for the Procedure Division I
188. a name is in the Data Division Two characters which indicate USAGE Contains one character which helps to define numeric or numeric edited fields For numeric fields the number of whole digits to the left of the decimal For numeric fields the number of decimal digits to the right of the decimal Do not use Contains a Y if CIE 1 OCCURS NBR TIMES COMP should be used in place of CIE 1 OCCURS NBR TIMES The number of OCCURS as indicated within the OCCURS clause MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 9 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This Page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Data Analysis Information File This file is similar to the Data Division Information File and has the PICTURE and VALUE clauses as additional fields To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Other COBOL Reports Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDCOBOL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic DATA on the EXEC DCDCOBOL or other PROC name line to turn on the DATA PARM option To access the file its The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO3 2 The LRECL of the file is 130 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record M
189. able An option which uses the above Tracing amp Analysis Feature to automatically trace through the program and build an easy to read set of CHANGE LINES which the user may use to VERIFY that all changes previously done for Y2K conversion ARE CORRECT If the user has any code still to convert MARBLE offers Code Changing Software which works in conjunction with the above CHANGE LINE feature to actually change ALL source code and COPY members Full features of Tracing and Analysis 1 Full SELECTION language allowing e Simple selection where the user knows which field to select e A complete selection language allowing the user a way to select by supplying various criteria 2 Inclusion of all Overlapping REDEFINEs Groups 88 s amp other fields associated with the selected name 3 Tracing through infinite levels to isolate every field that can be tied to the original field or fields selected 4 Complete amp Understood Narrative for every field to show all related Procedure Division activity This Narrative shows the way through each deeper level of tracing 5 Bypassing of some fields where the user determines that a particular trace is not wanted This allows a user to end a trace through that field Additionally for any Year 2000 work not done CHANGE lines can easily and automatically be built to allow the user to verify that his or her Year 2000 changes are accurate XVI New Release Highlights Release 2 5
190. ace the data name not within the 01 record to a name within the 01 record THE NAME reference name DOES NOT MATCH TO A DATA DIVISION NAME A Procedure Division reference was made to a Data Division name that does not exist Check for a spelling error If the name shown is a special register notify MARBLE Computer Inc Then ignore the message NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT A program processing Indirect References had no data names to sort Similar to error message above if program is small ignore this error message MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 27 DCD III Error Messages DCDM9A02 I Explanation User Action DCDM9U20 I Explanation User Action DCDMKB02 I Explanation User Action DCDMN002 D Explanation User Action DCDMUC02 W Explanation User Action DCDMXJ01 E Explanation User Action DCDNHD02 C amp DCDNHD03 C amp DCDNHD04 C amp DCDNHD05 C Explanation User Action DCDNHJ01 W Explanation User Action DCDP1R10 E Explanation User Action DCDPISBA E Explanation User Action DCDP1Y70 I Explanation User Action DCDPBB03 E Explanation User Action DCDPBG01 E Explanation User Action DCDPBG02 D Explanation User Action E 28 NO INDIRECT REFERENCES IN PROGRAM WERE FOUND No indirect references were found within the entire COBOL If program is small with very few references ignore this error message NO DATA NAMES INTO SO
191. acing amp Analysis and Other Reports Corresponding PROC Symbolics PARM Corresponding Option PROC Symbolic CAHIER OTHER CAR NOCAHIER default CALL NOCALL default CAC CAP OTHER CAx CDD OTHER CDD COPY COPY NOCOPY default COQ COR OTHER COx C68 OTHER C68 DATA DATAe NODATA default D88 DAn DAL OTHER Dxx DASELECT OTHER DAS DICT OTHER DIC DIT OTHER DIT DRL DRF DRC OTHER DR x EIB ERRORS default NOERRORS OTHER NOERR FGCONSTS OTHER FGC NOFGCONSTS default LAYOUTS LAYOUT NOLAYOUTS default LFD LHR LHX LK1 OTHER Lxx LLA LLI LNR LOR OTHER Lxx LSQ LSI LTC LTS OTHER Lx lt x L77 OTHER L77 NOLPP NOLPV NOLTC OTHER NOLxx note x letter or number LITERALS OTHER LIT NOLITERALS default LNCNT nnn LINECNT nnn PARM Corresponding Option PROC Symbolic NIS OTHER NIS NUC OTHER NUC PARAGRAPH PARA QUOTE OTHER QUO NOQUOTE default DETERMINE OTHER DET RECORDS RECORDS NORECORDS default RESOLVE default NORESOLVE RESOLVE NO SORTREG n SORTREG nnnnnnn SPREGS OTHER SPR NOSPREGS default SRANAL SRA NOSRANAL default RAI RAA RAB OTHER RAx RAD RAS RAT OTHER RAx 503 815 S50 6 SIT OTHER Snx note n numeric digit x lette
192. additional DD s These two DD s are explained below DCD SYSTRACE DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 133 This is used as a print file for printing out the de bugging information DCD TRACEIN DD AFTER progname PRINT ALL or nnnn RECORDS FROM DCDWKnn This DD is used to input 1 to 25 AFTER commands to direct the printing of works files after the execution of internal programs within the DCD III system The progname and number n within the AFTER command need to be provided by MARBLE Computer Inc No other options need to be turned on to invoke this feature F 24 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Addendum 3 DCD III INSTALLATION ADDENDUM TO BE INSERTED HERE For ACTIVE Users Keep GREEN Installation Addendum For TRIAL Users Keep Pink Installation Addendum and if purchased replace with GREEN Installation Addendum MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 25 DCD Installation Guide For Active Users You already have this password on file if you are an Active user of DCDIII If you require assistance in obtaining a password please call our office at 1 800 252 1400 An account number will be required DCD III will not run unless the following is done Modify the DSN in the CONTROL DD line in all of the DCD III PROCS with the exception of MBRFETCH Make this DD point to a member of a PDS containing a date record sho
193. age occurs more than once and rerunning does not eliminate contact Marble Computer TOTAL TRACE ENTRIES EXCEEDS nnnnn MAX ENTRIES FOR TABLE FOR PROGRAM progname All entries either directly selected for TRA entries or added through TRACING exceeds the maximum number available in table space Select less entries so the amount of table space is reduced DIRECT ENTRY MISSING FROM INTERNAL TABLE CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER This may be an internal logic error Try rerunning then if this message still appears contact Marble Computer UNABLE TO GUAGE CORRECT USE OF FLOATING POINT COMP 1 OR COMP 2 USER MUST CHECK CAREFULLY During Tracing and Analysis that follows data fields from one field to another via From To positions with an 01 record a field is being traced through Floating point fields where From To positions may not be accurately followed User should look at results carefully and not rely entirely on results given FIELD WITH xxxxxx USAGE AT CMPLR NBR nnnnn HAS DIFFERENT LENGTH FROM FIELD WITH SAME USAGE AT CMPLR NBR nnnnn During Tracing and Analysis that tracing using From To positions are linking two fields with different lengths together Our processing will follow only From To positions from original field through new field This is a warning for user clarification No further action required except to notice difference unless user wants to make program changes to rectify length difference BINARY FIELD AT CMPLR NBR nnnnn IS N
194. allowed is 250 Reduce run to 250 SELECTS or less and resubmit SELECTS WITHOUT NAME KEYWORD MUST COME BEFORE SELECTS WITH NAME KEYWORD Format 2 SELECTs in format SELECT IF NAME data name must come after all other SELECTs using format 1 which uses other keywords with AND OR logic Put all SELECT IF NAME control statements last and resubmit DDNAME INFILE MISSING FOR COMPILE MODE IF INDEPENDENT MODE DO NOT USE COM OPTION Parm option COM was found indicating COMPILE mode For Compile Mode a DD file INFILE is required to pass the original compile listing into DCD and this DD name was not found See the discussion in the User s Manual under the heading Compile Mode Considerations under Alternate Compile Listing DDNAME DCDWK01 MISSING The running of DCD III requires work files DCDWKO1 and more The DDNAME DCDWKOI was not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL DDNAME PRTCMPLR MISSING FOR COMPILE MODE IF INDEPENDENT MODE DO NOT USE COM OPTION Parm option COM was found indicating COMPILE mode For Compile Mode a DD file PRTCMPLR is required to pass back some reports from the original compile listing and this DD name was not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL DCD Compile LINECNT CLN nn DOES NOT MATCH LINECNT nn FOUND IN OPTIONS IN EFFECT IN COMPILE
195. alphanumeric at the compiler number shown Check the record name and correct as necessary FROM IDENTIFIER 1 IDENTIFIER 1 NOT ALPHPANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The identifier that follows the word FROM in a WRITE statement is not alphanumeric at the compiler number shown Check the identifier and make corrections as necessary IDENTIFIER FOLLOWING ACCEPT NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The identifier that follows the COBOL verb ACCEPT at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the identifier and make corrections as necessary THE ADD STATEMENT REQUIRES A TO OR GIVING AND NEITHER WAS FOUND BYPASSING The ADD statement at the compile number shown is missing the word TO or GIVING Check the ADD statement and correct as necessary THE END OF THE ADD STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE OR CONTAINS AN UNRECOGNIZED SPECIAL REGISTER BYPASSING The ADD statement at the compiler number shown is incomplete Check the ADD statement and correct as necessary THE SUBTRACT STATEMENT HERE REQUIRES THE WORD FROM AND IT WAS NOT FOUND BYPASSING The SUBTRACT statement at the compiler number shown requires the word FROM to ensure correct syntax Check the SUBTRACT statement and correct as necessary THE END OF THIS SUBTRACT STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE OR CONTAINS AN UNRECOGNIZED SPECIAL REGISTER BYPASSING The SUBTRACT statement at the compiler number shown appears to be incomplete Check the SUBTRACT statement and correct as nec
196. amp TRLIMIT SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT If INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY CONTROL DD DSNZUSER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY DCDWKOI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK02 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK03 DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE CYL Q 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK04 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKO05 DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE CYL Q 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKO06 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK07 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKO08 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKO09 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKIO DD UNITZSYSDA SPACE CYL Q 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWK11 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKI12 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKSI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKSA DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS5 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS6 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKS7 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 20 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKTI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKT3 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 DCDWKTA DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO 5 PRINT DD SYSOUT DCB BLKSIZE 13
197. anation User Action DCDEH22B C Explanation User Action DCDEH22C C amp DCDEH22D C Explanation User Action DCDEH23A E Explanation User Action DCDEH24A C Explanation User Action DCDEH24B C Explanation User Action DCDEH24C C THE COMPUTE STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE BYPASSING The COMPUTE statement at the compiler number shown is incomplete Check the COMPUTE statement and correct FILE NAME AFTER CLOSE file name NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The file name following the COBOL verb CLOSE at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the CLOSE statement and make corrections as necessary FILE NAME AFTER CLOSE file name NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The file name following the COBOL verb CLOSE at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the CLOSE statement and make corrections as necessary FILE NAME AFTER DELETE file name NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The file name following the COBOL verb DELETE at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the DELETE statement and make corrections as necessary IDENTIFIER AFTER EXAMINE field contents NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED The field name found after the COBOL verb EXAMINE at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the EXAMINE statement and correct as necessary EXAMINE FOUND field contents FOR TALLYING OR REPLACING BYPASSED The EXAMINE statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word TALLYING
198. anation User Action DCDJA040 I1 Explanation User Action DCDJCO040 I Explanation User Action DCDJCTAO0 C Explanation User Action DCDJE020 I Explanation User Action DCDJE021 W Explanation User Action DCDJED02 E amp DCDJED03 E amp DCDJED04 E amp DCDJED05 E Explanation User Action DCDJG040 I Explanation User Action DCDJI040 I Explanation User Action DCDJPA34 E Explanation User Action DCDJPX01 I Explanation User Action E 26 MORE THAN NNNNN DATA NAMES USED IN THE PROCEDURE DIVISION An internal table was exceeded within DCD and this table needed to be made larger Contact Marble Computer Inc TRACING TABLE EXCEEDED SOME TRACING WILL BE LOST An internal table was exceeded within DCD and this table needed to be made larger Contact Marble Computer Inc INTERNAL 88 LEVEL TABLE EXCEEDED SOME TRACING MAY BE LOST An internal table was exceeded within DCD and this table needed to be made larger Contact Marble Computer Inc NO RECORDS WERE PASSED TO THE SORT FOR THE PROGRAM xxxxxxxx No records were selected for the program shown for Direct Tracing of Literals If this is a small program or a small Direct Literal report was anticipated this may be normal NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT Probably a very small program was processed resulting in no PROCEDURE DIVISION verbs Transfer of Control or Data Manipulation were found None NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT This program c
199. any JCL or PROCs added do NOT invoke Panvalet OR Librarian steps Also see number 5 below for modifying the 4 sets of SEL through ENDSEL lines Modify the COBOL SYSLIN line to insert the name of a partitioned data set that routinely holds object members from COBOL compiles Leave amp ALINPRG as it is unless the object library is a sequential file in which case it may be removed If an object file is not created this line may be removed Check compiler options carefully before removing this line Leave the COB SYSPRINT line as it is with one exception The LRECL of 121 and the BLKSIZE of 1210 may need to be changed to 133 and 1330 respectively if VS COBOLII compilers or other newer compilers where SYSPRINT have a record length of 133 Leave DISP MOD PASS as is Do NOT convert to New Pass Leave the 4 sets of SEL amp ATYPINP x through ENDSEL as they are unless pre processor steps are involved These 4 sets of statements provide the COBOL input If pre processor steps are involved change the COB SYSIN to PRE STEP INPUTDD to direct the input COBOL to those steps and then insure that correct JCL is provided to bring the output COBOL from the pre processor steps into the SYSIN dd of the COB step If a SYSLIB dd is provided within the COMPILE PROC then remove the COB SYSLIB within this skeleton If a SYSLIB dd is not provided within the COMPILE PROC then modify the COB SYSLIB to include concatenated DDs for all COPY
200. any error in processing control statements or for errors found when handling any of the files including the Partitioned Data Sets pointed to by the PDSZDDNAME control statements 3 A MULTIPLE option to allow multiple PREFIXs for three types of control statements COBOL COBRECS and PREFIX Use of this option can allow one pass for multiple PREFIXs as opposed to many passes with the older MBRFETCH software Important Note Partitioned Data Sets with this software as with the older MBRFETCH software may NOT be concatenated In place of concatenation additional control statements pointing to additional DDNAMES must be used to point to each DDNAME that would otherwise be concatenated JCL for the PDSFETCH software The following JCL is used for running this software ISTEP EXEC PGM PDSFETCH REGION 1024K OUTPUT DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP PASS UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 5 10 PRINT DD SYSOUT SYSOUT SYSOUT WORKFILI DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 1 2 WORKFIL2 DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 1 2 CTLINFO DD Control statements inserted here Additional DD statements are required that point to Partitioned Data Sets used to get MEMBERS from The DDNAMEs for these DDs are inserted into the control statements the user adds See examples provided over the next several pages A PROC for invoking this JCL is shown on the next page B 76 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracin
201. are Maintenance Co DCD III Index H Header control card for System Record Analysis Report B 17 Hexadecimal record positions in UCLF Report A 17 in Layout Report B 13 Highlights new release II through XV Host variables in SQL stmts A 12 B 9 IEJECT NOIEJECT PARM Option A 16 A 19 INDEP PARM Option see also Independent Mode A 16 A 17 A 19 Independent Mode see also DCDACL LIBACL PANACL INDEP PARM Option A 24 Independent Mode Error messages E 35 E 36 Independent Mode Used with BASIS PARM Option A 15 Independent Mode Used with CA Optimizer A 10 Independent Mode Used with SRESOLVE PARM Option A 17 Installation Addendums to be inserted F 15 through F 16 Installation of DCD III section F 1 through F 16 ze JCL Changes in new release III F 6 JCL COND Parameter A 6 A 8 JCL for WRITPDS and READPDS Options B 28 B 29 JCL Modifying SYSPRINT for Compile Mode A 6 A 7 A 11 JCL Override in producing Data Dictionary Interface File B 34 JCL PROC Analysis Reports Section D 1 through D 14 F 8 JCL PROC Analysis Reports Examples running D 11 JCL PROC Symbolics see also Individual PROC symbolics A 14 A 19 A 41 A 48 B 11 JCL PROC Library for DCD III F 7 F 8 F 12 JCL PROCS see PROCs JCL to access and print CASE files C 6 JCL to execute DCD III without using PROCs A 23 A 45 B 36 JCL to unload DCD III from tape at Installation F 7 ske Keyword non k
202. are to be pulled off of the PDS Those members that do not conform to this selection are bypassed for selection COBRECS may be used when the LOR option is used MEMBER indicates that the user wants to make further selection with member name control statements These control statements immediately follow the control statement which contains the word MEMBER An example is listed below STEP3 EXEC MBRFETCH IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD MEMBER MEMBERI MEMBER2 MEMBO03 MEMBERO0A MBR USERDD DD DSN USER PDS DISP SHR PREFIX indicates that selection is to be done strictly on the basis of a 1 to 7 character prefix that follows the sign after the word PREFIX It is recommended that this option not be used here and that COBOL prefix or COBRECS prefix be used in its place Prefix is described more on the next page MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 25 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Three ways to use PREFIX follow COBOL prefix pulls off all COBOL programs from the PDS specified that begins with the same letters that are specified in the prefix The prefix may not exceed seven characters in length COBRECS prefix pulls off all COPY members that have as their first COBOL record a level number from 01 48 that have a matching prefix This is used when using PARM option LOR for LAYOUTS PREFIX prefix pulls off all members that have a matching prefix An example follows I
203. ated by the keyword CASE See CASE files for use COBOLPGM amp COBOLPG2 Small COBOL programs which may be used for testing DCD III COMACL DCDACL LIBACL PANACL DCDCNTRL DCDCOBOL LIBCOBOL PANCOBOL DCDJCL INVMASTI MBRFETCH SELECT TCOMACL TDCDACL TDCDCOBO TDCDJCL F 22 Sample PROC for executing DCD III in Compile Mode Sample PROC for executing DCD III in Independent Mode Sample PROC for executing DCD III in Independent Mode taking the source program from a Librarian library Sample PROC for executing DCD III in Independent Mode taking the source program from a Panvalet library Password control record This must be modified before doing any testing Sample PROC for executing DCD III to produce Other COBOL Reports Sample PROC for executing DCD III to produce Other COBOL Reports taking the source programs from a Librarian library Sample PROC for executing DCD III to produce Other COBOL Reports taking the source program from a Panvalet library Sample PROC for producing JCL PROC Analysis Reports from JCL PROCs A test COPY member used by test program COBOLPGM Sample PROC for pulling in members from a partitioned data set These members may be COBOL programs COPY members JCL PROCs A file used in testing Tracing amp Analysis with test program COBOLPGM Testing JCL for Compile Mode and the COMACL PROC Testing JCL for the DCDACL PROC and Independent Mode Testing JCL for the
204. ber and release date of the version of DCD III that you are running The error message number s If you are using DCD III as a remote job entry to a data center specify the location of the data center that you are using Exactly what conditions existed when the error messages were encountered what PARM options were in effect what PROC was being executed any other related conditions E 4 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDSE040 C Explanation User Action DCD5E052 I Explanation User Action DCDSE056 W Explanation User Action DCDS5E060 D Explanation User Action DCDS5E061 W Explanation User Action DCDSE062 D Explanation User Action DCDSE063 D Explanation User Action DCDSE065 D Explanation User Action DCDSE067 D Explanation User Action DCDS5E800 I Explanation User Action DCDSEA11 E Explanation User Action DCDSEA20 C Explanation PARM LENGTH GREATER THAN 100 ACCEPTED The number of characters in the total PARM field is greater than 100 characters Only the first 100 characters are meaningful to DCD III The characters over 100 are ignored Make adjustments to the PARM field to reduce the total length to be under 100 characters PARM R3N OPTION TURNS OFF PMO OPTION ELIMINATING PRINTING OF OFFSETS TO THE FAR RIGHT OF SOURCE CODE Parm option R3N is inconsistent with parm option PMO Option R3N ca
205. ber shown is missing the word FOR following the second identifier Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING CHARACTERS ALL OR LEADING FOUND field contents The INSPECT statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word ALL CHARACTERS or LEADING following the word FOR Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING ALL LEADING FIRST OR CHARACTERS FOUND field contents The INSPECT REPLACING statement at the compiler number shown is missing a COBOL word Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary INSPECT WITH CONVERTING REQUIRES TO FOUND field contents The INSPECT CONVERTING statement found at the compiler number shown requires the word following the second identifier Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING BY AFTER CHARACTERS FOUND field contents The INSPECT REPLACING CHARACTERS statement at the compiler number shown requires the word BY after the word CHARACTERS for correct syntax Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary INSPECT WITH REPLACING REQUIRES BY FOUND field contents CONTINUING The INSPECT REPLACING statement at the compiler number shown requires the word BY after the identifier that follows REPLACING Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING ALPHANUMERIC FILE NAME FOUND file name ACCEPTED AS IS The file name following the COBOL verb MERGE at
206. ch are provided in this manual See Overview of Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Overview of Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports 1 Source Listing The Alternate Compile Listing Facility Source Listing is the main report While other DCD III and compiler cross reference reports center around the Source Listing Report most maintenance of the COBOL program in DCD III is done without consulting cross reference reports Besides holding a listing of the COBOL program the DCD III Source Listing Report also contains uniquely formatted cross reference information The formation of this information is done in one format for the Data Division and is done in another format for the Procedure Division DATA DIVISION In the Data Division part of the listing formatting is done as follows 1 Procedure Division look alike statement is generated The data name from the left hand side of the listing is represented by an on the right hand side of the listing 3 The compiler sequence number of the Procedure Division Statement s is put in parentheses For example the statement 05 WS NEXT COLUMN PIC S9 4 COMP VALUE ZERO Add 1 to 1019 indicates that a Procedure Division statement ADD 1 TO WS NEXT COLUMN will be found at compiler line number 1019 within the program If another data name is involved i
207. cord name optional after data name Table of KEYWORDs for use with free format SELECT The most commonly used keywords are those which SELECT on some part of the data name Consider using more than one of the first six KEYWORDs in one SELECT separated by ANDs to develop a very powerful selection capability for finding data names Four of these six keywords start selection at the beginning of a node or data name and the other two SUFFIX and END NODE start selection at the end of a node or data name For NODE 1 and NODE 2 an may be used after one or more letters in the selection field as a wild string providing another letter or letters are used following the When used the indicates that any number from 0 to 18 characters non dashes may be present before picking up selection with the next character Consider using NODE 1 and 2 together with Wild Strings in one or both PREFIXs Consider completing selection with one or more non data name keywords being ANDed to those used for selecting by data name When selecting by field size there is a difference which may be used to an advantage when doing selection WHOLE DIGITS and DECIMAL DIGITS work with NUMERIC fields and work with the size coded in the PICTURE clause while FIELD SIZE works with the actual number of bytes that the field occupies within a record e g 05 TEST FLD S9 9 COMP 3 takes up 5 bytes in FIELD SIZE but has 9 WHOLE DIGITS in the field See Example 10 under JCL
208. d Special attention is used to showing oddities in performs and ENTRY s into the program in relation individually and together with both SECTIONS and with PARAGRAPHS Five discrepancies are fixed in this release reported over the last year e A fix was included to correct SYNTAX when more than 125 operands were used on one side on an IF statement e When error message ACLY6COI D was issued for a very large program an OC4 resulted An OCA occurred in selected sites when DSN SYSI SCEERUN was not used and concatenated ahead of the DCD load library An OC7 resulted when option IREFS was used and there were not data names in the program Infrequently DCD III issued ACLLRFA1 C messages when there were 3 levels of qualification XXIII New Release Highlights Release 3 5 August 1 2007 The following enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III l 10 11 When using the DCDJCL feature and also using the ISPF feature to select libraries concatenated libraries are now processed correctly In isolated cases where DB2 INCLUDE SQLCA needs to be included to resolve missing data name messages and is not DCD IIII now removes these warning message from appearing in the DCD III error message reports An occasional OC7 popping up when including the new Unused Data Name Report added last year has been fixed An incorrect error message associated with the new reports added last year associat
209. ds Unused Data Names x een Eque REN A 51 Unused Paragraphs and S6 U0ofs cciucii ovs cierra ye Exe ren EN ye YEN EUR NE S Yun VU ETE A 52 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 3 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Use of This Section This section is designed for everyday use of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Topics like Introduction to the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Overview of Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports and others which are designed to be read only once or twice by the programmer are moved to the end of this section while topics such as Choice of DCD III PROCs and Options are moved toward the front of this section When using this section for the first time read the following topics first 1 Introduction to the Alternate Compile Listing Facility 2 Overview of Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports 3 Use of DCD III PARM Options 4 Use of DCD III PROCs and Symbolics These four topics are together within this section See the Table of Contents After reading and reviewing the above topics continue using this section starting at the top of the Table of Contents List of Exhibits 1 CAI 13 2 Report Example NN era EN pesa eu ea A 13 3 Compile Mode PROC A 26 4
210. during the storing of PARM fields MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 5 DCD III Error Messages User Action DCDSEAS50 D Explanation User Action DCDSEA70 D Explanation User Action DCDSEA78 C Explanation User Action DCDSEA90 W Explanation User Action DCDSECOI E Explanation User Action DCDSEF01 C Explanation User Action DCDSEF02 C Explanation User Action DCDSEF03 C Explanation User Action DCDSEF25 C Explanation User Action DCD5G010 D Explanation User Action DCD5G025 D Explanation User Action DCD5G030 D Explanation User Action DCD5G046 D Explanation User Action DCD5G048 D Explanation User Action E 6 Save printed output and contact MARBLE Computer Inc FIELD IN PARM RECORD TOO LARGE parm field The PARM field displayed is in excess of 10 characters All valid PARM fields are 10 characters or under in length Determine what PARM field was intended and correct PARM FIELD IS INVALID parm field The first three characters of the PARM field displayed do not match to a valid PARM field Consult the User s Manual if necessary and then re enter a valid PARM field FOUND MORE THAN 1 PARM OPTION IN THE RANGE IRI IR6 CUSING LAST FOUND More than one parm option IR1 IR2 IR3 IRA IR5 IR6 was used Remove one or more parm options so that only one is present PARM OPTION parm field MISCODED ACCEPTED AS par
211. e Examples for use of this DD required in Independent Mode if COPY statements are present Required in Compile Mode if COPY statements with the SUPPRESS clause are used and the SRESOLVE option is used Must point to the PDS where the COPY members are kept This must be the same PDS s pointed to in the SYSLIB statement used by the COBOL compiler required if Compile Mode is used Points to the SYSPRINT file saved from the compile step See the COMACL PROC for an example of this DD required if Compile Mode is used This is a SYSOUT file and contains the compiler SYSPRINT file without the compiler source listing See the COMACL PROC for an example of this DD The REGION is set to 6144K To make smaller consult the Installation Instructions for guidelines on REGION size The DCB BUENO is set to 5 for MVS If increasing increase REGION size See Installation Instructions for information on the CONTROL DD A 24 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility PROCs Provided With the DCD III System Four PROCs are provided They are listed here and are shown on the next four pages Not all of these may be installed on your system See the heading Examples for examples of using these PROCs 1 COMACL Compile Mode 2 DCDACL Independent Mode 3 LIBACL Independent Mode for Librarian 4 PANACL Independent Mode for Panvalet Marble Computer Inc The Sof
212. e Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports not print unreferenced names within the Condensed Cross Reference Reports The Input COBOL program is stored on a Librarian Data Set The COBOL program also contains COPY statements DCD III is going to be run in Independent Mode for Librarian step EXEC LIBACL UNREFZNO SRCLIB librarian dsn ILIB SYSIN DD OPT EXEC SEL progname pswd EMOD END DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copylib DISP SHR Example 3 Print all of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports with the exception of the Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report The input COBOL program is stored on a Panvalet Data Set The COBOL program does not contain COPY statements If any COPY statements are found DCD III is told not to resolve them DCD III is going to be run in Independent Mode for Panvalet EXEC PANACL CDATADV NO RESOLVE NO SRCLIB panvalet dsn IIPAN SYSIN DD WRITE WORK progname Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 21 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Example 4 Print The Source Listing Report Do not print any of the other reports There are no COPY statements DCD III is going to be run in Independent Mode The input COBOL program is stored on a sequential file ISTEP EXEC DCDACL CALL NO COPY NO FIGCON NO LITERAL NO SPREGS NO CDATADV NO CPROCDV NO OTHER UNU NOVER DCD COBOLIN DD DSN sequential file UNIT di
213. e indicated and correct the format of the PAGE clause NUMERIC INTEGER DOES NOT FOLLOW OCCURS BYPASSING The OCCURS clause at the compiler number shown is not followed by a numeric integer Check the OCCURS clause for a missing integer and make corrections as necessary CANNOT FIND VALID ENTRY TO COMPLETE PICTURE CLAUSE BYPASSING The PICTURE clause is either continued in an invalid column or is incomplete or incorrect Check the line and make corrections as necessary ALPHANUMERIC DATA NAME NOT FOUND AFTER REDEFINES BYPASSING The data name found after the REDEFINES clause in the Data Division is not alphanumeric Check the line and make corrections as necessary ALPHANUMERIC DATA NAME NOT FOUND AFTER RENAMES BYPASSING The data name that follows the COBOL verb RENAMES is not alphanumeric Check the RENAMES clause and make corrections as necessary ENTRY FOUND WITHIN USAGE CLAUSE IS EITHER INVALID OR UNRECOGNIZED BYPASSING The word following the USAGE IS clause is either incorrect or unrecognized Check the USAGE IS clause and make corrections as necessary MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 23 DCD III Error Messages DCDESDDH E Explanation User Action DCDESDDI E Explanation User Action DCDESDDJ C Explanation User Action DCDESDDL C Explanation User Action DCDESYLA E Explanation User Action DCDGBA11 E Explanation User Action DCDGBB10 E Explanation User Action
214. e of control statements follows DCD CTLCDSRA DD THIS IS THE TITLE FOR THE FIRST SET ALL 184 THIS IS THE TITLE FOR THE SECOND SET ALL MS RECORD A ALL MR RECORD SELECTION FOR CERTAIN RECORDS PAYROO1 RECORD 1 PAYROO1 RECORD 2 PAYRO002 RECORD 1 PAYRO003 224 18 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports In the example shown the first set of statements selects all records from all programs which have a record length of 184 In case of variable length records the largest record length applies In the second set the records MS RECORD A and MR RECORD are selected from all programs In the last set various records were individually selected from programs PAYROOI and 002 In program PAYROOS all records are selected that have an overall record length of 224 A listing of the control statements used will be printed at the beginning of the REPORTS DD print file ahead of all other reports The System Record Analysis report may not immediately follow these control statements Further limiting of the records documented in this report may be accomplished through the use of RAx options See the heading PARM Options Limiting DATA Analysis Report when using with SRA Report The above control statements are also used for limiting the DATA Analysis Report providing PARM option DASELECT is also used When used without the System Record
215. e the literal MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 47 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank C 48 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Release 3 6 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 1 D 2 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility TABLE OF CONTENTS SECUOM e t c T D 4 Explanation of JCL PROC Analysis Reports eese enne D 4 User Options Available nsession e atv va qun Ue een Ue ee aU D 5 Use of Control Statements for Selection Of PROCS sese D 7 Use of Control Statements for Excluding DDNAMES eene D 10 ab LM ae DM d D 11 DEDICE PROG oiiae etes does iub breue tat Beh Doe bre Pus Ad D 12 Sample ones pies e qva x dtt eds dtu nel tet aus ecd tee D 13 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 3 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Use of This Section This section is provided to make
216. e the Alternate Compile Listing Facility the entering of PARM fields is done by means of PROC Symbolics This heading lists the PARM options along with a description of the use of each option Also in the next heading is a list showing corresponding PROC Symbolics for PARM options How these PROC Symbolics are entered into the JCL is shown in many ways in the heading Examples in this section A more detailed explanation on the use of options is found in the two headings 1 Use of DCD III PARM Options 2 Use of DCD III PROCs and Symbolics A 14 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility ASKIP NOASKIP BASIS NOBASIS CAI CA2 CA3 CALL NOCALL DYCALLS NODYC CHECK NOCHECK CICS CLN nn PARM Options Account for SKIP1 SKIP2 and SKIP3 lines in the DCD III Source Listing Report This option may be used in Independent Mode of DCD III to specify the use of BASIS cards to modify the COBOL program When this option is used an extra DD BASIS is required which contains the IBM format BASIS cards For older CA Optimizer or COBOL Aid users Moves Procedure Division Optimizer information six digit displacements UNEXEC and UNCOND into columns 73 through 80 of the Source Listing Report This allows DCD III narrative to be placed where CA Optimizer narrative was See CA1 Exhibit in Other Features Supported For older CA O
217. e there to show the allowance of multiple ORs and multiple ANDs with multiple ORs within the ANDs The SELECT statement may be continued on to several lines Lower case entries within the SELECT must be replaced with a user entry as follows keyword replace with one of the keywords shown on the KEYWORD list Within ANY one SELECT the same keyword may be used once unless operators lt and gt are used Use AND as a separator to start a new keyword operator Use unless the KEYWORD chosen allows the operators lt and gt selection field Do not use quotes or apostrophes Enter the selection field as one entry with no embedded spaces An asterisk may be used as a wild string if the KEYWORD chosen allows them The size of the selection field must not exceed the maximum size allowed for that KEYWORD Multiple selection fields may be used by separating them with the word OR Consider using PARM option YTEST to test all Format 2 SELECTs before producing a report B 28 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports If the user wants to select a field which has certain characteristics the following 18 KEYWORDS are provided for finding field which have the selection criteria provided operators maximum for keyword allowed length selecting on Comments 1 PREFIX 20 Data Name For selecting by begin of Name 2 SUFFIX 20 Data Name For selecting by end of Name 3 BEGIN
218. e two many control statements used Check the file and eliminate excess cards so there are a total of 750 statements or less CONFLICTS WITH A PREVIOUS SELECT CONTROL CARD The control card conflicts with a previous SELECT control card Check the control cards and make necessary changes CONFLICTS WITH A PREVIOUS SELECT CONTROL CARD The control card conflicts with a previous SELECT control card Check the control cards and make necessary changes SYNTAX ERROR IN SELECT CARD The SELECT card has a non numeric field or a number over 6 characters in length The correct format requires positions 1 6 to be numeric columns 7 to be a dash and 8 13 to be numeric DDNAME CTLCDSRA IS MISSING In the JCL the DD card for CTLCDSRA is missing Check JCL to ensure the DD card for CTLCDSRA is there and correctly placed This control card is needed when PARM option DICT or SRA is used PROGRAM ID IN EXCESS OF 8 CHARACTERS The program name record name control card statement is invalid A 1 8 character program name must begin in column 1 RECORD NAME OR LENGTH IN A CONTROL CARD IS MISSING The control card is missing either the record name or length Check the control card for the record name or length to ensure one is present RECORD NAME IN EXCESS OF 30 CHARACTERS The program name record name control card statement is invalid A 1 8 character program name must begin in column 1 A 1 30 character 01 record name must follow after one or more
219. e use of PROCs and specifically symbolic parameters USE OF SYMBOLICS The use of symbolics when used in a PROC is an easy way of providing a substitute value within the cataloged JCL just prior to execution of that JCL When a symbolic is used in the JCL it must be preceded by an ampersand amp An example follows IDCDWKO1 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF The two symbolics are amp WORK and amp BUF Prior to execution these symbolics must be replaced with valid or real values Typically default values for these symbolics are provided within and at the top of the PROC as shown here IDCDACL PROC WORK SYSDA BUF 5 The ampersand amp is not used when listed at the top of the PROC It is only used when embedded within the actual JCL where the substitution value will be placed See the DCD PROC DCDACL provided in Exhibit 15 and identify the use of symbolic parameters within that PROC To use symbolics during the execution of the PROC to override the default defined within the PROC just add the symbolic in the following format after the EXEC procname An example follows STEPI EXEC DCDACL WORK DISK BUF 4 Look again at the DCDACL PROC and look at the use of symbolics within the PARM field and also at the corresponding symbolic at the top of the PROC The following symbolics are listed below DCDACL PROC SOURCE Il PARM amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL Marble Comp
220. e will store the information necessary to produce the System Data Name Cross Reference System Paragraph Cross Reference and Layout Reports for programs PROGI and PROG2 on the partitioned data set for later printing The reports will not appear in this run An exception to this is the report showing the control statements used when using the SRA option for the System Record Analysis Report which will appear when using the WRITPDS option It will not appear when using the READPDS option B 74 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports To print reports using this feature do the following 1 Put a step invoking the Member Fetcher PROC ahead of the EXEC DCDCOBOL PROC to bring in the members wanted Point the user PDS in the Member Fetcher PROC to the same PDS used in the DCDPDS ddname in the DCDCOBOL step with the WRITPDS option For information on using the PROC MBRFETCH see the heading Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC in this section The possible combinations of control statements that may be used with the READPDS option are shown here a INDD ddname ALL b INDD ddname MEMBER c INDD ddname PREFIX prefix Do NOT use the COBOL or COBRECS combination here Add an extra DD with the name of DCDREPDS after the DCDCOBOL PROC as shown in the example that follows Add the READPDS option by using OTHER REA on the DCDCOBOL PROC line Only use PARM
221. ead of other literals Literal value for non numeric literals the surrounding quotes also figure in the sorting sequence 3 Sequence number of where the literal is used See Exhibit 12 for an example of the Literals Report LITERALS ALL 9 849 850 858 864 1007 34 321 5 322 486 493 000 UNUSED d 254 256 0726 ALTER TO PROCED 1082 T 369 397 2 370 297 371 398 COND 1098 DCDLOGIC END WS DCDLOGIC 340 E 457 T 424 NC 383 502 871 888 892 0 460 Y 144 147 329 331 333 335 337 353 356 358 361 375 378 382 386 389 393 404 407 410 419 426 442 445 472 537 619 742 851 859 893 906 932 01 178 627 896 1 959 982 1030 1039 1049 1050 1051 2 957 980 1037 953 954 976 977 1033 1034 1061 Exhibit 12 Literals Report A 38 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 7 Special Registers The Special Registers Report lists all occurrences of Special Registers Special Registers refer to compiler generated areas that may be used in conjunction with specific COBOL features The following are examples of Special Registers CURRENT DATE DATE DEBUG ITEM DEBUG SUB 1 LINAGE COUNTER RETURN CODE SORT RETURN TALLY TIME Un e t pa ES Only those Special Registers found within the program will be listed in this report If no Special Registers are used the report will not appear T
222. ed and at least 1 line of COBOL code follows each DELETE sequence OUT OF SEQUENCE A DELETE card was found with a sequence number lower than a previous sequence number on an INSERT or DELETE card Check to ensure INSERT DELETE cards are in proper sequence and are in ascending order DELETE FIRST NUMBER IN RANGE sequence NOT FOUND The first sequence number in a DELETE range does not match a valid sequence number in the main program Check to ensure all sequence numbers in DELETE range match valid sequence numbers in the program DELETE RANGE ist sequence 2nd sequence NOT FOUND The sequence numbers found in DELETE card do not match valid sequence numbers in the main program Check sequence numbers on DELETE cards and ensure they match valid sequence numbers in program HANDLING BASIS CARD basis card An informational message to assure the user that the BASIS card is being processed by DCDIII None DDNAME COBOLIN MISSING In the JCL the DD card for COBOLIN is missing Check the JCL to ensure DD card for COBOLIN exists and is correctly placed DDNAME DCDWK01 MISSING In the JCL the DD card for DCDWKOI is missing Check the JCL to ensure DD card for DCDWKO1 exists and is correctly placed DCDMULTI program name PROGRAM NOT FOUND ON COBOLIN INPUT FILE A logic error has occurred Program member does not match the COBOLIN file Check the JCL to ensure DD card member exists and is correctly placed EMPTY
223. ed error in previous entry Type DDNAME not found after DDNAME Type DDNAME has invalid characters Expecting ALL COBOL COBRECS MEMBER or PREFIX PREFIX not found after XXXX where XXXX COBOL COBRECS or PREFIX Prefix must be 7 characters or less Invalid Character found in PREFIX More than 20 PDS records Duplicate DDNAME Invalid BYPASSING Unidentified Control Record BYPASSING Found more than 100 Member or Prefix records for last PDS Invalid Character found in previous entry Previous Entry ignored Previous PREFIX over 7 characters in length and ignored Previous MEMBER over 8 characters in length and ignored ERROR with DDNAME DDNAME Error in finding ERROR DDNAME DDNAME was not found ERROR DDNAME DDNAME Error found while validating DDNAME ERROR with internal work file with DDNAME WORKFIL I ERROR while reading PDS with DDNAME DDNAMEBE MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 81 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports EA31 EA32 EA33 EA34 EB41 EB42 EB43 EB44 011 G012 G013 G030 011 012 H013 H040 I020 ERROR Member Member Name not found on DDNAME DDNAME for just previous PDS ERROR while opening file specified in DDNAME DDNAME ERROR while accessing file specified in DDNAME DDNAME ERROR Problem while reading all members from UNCONCATENATED DDNAME DDNAME ERROR Member Member Name not found on DDNAME DDNAME for just previ
224. ed in this section If the report generated is not wanted and the file generated is from the Other COBOL Reports Facility Section then the REPORTS DD may be dummied out The PRINT DD should never be dummied out as errors that occur during running are listed there The following are restrictions that must be followed when creating these records 1 Only one program at a time may be run when producing the CASE files An exception to this is the Data Dictionary Interface File 2 When accessing a particular file and the instructions indicate that a certain report option needs to be turned on other report options should not be turned on unless indicated In most cases turning on another report option will cause the file wanted by the user to be destroyed before the user can access the file 3 Do not pre catalog change the LRECL or modify the DISP for the work file which contains the information desired The work files in DCD III are used multiple times within one DCD III run with varying record sizes When the DCD III step is finished the user may copy the file to another file using the LRECL and BLKSIZE specified individually for that file within this section 4 When using the file created the first record in each file must be bypassed if characters 1 through 6 in that record contain the constant MARBLE These records are control records which contain date and time information and LRECL of the file More specific instructions are given
225. ed with a table being exceeded has been corrected An error in how we process COPY replacing pseudo text where the phrase BY is used allows the replaced data name to slide left backwards into the preceding level number has been fixed A double qualification problem within one IF similar to the following IF FIELD 1 OF QUAL FIELD A OR FIELD 2 OF QUAL FIELD B where some references were lost and or gave wrong references has been corrected The sub heading in the Alternate Compile Listing labeled Literals has been changed to a more correct label of Procedure Division Literals When new DDNAME DCDWKOS is missing an appropriate message is issued rather than having DCD III issue an abend A correction was made in the new report showing unreferenced Paragraphs and Sections to include EXEC CICS references to Paragraphs The user manual now correctly reflects the new DDnames SELECT and BYPASS used for Tracing and Analysis References in the User s manual to DCD III being compatible with Code Changer software for Field Expansion in Release 3 2 released three years ago have all been removed Parties interested in Field Expansion software should contact Marble Computer Inc XXIV DCD III New Release Highlight New Release Highlights Release 3 6 October 1 2008 The following enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III l XXV A new release of DCD III may
226. eing run through DCD III Produce the COPY Analysis Report Two sequences are produced The first is Program sequence The second is Member sequence Use COQ to produce only Program sequence Use COR to produce only Member sequence Forces an older compiler standard where COPY statements on the same line with an 01 record with A different 01 record name in the COPY member will use the 01 name within the COPY rather than the 01 record name preceding it Use when COBOL 68 is used Produce the System Data Name Cross Reference Individual options shown below may be used to enhance the DATA report When invoked the control statements used for the System Record Analysis will also be used to limit the DATA Analysis Report See Control Statements for System Record Analysis When used without producing the System Record Analysis Report record names in the control statements may instead be just a group or elementary name This option may be used to individually list out all of the multiple 88 values for each 88 level when multiple values e g VALUES ARE are used When used any numeric digits up to the number specified in this option which immediately precedes a Data Division name will not be sorted when producing the Data Analysis Report As an example 20ACCT NAME and 32ACCT NAME will sort together when option DA2 DA3 DA4 or DAS is used Use only 1 of these options during one run This option is only effective when one of the options
227. ence for Literals IV A 17 A 30 A 37 A 38 LITERALS NOLITERALS PARM Option see also Literals Report System Cross Reference for Literals A 17 A 19 B 14 B 17 B 43 F 11 F 12 LINECNT PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 LINECNT PROC Symbolic Error message E 35 LK1IPARM Option B 13 B 17 LLA PARM Option B 13 B 17 LL1 PARM Option B 13 B 17 LNCNT nn PARM Option A 16 A 17 A 19 B 14 B 17 B 45 D 6 LNR PARM Option B 9 B 13 B 14 B 17 B 55 LNR PARM Option Error message E 29 LOR PARM Option B 7 B 13 B 14 B 17 B 35 B 37 E 29 E 35 Lower Case Narrative NUC option A 17 B 14 LPP NOLLP PARM Option B 13 B 17 LPV NOLPV PARM Option B 13 B 17 LS1I NOLS1 PARM Option B 12 B 14 B 17 LTC NOLTC PARM Option B 14 B 17 LTS PARM Option B 14 B 17 M MBRFETCH PROC Member Fetcher B 6 B 8 B 24 B 25 B 26 B 29 B 37 B 38 B 42 D 5 MBRFETCH PROC Example using B 30 B 32 B 35 MBRFETCH PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 Member Fetcher PROC see MBRFETCH PROC G 6 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co DCD III Index MVS operating environment setting DCB BUFNO parameter in A 24 B 37 N Narrative Upper Lower CASE NUC option A 17 B 14 Non keyword PARM fields see keyword NRSPACE NONRSPACE PARM Option A 17 A 19 NUM NONUM compiler option A 7 E 36 O OTHER PROC Symbolic A 19 B17 B 29 OTHER PROC Symbolic Examples using A 22 B 7 B 8 B 2
228. ength pulls off all members that have a matching 1 7 character prefix requires that one or more control statements follow this control statement and that each control statement begin in column 1 and contain a 1 7 character prefix Used for pulling off COBOL programs requires that one or more control statements follow this control statement and that each control statement begin in column 1 and contain a 1 7 character prefix Used for pulling off COBOL records requires that one or more control statements follow this control statement and that each control statement begin in column 1 and contain a 1 7 character prefix MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 79 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports An example where selection is done with the use of one prefix follows ISTEP4 EXEC PDSFETCH PDS OUTPUT DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 PDS CTLINFO DD INDD USERDD COBOL M4 PDS USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR In the above example all COBOL programs whose member name begins with the prefix M4 will be selected for passing on to the next step An example where selection is done for multiple prefixes on one PDS follows ISTEP5 EXEC PDSFETCH PDS OUTPUT DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 PDS CTLINFO DD INDD USERDD COBOL MULTIPLE M6B PDS USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR In the above example all COBOL programs whose member name begins with the prefixes M4
229. eport is the selection of JCL members This is accomplished through the use of a member fetcher PROC which isolates and selects members off of a partitioned data set The DD name for these control statements is CTLCDMBR Control statements must be used to indicate which members are to be selected The format of these control statements is as follows Columns Ithrough4 The constant INDD Column 5 An equal sign Columns 6througha The name of a made up DDNAME Column 1 An equal sign with no spaces before or after it Columns b throughc One of the following words 1 ALL 2 MEMBER 3 PREFIX The remaining two fields are required if PREFIX is used as the last operand Otherwise they may not be used Columns c l An equal sign 2 with no spaces before it or after it Columns d e A 1 to 7 character prefix which will be used to limit selection An illustration of the possible combinations follows 1 INDD ddname ALL 2 INDD ddname MEMBER 3 INDD ddname PREFIX prefix An example showing the use of these control statements follows 8 EXEC DCDJCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD PREFIX SP IMBR USERDD DD DSN USER JCL LIBRARY DISP SHR The above example will pull off all members from the library specified by the DD name USERDD which begins with the prefix SP and passes them out to a sequential data set MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 7 DCD III JCL PROC Analys
230. er electronically uploading the new DCD III files A list of all members on the DCDIILCNTL file are listed under the heading DCD III JCL Procedure Library in this section The following are PROCS which require modification 1 COMACL for executing the Alternate Compile Listing Facility in Compile Mode 2 DCDACL for executing the Alternate Compile Listing Facility in Independent Mode 3 LIBACL for executing the Alternate Compile Listing Facility 1f Librarian is used in your shop 4 PANACL for executing the Alternate Compile Listing Facility if Panvalet is used in your shop 5 DCDCOBOL for executing the Other COBOL Reports Facility on one or more COBOL programs 6 LIBCOBOL for executing the Other COBOL Reports Facility on one or more COBOL Programs if Librarian is used in your shop 7 PANCOBOL for executing the Other COBOL Reports Facility on one or more COBOL programs if Panvalet is used in your shop 8 MBRFETCH for selecting members from a partitioned data set to produce reports from the Other COBOL Reports Facility 9 DCDJCL for executing the JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility These PROCS are listed in this manual in their appropriate section i e Alternate Compile Listing Tracing amp Analysis and Other COBOL Reports or JCL PROC Analysis After selecting the PROCs which will be used in your shop go into each of the PROCs individually and 1 Insert STEPLIBs where noted to point to the load
231. er the COBOL verb INSPECT at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING TALLYING OR REPLACING FOUND field contents BYPASSING At the compiler number shown the item found after the first identifier in the INSPECT statement is not REPLACING TALLYING or CONVERTING Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary IDENTIFIER AFTER INSPECT TALLYING field contents NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 17 DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDEH24D C Explanation User Action DCDEH24E C Explanation User Action DCDEH24F C Explanation User Action DCDEH24G C Explanation User Action DCDEH24H C Explanation User Action DCDEH24I C Explanation User Action DCDEH25A C Explanation User Action DCDEH25B E Explanation User Action DCDEH25C E Explanation User Action DCDEH25D C Explanation User Action DCDEH25E E Explanation User Action DCDER25F E Explanation User Action DCDEH25G C Explanation User Action DCDEH25H C E 18 In the INSPECT statement at the compiler number shown the identifier following the word TALLYING was not alphanumeric Check the INSPECT statement and correct as necessary FOR MISSING IN INSPECT TALLYING FOUND field contents RESULTS UNPREDICTABLE The INSPECT statement at the compiler num
232. essary THE MULTIPLY STATEMENT REQUIRES BY BYPASSING The MULTIPLY statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word BY Check the MULTIPLY statement and correct as necessary THE MULTIPLY STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE BYPASSING The MULTIPLY statement at the compiler number shown is incomplete Check the MULTIPLY statement and correct as necessary THE DIVIDE STATEMENT REQUIRES BY OR INTO BYPASSING The DIVIDE statement at the compiler number shown requires the word BY or INTO to ensure correct syntax Check the DIVIDE statement and make corrections as necessary THE DIVIDE STATEMENT IS INCOMPLETE BYPASSING The DIVIDE statement at the compiler number shown is incomplete Check the DIVIDE statement and make corrections as necessary THE COMPUTE STATEMENT REQUIRES 2 AND THIS WAS NOT FOUND BYPASSING The COMPUTE statement at the compiler number shown is incomplete and requires the symbol 2 or the word EQUAL or EQUALS for correct syntax Check the COMPUTE statement and correct Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDEH10B E Explanation User Action DCDEH11A C Explanation User Action DCDEH11B C Explanation User Action DCDEH12A C Explanation User Action DCDEH14A C Explanation User Action DCDEH14B C Explanation User Action DCDEH14C C Explanation User Action DCDEH15A C Explanation User Action DCDEH22A C Expl
233. et specified on the COPYLIB DD IF NORESOLVE is used the COPYLIB DD is not necessary COPY members within COPY members are not currently resolved in this section MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports SORTREG nnnnnnn SORTREG 600000 SPREGS NOSPREGS STOP NOSTOP SRANAL NOSRANAL RAI RAA RAB RAD RAS RAT S03 S15 S50 S3H SIT SRCOPY NOSRCOPY TRACE NOTRACE UNREF NOUNREF VERB NOVERB VR3 NOVR3 VS2 NOVS2 Continued Indicates the SORT region size in bytes Do not specify a SORTREG larger than 1 000 000 Produce the System Cross Reference for Special Registers Report This option causes DCD III to immediately stop processing and issue a Condition Code of zero This option may be used when the DCD III step is embedded with other steps in a PROC and is not wanted Produce the System Record Analysis Report When this option is used control statements must also be used This option is turned on automatically when the DICT option is used When using this option see Control Statements for System Record Analysis The following options affect the System Record Analysis Report Limit System Record Analysis Report as follows RAI Print only as 01 summary report RAA The default no limiting RAB Select records that have any flags turned on RAD Select records that have any direct flags turned on RAS Select record
234. ewly created PDS One member on that PDS INSTALL may then be used to load all eight files JOB PRESTEP EXEC PGM IEBCOPY REGION 512K SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUT3 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT2sysda SYSUTA4 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT2sysda DD DSN DCDSPF CNTL DISP OLD PASS LABEL 3 SL EXPDT 98000 UNIT TAPE VOL SER DCDIII DISK DD DSN user cntl pds Il DISPZ NEW CATLG DELTE SPACE TRK 10 5 10 ROUND UNIT sysda VOL SER user0 1 SY SIN DD COPY INDD TAPE OUTDD DISK Modify fields shown in lower case letters in the UNIT DSN and VOL SER keywords as necessary for your installation The JCL on this obtained member INSTALL is shown on the next page F 8 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide JCL on INSTALL member to Load Eight Cartridge Files JOB COPY PROC ISTEP1 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUT3 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda SYSUTA4 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda ITAPE DD DSN amp TFILE DISP OLD KEEP LABEL amp TL SL EXPDT 98000 UNIT tape DEFER 7i VOLZGRETAIN SER DCDIIT DISK DD DSN amp DFILE 7 DISP NEW CATLG DELETE 7i SPACE TRK amp DSPACE ROUND Il UNIT sysda VOL SER amp DVOLSER SYSIN DD DSN amp amp TEMPCTL DISP OLD PASS 7 PEND ISTEPA EXEC PGM IEBGENER REGION 128K SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DUMMY ISYSUTI DD COPY INDD TAPE OUT
235. eyword PARM fields A 44 A 45 E 30 Keywords JCL F 7 5 177 PARM Option B 14 17 Layout Report IIL B 5 B 7 B 8 B 9 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 17 B 22 B 23 B 28 B 37 B 43 B 45 B 53 B 54 B 55 Layout Report Error messages E 23 E 24 E 29 Layout Report Example running B 32 B 34 B 35 Layout Report Table of Contents see Also LTC and LTS PARM Options B 14 B 45 B 53 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co G 5 DCD III Index LAYOUT PROC Symbolic B 17 LAYOUT PROC Symbolic Examples Using B 7 B 8 B 28 B 32 B 34 B 35 LAYOUTS NOLAYOUTS PARM Option see also Layout Reports B 12 B 13 B 14 B 17 B 37 B 43 LFD PARM Option B 12 B 17 LHR PARM Option B 13 B 17 LHR PARM Option Error message E 29 LHX PARM Option B 13 B 17 LHX PARM Option Error message E 29 LIBACL PROC A 5 A 25 A 28 LIBACL PROC Example using A 20 A 21 LIBACL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 LIBOCL PROC B 6 B 7 B 8 B 38 B 40 LIBCOBOL PROC Example using B 30 B 31 LIBCOBOL PROC Modifying and testing at installation F 8 F 9 F 11 F 12 F 13 Librarian PROCs see LIBACL LIBCOBOL Librarian Supported by DCD III A 10 A 12 B 9 B 10 LISTER compiler option A 7 LITERAL PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 C 23 LITERAL PROC Symbolic Examples Using A 22 B 32 Literals in CASE files C 12 C 20 C 45 C 46 C 47 Literals Report see also System Cross Refer
236. f using this minimum the BUF and SORTREG parameters must be set to 27 and 600000 as indicated above Using too small a region may cause an OC4 When the PROCs are modified and tested they should be stored on a system PROCEDURE library for general use 6 F 12 Consider removing the SORT work files SORTWKO01 03 and SORTLIB from those PROCs which use them Today many SORT packages do dynamic allocations of these files When this is done they are not needed within our PROCS MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Step 3 Creating a Control Record To create a control record set up one 80 character record as a member named DCDCNTRL on a permanent JCL or control statement partitioned data set The LRECL on the PDS must be 80 Fill in only the first thirteen characters on this control record Leave columns 14 through 80 blank See the Installation Addendum to obtain the date and related control characters for this control record If this is a new installation or the Installation Addendum is lost contact MARBLE Computer Inc at 1 800 252 1400 for this control information MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 13 DCD Installation Guide Step 4 Testing DCD III At a minimum adequate testing should include the COMACL DCDACL DCDCOBOL and DCDJCL PROCSs If Librarian or Panvalet is used then the PROCs LIBACL and LIBCOBOL or PANACL and
237. ference have the UNREF option available for including or omitting unreferenced names The Data Name Cross Reference report may be limited to control statement use by using the DAS parm option The CALL Hierarchy Report allows control statements for Adding and Deleting CALLs The Direct Literal Tracing Report requires control statements for specifying data names used for tracing the possible values of literals and the paths used to get a literal to a particular field The Verb Analysis Report allows the use of control statements to limit VERBs selected The Tracing amp Analysis Report TRACE Option is available for finding data fields by their name or by a very powerful selection capability then bringing in all REDEFINES GROUP fields and overlapping fields for the name selected doing Tracing through infinite levels to find all related fields and finally showing all Procedure Division references for all names selected or brought in Two separate types of control statements are available for SELECTing and BYPASSing MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 45 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports CALL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ID PARAGRAPH NAME SEQ PAYMONTH A070 COMPUTE DEDUCTIONS 0169 0126 PAYROLL A010 VERIFY EMPLOYEE NUMBER 0146 B010 COMPUTE FEDERAL TAX 0026 A070 COMPUTE DEDUCTIONS 0184 0124 A B CALL ANALYSIS CALL NAME PROGRAM ID SEQUENCES PROGRAM ID CALL NAME SEQUENCE 01 01 2001 CALL ENTR
238. field that should be left in place Indirect References are shown after each field that is shown as unused The line numbers of where the other fields are that have overlapping field positions to this field are listed If no Indirect References are listed than the field may be removed If Indirect References are shown then they must be examined carefully before removing the listed field The 01 record associated with each field listed in this report is shown with it s line number to assist in examining a field Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 51 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Unused Paragraphs and Sections Un referenced Paragraphs and Sections are shown for the entire program with the exception of those within a DECLARATIVES SECTION All paragraphs and sections that are present in any Declaratives code are accepted as used and will never be reported as being unused The first tag beyond any Declaratives Section if present whether it is a SECTION or a PARAGRAPH name is treated as an implied fall through and is never treated as un referenced If the first tag in the program is a SECTION than all paragraphs in that SECTION are treated as a fall through up until the first found STOP RUN GOBACK or EXIT following a coded period within that section If the first tag in the program is a paragraph name than all paragraphs are treated as a fall through up until the first found STOP RUN GOBACK or EXIT
239. file exceeds 10 Check the TRACEIN file and delete excess cards so there are a total of 10 cards or less EXPECTING NEW AFTER COMMAND The end of one command in the TRACEIN file was found The next token if present must be the start of a new command If multiple commands are used make sure each new command starts with the word AFTER DCDWKXX NUMBER MUST BE 01 TO 06 WITHIN TRACEIN FILE The DCDWKXX file that has been specified in the TRACEIN file does not exist Check the file names and make corrections as necessary PROGRAM OR FILE NUMBER IN CONTROL CARD IS INVALID The program id did not match or the record length was not numeric Check the control card and make corrections as necessary BYPASSING TOKENS WITHIN TRACEIN FILE UNTIL NEXT AFTER OR END OF FILE A previous documented syntax error was found while scanning an AFTER command within the TRACEIN file Further scanning for errors will not be done until a new AFTER command is found None EXCESSIVE ERROR MESSAGES IN HSKPG The table of error messages was exceeded for the first phase of processing within DCD III Examine the previous error messages and make corrections as necessary to eliminate the errors THE VALUES USED WITHIN SELECT CARDS ESTABLISHES A RANGE THAT IS NEGATIVE Control cards used to select records for Layout Reports by record size are incorrect Correct either the SELECT or the SELECT card USING CONTROL CARDS FOR SELECTION BY DATA NAME FOR LAYOUTS This
240. file is a narrative file showing the references for each Procedure Division line back to the Data Division To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCS in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL d Use the PROC Symbolic SOURCE on the EXEC DCDACL or other PROCname line to turn on the SOURCE PARM option This is normally the default Other options may be left on To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWK02 25 The LRECL of the file is 52 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 33 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 01 RR WORK RECORD 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 RR P D CPMLR NBR RR NARR LENGTH RR SQ NBR WORK AREA 10 RR DATA DIV SQ NBRS 6 15 RR DATA DIV CMPLR 6 10 FILLER RR WORK AREA 2 REDEFINES 10 RR DATA DIV SQ NBRS 5 15 RR DATA DIV CMPLR 5 10 FILLER RR WORK AREA 3 REDEFINES 10 RR DATA DIV SQ NBRS 4 15 RR DATA DIV CMPLR 4 10 FILLER RR WORK AREA 4 REDEFINES 10 RR DATA DIV SQ NBRS 3 15 RR DATA DIV CMPLR 3 10 FILLER RR WORK AREA 5 REDEFINES 10 RR POS RR WORK AREA 6 REDEFINES 10 FILLER 10 RR CA3 FINAL 5 POS 10 RR CA3 LAST CHAR 10 FILLER 10 RR FINAL 5 POS 10 RR LAST CHA
241. following a coded period or the first found SECTION When option UPI the default is used to print this report all paragraphs or sections within a PERFORM range whether it is a perform of a section or a range of paragraphs or sections will not be listed as unused but will be treated as being used in the range of the PERFORM To show these paragraphs or sections use the option NOUPI SECTIONS if present and found to be not used are listed in their own report ahead of PARAGRAPHS When a section is shown as being un referenced all paragraphs within this section will also be shown as un referenced within the Paragraph report If a SECTION is otherwise un referenced but there is either an ENTRY verb into the section or there is a reference to a paragraph within the SECTION than the SECTION will be listed as un referenced and an additional line will immediately follow to show the presence of one or more ENTRY verbs and or the presence of paragraphs being referenced If a PARAGRAPH is un referenced but there is one or more ENTRY verbs within the paragraph that the paragraph will be shown as un referenced and an additional line will immediately follow to show the presence or one or more ENTRY verbs being present Before removing any SECTIONS or PARAGRAPHS it is up to the user to insure that a fall through does not exist or perhaps the routine s access is commented out and needs to be kept If a fall through exists If it is inte
242. ftware Maintenance Company DCDIII Alternate Compile Listing Facility A 2 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility TABLE OF CONTENTS Use of This Section List oFEXDIDHS oto ette m e tui ict A 4 Choice of DCD ME PROCS zirete nans geese fona Mb Mod A 5 Compile Mode COonsidetatior o fo e podre get ora tede beta A 6 Other Features SupDOrPeud lt lt Patr eT ee 10 Specifying PA RM US Sa pe s RR A 14 15 Comesponding PROC Symbolies A 19 eso ont ure nord eene adc eae A 20 JCL to Execute DCD III Without Using PROCS essere enne A 23 PROCSs Provided With the DCD TIT SyStetn NOH A 25 Introduction to the Alternate Compile Listing Facility A 30 Overview of Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports esee A 31 Use of DCD III PARM Options R a A 44 Use of DCD III PROCS and Symbolics ricette bane eno A 47 Executing DCD When Using PROC eee eee eal cede hace A 49 Unused 01 Recor
243. g amp Analysis and Other Reports PROC for the PDSFETCH software The following PROC PDSFETCH is available on the file DCDIII CNTL provided by our install files PDSFETCH PROC PRINT WORK SYSDA PDS EXEC PGM PDSFETCH REGION 1024K OUTPUT DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP PASS UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 5 10 PRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT SYSOUT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT WORKFILI DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 1 2 WORKFIL2 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 1 2 The PDS Member Fetcher PROC MBRFETCH is available for pulling one or several members from a partitioned data set PDS and creating one sequential data set This data set may be used as input to the DCDCOBOL PROC This PROC is also embedded as one step in the DCDJCL PROC which is covered in the section on JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC The DD name for these control statements is CTLINFO This is different from the DD name used with the MBRFETCH program As with the MBRFETCH program control statements are used to indicate which members are to be selected The first these control statements is shown below The second format sometimes used for adding a PREFIX or MEMBER name is discussed where appropriate in the next several pages and examples Columns 1 through3 The constant PDS Column 4 An equal sign Columns 5througha name of a made up DDNAME Column 1 An equal sign 2 with no
244. h a file name in the Data Division Check the RECEIVE statement at the compiler number shown and make corrections as necessary INTO IDENTIFIER 1 IDENTIFIER 1 NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The identifier found at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the RECEIVE INTO statement and correct as necessary SEARCH OPERAND IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The operand or identifier following the COBOL verb SEARCH at the compiler number shown is not alphanumeric Check the SEARCH statement and correct as necessary RECORD NAME FOLLOWING SEND NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The SEND statement at the compiler number shown contains a record name which is not alphanumeric Check the SEND statement and correct as necessary FROM IDENTIFIER 1 IDENTIFIER 1 NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The SEND FROM statement at the compiler number shown contains an identifier following the word FROM that is not alphanumeric Check the SEND statement and correct as necessary FILE NAME file name IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC AFTER SORT ACCEPTED AS IS The SORT statement at the compiler number shown contains a non alphanumeric file name Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary NO MATCHING SD ENTRIES FOUND FOR SD name The SORT statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name for the sort that does not match a file name for an SD in the Data Division Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary
245. hat one of multiple operands is listed and others are not in the paragraph field An example of this is CALL USING An expanded sequence number of the actual paragraph name for verb codes where a paragraph name is used as an operand Otherwise this field will be Zero A column number which corresponds to the above sequence number MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 25 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank C 26 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Paragraph Range Information File This file has most of the information in the Basic Paragraph Information File and the beginning and ending sequence numbers showing the range of those paragraphs or sections To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic SOURCE the EXEC DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn on the SOURCE PARM option This option is normally already on Other options may also be left on To access the File 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO3 2 The LRECL of the file is 104 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record MARBLE Computer
246. he associated FILE name with the FD than the 01 record is shown as unused otherwise it will be treated as used A second third or more FD 01 record for the same FD will be shown as unused if none of the fields in the respective record including that 01 are unused 01 records are shown as unused whether or not they reside in a COPY member Unused Data Names Only unused 02 49 level entries are shown in this report 01 record names 77 level entries and 88 level entries are not shown FILLERs are not shown as unused 02 49 level entries underneath a 66 level RENAMES clause are shown If the entire 01 record was shown above as unused then individual 02 49 entries are not shown Also 02 49 level entries within a COPY member are not shown as unused as it is expected that most names in a COPY are not necessarily used in any one program To clean up COPY book records use the System Record Analysis report in the Tracing Analysis amp Other Reports section When all of the fields within a GROUP field are unused then the GROUP field will be shown as unused and the individual fields will not be listed The only time the group field will not be shown is when a larger group field containing this group field is unused Caution must be used before removing a field that is shown as unused The field may be named for documentation where a FILLER could be used and the field could be necessary to proper running of the program To prevent against removing a
247. he PARM field itself is a keyword parameter which follows the PGM keyword on the JCL EXEC statement An example follows STEPI EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION 6144K PARM SOU CAL NOLIT SOR 600000 The users may execute DCD III programs by providing their own JCL or they may use PROCs catalogued JCL which are listed in this manual and should be available for use at your installation Sample JCL for invoking DCD III without the use of a PROC is provided in this manual However all the examples used in this manual are provided with the assumption that the user is using standard PROCs provided with this software package Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 45 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility When using DCD III PROCs PARM fields are entered through the use of PROC Symbolics Entering the PARM fields through the use of symbolics is done in a different manner from what has been shown here for entering the PARM fields The use of these symbolics is discussed in the next heading Use of DCD III PROCs and Symbolics A 46 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Use of DCD III PROCs and Symbolics The execution of DCD III as with other software is made easier through the use of cataloged JCL PROCs This heading provides general information about using PROCs to execute DCD III It also provides general information about th
248. he following JCL may be used to load the first one or two files If there are no changes to the user JCL then only the first file needs to be loaded Il JOB I STEPI EXEC PGM IEBCOPY ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ISYSUT3 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda ISYSUTA DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda ITAPE DD DSN DCDIII LOAD DISP OLD PASS LABEL 1 SL EXPDT 98000 UNIT tape VOL RETAIN SER DCDIII DISK DD DSN new user loadlib DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE TRK 120 10 10 ROUND 7i UNIT sysda VOL SER user01 SYSIN DD COPY INDD TAPE OUTDD DISK Il ISTEP2 EXEC PGM IEBCOPY ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUT3 DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda SYSUTA DD SPACE CYL 1 1 UNIT sysda ITAPE DD DSN DCDIICNTL DISP OLD PASS LABEL 2 SL EXPDT 98000 UNIT tape VOL RETAIN SER DCDIII DISK DD DSN new user cntllib DISP NEW CATLG DELETE SPACE TRK 8 2 10 ROUND UNIT sysda VOL SER user01 SYSIN DD COPY INDD TAPE OUTDD DISK Modify fields shown in lower case letters in the DSN UNIT and VOL keywords as necessary for your installation The second file is a JCL library which contains PROCS which are used for the execution of DCDIII Replace JOB with a valid JOB card Submit this JCL to load one or two files F 10 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Step 2 Modifying DCD III PROCs Continue here aft
249. he following sequence is used for this report 1 Special Registers 2 Sequence number of where the Special Register is used See Exhibit 13 for an example of the Special Registers Report SPECIAL REGISTERS CURRENT DATE 744 RETURN CODE 604 843 849 1283 TIME OF DAY 746 Exhibit 13 Special Registers Report Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 39 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility 8 Data Division Condensed Cross Reference The Data Division Condensed Cross Reference Report provides an alphabetic listing of the data names within the Data Division What is unique about this report is that no references are given to the Procedure Division statements that reference the data name The only sequence number given points to the field s location within the Data Division The cross reference given at that location within the Source Listing Report gives in COBOL everything that happens to this field Besides listing the data name and the sequence number of its location four characters are reserved alongside the listing to provide the following information about the data field 1 The level number 01 49 etc associated with this field 2 The letter G for those fields which are GROUP items 3 The letter s INDX for index items 4 The letter s FILE for file names It is recommended that this report be used in place of the compiler cross reference when using the DCD III Source Listing Report for
250. her similar PDSs in the TSO LOGON USER PROC 2 The members may be moved copied from the PDSs here to one of the corresponding PDSs already used in the TSO LOGON USER PROC File attributes and space requirements for the eight files are as follows Tape Tape Data Set DCB Information Space Requirements File Name LRECL BLKSIZE Tracks Directory Blocks 1l JDCDIILLOAD U 0 6144 120 10 2 DCDIILCNTL FB 80 3120 8 10 3 DCDSPF CNTL FB 80 3120 6 10 4 DCDSPF CLIST VB 255 6223 2 10 5 DCDSPF PLIB FB 80 6160 25 50 6 DCDSPF MLIB FB 80 6160 3 10 7 DCDSPF SLIB FB 80 6160 6 10 8 DCDSPF LLIB U 0 6144 20 10 SPACE calculation is based on 3390 device types This CLIST file is Variable blocked Note Ifa file transfer program or utility is used to unload the cartridge to disk before IEBCOPY is used then larger block sizes may be needed during the file transfer program e g DCDIII LOAD might require 6164 rather than 6144 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 7 DCD III Installation Guide Loading from a Cartridge For users installing from a cartridge and also not installing or making changes to the ISPF Panels the JCL under the heading JCL to unload just one or two cartridge files may be used to load just one or two files Obtaining JCL to Load Eight Cartridge Files When loading all eight cartridge files the JCL shown below should be used to unload the third file on the tape to a n
251. hrough the pre processor then generated CALL statements are not documented by DCD III 8 Librarian When INCLUDES are used as opposed to COPY statements they are resolved when the COBOL source code is brought from Librarian They are not listed within the COPY Analysis Report The PROC LIBCOBOL which contains a Librarian step ahead of the DCD III step for pulling the COBOL programs off of the Librarian Data File should be used See Example 2 under the heading Examples in this section for assistance in using the LIBCOBOL PROC 9 Panvalet When INCLUDES are used as opposed to COPY statements they are resolved when the COBOL source code is brought from Panvalet They are not listed within the COPY Analysis Report The PROC PANCOBOL which contains a Panvalet step ahead of the DCD III step for pulling the COBOL programs off of the Panvalet Data File should be used See Example 1 under the heading Examples in this section for assistance in using the PANCOBOL PROC B 10 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Specifying PARM Options DCD III is controlled by the use of PARM options included within the PARM field However when using DCD III PROCs the entering of PARM fields is done by the means of PROC Symbolics The heading PARM Options on the next page lists the PARM options along with a description of the use of each option Also in
252. in any one run See TRACE and Tracing amp Analysis Supporting Options in the PARM section Also see Tracing amp Analysis Report under Overview of All Reports including Tracing amp Analysis There are two formats for SELECTs Use the first format if you know the name or names to be selected Use the second format to select by different criteria If both formats are used together then all Format 2 SELECTs must come before Format 1 SELECTs The following rules apply to both SELECT formats The word SELECT must start in columns 1 to 12 Columns 73 80 are not used Leave one or more spaces between each entry Format 1 user supplied name OR SELECT IF NAME user supplied name In case of duplicate names where only 1 name is wanted then use the following format and fill in the appropriate 01 record name where shown Using a GROUP name will NOT substitute for the 01 record name If further qualification is required then invoke Format 2 by adding an AND in the SELECT using START POSITION or other keyword to complete the selection with or without the OF 01 record name shown below SELECT IF NAME user supplied name OF 01 Format 2 SELECT IF keyword operator selection field OR selection field hives AND keyword operator selection field OR selection field Ts ims The following rules apply to this SELECT format The brackets and ellipses in the above format are not to be coded however ar
253. ineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank C 44 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files PICTURE and Literal File This file contains information on PICTURES VALUE literals and literals used in the Procedure Division To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCS in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use SOURCEZNO as a PROC Symbolic on the EXEC DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn off the SOU PARM option other report options must be on This is normally the default To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO02 2 The LRECL of the file is 104 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the record MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 45 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files INFOTYP3 01 CIE 3 PICTURE LITERAL INFO 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 C 46 CIE 3 SOURCE LINE NUMBER CIE 3 EXPANDED LINE NUMBER PIC 9 5 PIC 9 5 CIE 3 FIELD COLUMN NUMBER PIC 9 2 CIE 3 TYPE CHANGE IND 88 CIE 3 CHANGE PICTURE 88 CIE 3 CHANGE LITERAL 88 CIE 3 CHANGE RECORD 88 CIE 3 CHANGE BLOCK 8
254. ing shows the PARM field for indicating the printing of the Source Listing Report both with and without the prefix NO ahead of it SOURCE NOSOURCE When NO precedes the PARM field specified the option is turned off When the PARM option is specified without the NO prefix the option is turned on For both non keyword and keyword PARM fields the following information applies 1 Most of the PARM fields are of the non keyword type 2 Fornon keyword PARM fields and for the leftmost identifying field in a keyword PARM field the field may be abbreviated to the first 3 characters The following examples are provided LNC 60 SOU NOSOU 3 When the PARM option is not specified in the PARM field then an internally specified default is used This default is provided for every non keyword and for every keyboard option in this manual by the use of an underline Two examples are provided A 44 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility LNCNT nn LNCNT 60 SOURCE NOSOURCE The above two examples indicate that the default is to print 60 lines per page and that unless otherwise specified the Source Listing Report is to be printed 4 PARM fields must be separated by commas Also the entire PARM field should be enclosed by parentheses An example follows PARM SOU NOCALL NOCOPY LNCNT 58 LIT 5 PARM fields may be placed in any order within the parentheses T
255. ing the use of these control statements is listed below STEPI EXEC MBR OUTSET DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD COBOL IMBR USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR The above example will pull off all COBOL programs from the library specified by the DD name USERDD and pass them out to a sequential data set If members are wanted from more than one library then multiple DD names may be used An example is listed below STEP2 EXEC MBR OUTSET DD DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD COBOL INDD OTHERDD COBOL MBR USERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR IMBR OTHERDD DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY DISP SHR The use of the following words for selection is described here ALL COBOL COBRECS MEMBER PREFIX ALL COBRECS MEMBER COBOL COBRECS PREFIX PREFIX COBOL PREFIX ALL indicates that all members will be selected from the partitioned data set This option should not be used here Instead the options COBOL or COBRECS should be used An exception to this rule occurs when using the READPDS option in which case ALL may be used and COBOL and COBRECS may not be used COBOL indicates that all COBOL programs are to be pulled off of the partitioned data set If non COBOL programs are found then they are discarded COBRECS indicates that all COPY members which are 01 records or record groups beginning with a level number 02 48
256. inted out table exceeded message If no other error messages are shown contact MARBLE Computer Inc THE PARAGRAPH paragraph name USED HERE IS NOT FOUND WITHIN THE PROGRAM A matching paragraph name to the one used here is not found within the program Check for a missing name or a spelling error THE SECTION section name USED HERE IS NOT FOUND WITHIN THE PROGRAM A matching section name to the one used is not found within the program Check for a missing name or a spelling error A MATCH WAS NOT FOUND FOR PARAGRAPH NAME paragraph name A matching paragraph name to the one used here is not found within the program Check for a missing name or a spelling error EXCESSIVE DYNAMIC CALLS FOUND AT THIS LINE NUMBER REMAINING BYPASSED Over 3000 dynamic CALLs were found in one program Those over 3000 will be bypassed Determine why such an excessive number of dynamic CALLs were used in one program and attempt to reduce this number EXCESSIVE MATCHING LITERALS TO DYNAMIC CALLS FOUND THIS LINE NUMBER The number of VALUE and or MOVE literals matching to names used in dynamic CALLs exceeds 2000 Determine why excessive MOVEs of literal to dynamic CALLs was used in one program and attempt to reduce this number MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 25 DCD III Error Messages DCDHSB11 E Explanation User Action DCDIBCBI I Explanation User Action DCDIBMA0 E Explanation User Action DCDIF030 I Expl
257. ion is used all files on the data set referenced with the DDNAME of DCDREPDS must have been created with all the same PARM options which are used in this run using the READPDS option These work files did not have those options turned on and are being bypassed Ignore these messages or re create the DCDPDS files using the WRITPDS option along with the option shown in the message MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 31 DCD III Error Messages DCDV3A03 E Explanation User Action DCDVA020 D Explanation User Action DCDX1050 I Explanation User Action DCDX1A04 C Explanation User Action DCDXIFR0 C Explanation User Action DCDXIFS0 C Explanation User Action DCDX1QA0 W Explanation User Action DCDX2050 I Explanation User Action DCDYA030 I amp DCDYBO030 I amp DCDYC040 I amp DCDYEO030 I Explanation User Action DCDYG040 I Explanation User Action DCDYH050 I Explanation User Action DCDYH060 D Explanation User Action DCDYHDI7 W Explanation User Action E 32 WORK FILE FOR PROGRAM XXXXXXXX IS INCOMPLETE FOR OPTION XXX THIS OPTION IS BEING TURNED OFF See explanation for message DCDV3A02 I Multiple options for reports were used during this READPDS run and not all the options correspond to what was used during the WRITPDS run This option is being turned off Review process rethink and possibly re create DCDPDS file
258. ir unsorted order within each EXEC Using this option will sort the JCL report with PROC name as the primary first sort field See the JAPROC option When this option is used the report will be sorted on program name ahead of DDNAME DSNAME or DDNAMES their unsorted order within each EXEC If JAPROC is also used with this option the PROC name for the JAPROC option will be sorted first The program name for this JBPROGRAM option will be second followed by DDNAME or the unsorted DDNAME order PROC name and PROGRAM will not be shown normally if there are no DDNAMES that follow a PROC or PROGRAM name Using this JEXEC option will force out the PROC name and or PROGRAM name even if no DDNAMES are present Using this option with the DSN or DDN option will cause PROGRAM PRCC records with blank DDNAME and blank DSNAME to appear at the front of the report or scattered throughout the report depending on the use of the JAPROC and JBPROGRAM option Example using additional options DCDJCL RPTYPE DDNAME DSNAME JDSN JAP JEX Other options for either report type The other options that are available are number of lines per page LNCNT and SORT region size SORTREG The default for these are LNCNT 60 and SORTREG 600000 D 6 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Use of Control Statements for Selection of PROCs The first step in producing a JCL PROC Analysis R
259. is Reports Facility It is left up to the user to ensure that all members beginning with the prefix used are definitely JCL members and not something else e g COBOL programs COPY members Assembler programs If members are wanted from more than one library then multiple DDNAMEs may be used An example follows ISTEP2 EXEC DCDJCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD ALL INDD OTHERDD ALL MBR USERDD DD DSN USER JCL LIBRARY DISP SHR IMBR OTHERDD DD DSN USER JCL LIBRARY2 DISP SHR The use of the following words for selection is described here 1 ALL 2 MEMBER 3 PREFIX 1 ALL indicates that all members will be selected from the partitioned data set 2 MEMBER indicates that the user wants to make further selection with member name control cards These control statements immediately follow the control statement which contains the word MEMBER An example follows STEP3 EXEC DCDJCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD MEMBER MEMBERI MEMBER2 MEMBO03 MEMBERO4 MBR USERDD DD DSN USER PDS DISP SHR 3 PREFIX indicates that selection is to be done strictly on the basis of a 1 to 7 character prefix that follows the sign after the word PREFIX An example follows ISTEP4 EXEC DCDJCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD PREFIX TRR MBR USERDD DD DSN USER JCL PROC LIBRARY DISP SHR D 8 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility Further notes on the
260. is an informational message reminding the user that control cards are being used for the selection of Layout Reports None USING CONTROL CARDS FOR SELECTION BY RECORD SIZE FOR LAYOUTS This is an informational message reminding the user that control cards are being used for the selection of Layout Reports None DATA NAME IS GREATER THAN 30 CHARACTERS Programmer supplied names must be 30 characters or less in length Check the data name to make sure that it less than 30 characters MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 7 DCD III Error Messages DCD63A06 E Explanation User Action DCD63A07 E Explanation User Action DCD63AA1 E Explanation User Action DCD63A A2 E Explanation User Action DCD63AA3 E Explanation User Action DCD66003 D Explanation User Action DCD66A03 E Explanation User Action DCD66A04 E Explanation User Action DCD66A05 E Explanation User Action DCD66A06 E Explanation User Action DCD66A07 E Explanation User Action DCD66AB2 E Explanation User Action DCD66AB3 E Explanation User Action DCD6AB01 D Explanation User Action DCD6AC01 D Explanation User Action DCD6AD10 D Explanation E 8 UNIDENTIFIED FIELD AFTER DATA NAME record name Field in control statement after data name indicated is in error Check the control statement correct and re submit ONLY 750 CONTROL CARDS ALLOWED WITHIN FILE There ar
261. is now possible to access DCD work files for use in the re engineering of COBOL programs and systems This approach to Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE gives the Software Engineer a new dimension in the maintenance of COBOL systems 12 13 14 15 16 New Release Highlights Release 1 1 Continued April 1 1989 The source code of this new release maintained by MARBLE Computer Inc is top down structured and easier to maintain allowing us to better serve our customers when technical problems arise The error messages have been expanded and completely re organized A Call Report Form 15 now available for FA Xing technical problems and questions to MARBLE Computer Inc The CLIST Feature available on prior releases of DCD II is no longer supported Users wishing to maintain it on their own are welcome to do so The DCD III User s Manual has been completely re written IV New Release Highlights Release 1 2 April 1 1990 This is the second release of DCD III It contains in excess of 120 modifications for small discrepancies most reported by our users and the new enhancements listed below The System Record Analysis Report is now selectable by COPY member name as well as by record name The Data Analysis Report may now be limited by the control cards used for the System Record Analysis Report Further support of IBM s VS COBOL II Release 3 has been added as users begin to migrate to that compiler
262. ision into COBOL positions 73 80 on the Source Listing Report See Exhibit 1 in this section Use PARM option CA2 which is the same as CA1 except that it also by means of cut and paste moves CA Optimizer information for the Data Division into COBOL positions 73 80 on the Source Listing Report See both Exhibit 1 and Exhibit 2 in this section Use PARM option CA3 which will move the CA Optimizer displacement for the Procedure Division into print positions 128 133 The Data Division CA Optimizer printed information is left alone With release 2 1 or greater of DCD omit using CA Optimizer and let defaulted option PMO move OFFSETS from the compiler OFFSET map on the Procedure Division listing Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 3 CICS CICS is fully supported by DCD III Ideally the CICS program should be run through the CICS preprocessor before being brought into DCD III When using Compile Mode the program is run through the preprocessor before the compile step is done If the preprocessor step is done both CICS commands and the CALL statements generated by CICS are documented If the CICS program is not run through the preprocessor then generated CALL statements are not documented by DCD III 4 COBOL Aid COBOL Aid is a software package which like the CA Optimizer prints DMAP and PMAP information alongside the Source Listing Report When this package is
263. issing data names Expand COPY SUPPRESS statements Use SRESOLVE if COPY SUPPRESS statements are in the code for Compile Mode Use SRESOLVE in Independent Mode Indicates the SORT region size in bytes If encountering problems with SORT REGION increase this amount slightly as needed and ensure that the number in DCB BUFNO nn on DCD work files is kept to 5 or smaller REGION must be more than SORTREG Keep SORTREG under 1 000 000 Print or suppress the Source Listing Report While running in Compile Mode if NOSOURCE is specified the compiler source listing is printed Produce the Special Registers Report This option causes DCD III to immediately stop processing and issue a Condition Code of zero If used in Compile Mode the COBOL SYSPRINT file will be printed out A small amount of Initiator CPU time is invoked when this option is used Produce a report at the end of the Alternate Compile Listing showing all unused Olrecords See Heading Unused 01 Records and Unused Data Names Use option UNU to turn off all three unused reports U01 UDN UPARAS Produce a report at the end of the Alternate Compile Listing showing all unused data names See Heading Unused 01 Records and Unused Data Names Use option UNU to turn off all three unused reports U01 UDN UPARAS This report will be turned off if there are no data names or if NOIREF is specified Produce a report at the end of the Alternate Compile Listing showing all
264. le Listing Facility when the source code resides on Librarian or Panvalet files respectively and the user is not using the Compile Mode See next paragraph for Compile Mode See Other Features Supported for Librarian and Panvalet support The third PROC COMACL is made available for running the Alternate Compile Listing Facility in conjunction with and following the COBOL compile step The advantage to using this PROC in conjunction with the COBOL compile step is that one listing is returned to the COBOL programmer See Compile Mode Considerations for Compile Mode Support The last PROC DCDACL is made available for running the Alternate Compile Listing Facility when not using one of the above methods The COBOL source program is provided to the PROC by means of a COBOLIN DD If COPY members are present within the program and a COPYLIB DD is not already provided within the DCDACL PROC a COPYLIB DD must be provided to point to the appropriate PDS containing COPY members This must be the same PDS s provided within the SYSLIB DD card within the PROC used to compile the programs Symbolic parameters may be added to the PROC to override already established defaults See Specifying PARM Options for a list of the symbolic parameters and their uses The following example is provided ISTEP1 EXEC DCDACL UNREF NO DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER PROGRAM LIB PROG301 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIB DISP SHR More examples are pr
265. le starting on the second or third page If the PRINT DD is somehow omitted then the following messages will occur on the SYSOUT file DDNAME PRINT MISSING DDNAME PRINT MISSING MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company E 3 DCD III Error Messages DCD III messages are listed on the following pages in alphanumeric sequence of the 10 character codes associated with each error message with numbers sorting ahead of letters If you should encounter error messages in your DCD III run that are not self explanatory or require further explanation look the message up and follow any comments that are given for that particular error message The Error messages listed below are major errors that are not listed on the following pages and are unlikely to occur Should you receive one of these errors we request that you contact Marble Computer Inc for further assistance should re running or correcting any JCL errors not immediately correct the problem or remove the error DCDA4022 D DCDGJD01 E DCDJPW03 D DCDMCB09 D DCDNHB 12 E DCDCCO005 E DCDGJF02 D DCDJPAAI D DCDMCC02 D DCDNHKOI D DCDCCC02 E DCDGJH07 E DCDKBR10 E DCDMCFO02 D DCDNL004 D DCDCCGO03 E DCDGJH17 E DCDKBR30 E DCDME030 D DCDPBO050 D DCDEAO030 D DCDGKAO02 D DCDKBY40 D DCDMGC02 D DCDPEY70 D DCDEACO4 E DCDGKC01 E DCDKBY50 D DCDMGM85 E DCDPEY80 D DCDEAE01 E DCDGKD01 E DCDKM020 D DCDMGM86 E DCDPNU20 D DCDEB030 D DCDGP040 D DCDKW040 D DCDMGM95 E DCDPNU21 D
266. level BYPASSING The 77 level number at the compiler number shown is not followed by a data name Check the line and make corrections as necessary 77 FOUND IN MARGIN B ACCEPTED The 77 level number found at the compiler number shown is in margin B It should be to the left of margin B Move the level number to the left of margin B or check the line and make corrections as necessary NO PERIOD PRECEDING 88 LEVEL NUMBER level ACCEPTING The 88 level number at the compiler number shown is not preceded by a period Check the line preceding the level number for a missing period and correct DATA NAME DOES NOT FOLLOW 88 LEVEL NUMBER level BYPASSING The 88 level number at the compiler number shown is not followed by a data name Check the line and make corrections as necessary 88 FOUND IN MARGIN A ACCEPTED The 88 level number found at the compiler number shown is in margin A It should be to the right of margin A Move the level number to margin B or check the line and make corrections as necessary VALUE CLAUSE MISSING IN 88 LEVEL BYPASSING The 88 level number and clause at the compiler number shown must contain the word VALUE Check the line and make corrections as necessary CANNOT FIND LITERAL AFTER VALUE BYPASSING The 88 level number and clause at the compiler number shown must contain a literal following the word VALUE Check the line and make corrections as necessary PROBLEM IN RESOLVING OCCURS AT COM
267. libraries needed by the compile and fill in valid DSNAMEs If CA Optimizer and or Linkage Editor steps are wanted add JCL for these at the end of the skeleton provided they are not already included in other invoked PROCs The JCL added may invoke other PROCs provided that DCD is not invoked from these additional PROCS Modifying Panel DZ3A0455 Make the following modifications to panel DZ3A0455 after all necessary skeletons have been built F 20 Add change and delete the current four lines beginning 1 2 3 and 4 so that there is one line for every skeleton built The numbers 1 2 3 4 5 etc match the last number of the skeletons built For instance 1 matches to skeleton DZ3COMO1 Insert appropriate documentation describing the COMPILE PROC next to each numbered line Modify the VER line next to the bottom line to remove those numbers from 0 through 9 that do not match those lines added above MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Testing DCD ISPF Panels Prior to Permanent Installation Concatenate the five PDSs into a copy of the TSO LOGON USER PROC Re log using the newly created PROC Go into Dialog Test and invoke the DCD panels using the name DZ3DCD With all the numerous options control statements and features that could be tested a full test of all features is impractical Therefore each installer should satisfy himself herself that the panels are working after
268. library where the DCD III Panvalet or Librarian modules reside Continued on next page MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 11 2 3 4 5 DCD III Installation Guide If known COPY member libraries are used in your shop insert COPYLIB DDs where noted to point to these COPY libraries These should match to what is used in the SYSLIB step of your installations COBOL compile PROCs If SYSI SORTLIB is not the standard library for sort routines in your shop modify as appropriate Modify the CONTROL DD line to the appropriate CONTROL data set see the Installation Addendum and see Step 3 Creating a Control Record At the beginning of each PROC make appropriate changes to symbolic parameters that are present on the last six to eight lines The symbolic parameters before this point should generally be left as they are The following symbolic parameters in all PROCS affect DCD III resource utilization SYMBOLIC DEFAULT MINIMUM MEANING REG varies varies REGION SIZE BUF 5 2 DCB BUFNO SORTREG 600000 600000 SORT REGION Decreasing these values increases run time while decreasing PAGE and or storage requirements Do not increase SORTREG above 1 000 000 and do not increase BUF above 9 For installations concerned about storage resources the minimum REGION required to generate DCD III reports is 3684K for the Alternate Compile Listing Facility and 5632K for all other DCD III reports I
269. llocation are substantial The narrative documentation printed alongside the Data Division on the Source Listing has the most significant change of this new release In prior releases of DCD II this narrative was in English The new narrative is now in COBOL making de bugging of the source code much faster Further the narrative is more concise For example what used to be lumped together under the phrase LOGIC OPERATOR will now print in one of these formats IF lt 01 885 IF 4 S NEXT NARRATIVE CODE 2309 909 IF NOT gt 25 892 IF NOT 664 IF IS NUMERIC 871 879 IF WS MAX PD DIGITS 2322 gt 1005 PERFORM UNTIL 0 951 974 1013 or in another more appropriate format The narrative now relates directly to the exact Procedure Division Statement The amount of paper produced by DCD III has been substantially reduced The DCD III Source Listing and Data and Procedure Division Cross Reference Reports combined are now about the same size as a compiler listing with the same reports Prior to this release the DCD II listing was twice the size of the compiler listing II 10 11 New Release Highlights Release 1 1 Continued April 1 1989 The Data Division and the Procedure Division Cross Reference Reports are now condensed rather than expanded The result is a 7096 savings in paper over a compiler cross reference and a 90 savings in paper over the old DCD II Expanded Cross Reference
270. lved during the compile step However the COPYLIB DD should always be provided for resolving COPY members where the SUPPRESS clause has been used Also the SRESOLVE PARM option should be used to indicate that DCD III should resolve these members If SRESOLVE is not used then a COPYLIB DD is not necessary However in doing this the documentation will be incomplete for references made to those fields within the suppressed COPY statement A 8 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Running the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Step Continued In the DCD III step when reading the SYSPRINT file in and pulling off the COBOL source program from it DCD III must also determine when EJECTs are present within the source program so that the EJECTs are present within the Source Listing Report produced by DCD III To consistently do this and not inadvertently miss any DCD III needs to know the compiler line count used within the compile step Sometimes DCD III can pick this up from the compiler listing provided the compiler statistics are printed before the COBOL source is printed To ensure accurate finding of all EJECTs use the COMLCNT symbolic to enter the compiler line count used within the compile step Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 9 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Other Features Supported This heading provides a list
271. m PROG B which in turn calls PROG C where PROG C contains an ENTRY PROG B then the CALL PROG B within PROG A and the ENTRY PROG B within PROG C provides all the information to complete the CALL from PROG A to PROG C even though Assembler program PROG B could not be processed by DCD In cases where the ENTRY verb is not used i e the entry is done via PROCEDURE DIVISION USING within the sub program and the calling program is missing or cannot be processed by DCD III because it is non COBOL then ADD control statements must be used to complete the Hierarchy Report i e ADD PROG B CALLS PROG C MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 27 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis Two types of control statements are available for Tracing amp Analysis The first type is SELECTion control statements and these are mandatory to state which fields are to be selected for the report The second type is BYPASSing and is optional and may be used to break a trace invoked by tracing option YAP This report is applicable to any maintenance work done in COBOL for the purpose of tracing how any one data field is used in a COBOL program There is a limit of one program at a time for this report Extra programs will be ignored SELECT Control Statements The DD name of the control file for SELECT statements is SELECT There is a limit of 250 SELECTs which may be used
272. m where this data field is in the program The syntax of every Procedure Division statement is broken into one or more groupings where one or two data names are directly involved This field represents the first data name or literal For example MOVE A TO B Note Literals are truncated to 28 characters This field will be blank or will contain the second data name Do not use This field has information from CICS DL1 or SQL statements A three digit code indicating the COBOL verb used in the Procedure Division that caused this record to be generated See the Table of Verb Codes This code while using different letters is similar to the Set Used Tested indicators used in the System Record Analysis Report indicates the field was modified U indicates the field is used to modify another field indicates a comparison 5 indicates a subscript and indicates an INDEX This code is filled in for many comparisons to indicate the type of comparison Do not use Used to indicate the presence of CORRESPONDING MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files 14 CIE 6 DATA 1 ACTUAL EXP NBR These represent the actual line number and through column number where data names 1 and 2 CIE 6 DATA 2 ACTUAL COL NBR reside in the source code 15 CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 2 Individual flags which indicate how the verb was coded i
273. m field The first three characters of the PARM field matches with a valid PARM option however the remaining characters do not match Check to be sure the PARM option used was the one intended Correct the PARM field for later runs PARM OPTION parm field NOT FOLLOWED BY 2 AND VALUE The PARM field displayed is a keyword type option which requires both an sign and value after the character Either the character is missing or the value after the character is miscoded or missing Ensure that the fully coded PARM field contains the character and a valid value It may also help to ensure that the entire keyword and value are enclosed in single apostrophes PROBLEM WITH CLN USING CLN 60 The value found after CLN was not numeric or was numerically greater than 999 Correct by using a valid number For this run a default of 60 is used PROBLEM WITH LNC USING LNC 60 The value found after LNC was not numeric or was numerically greater than 999 Correct by using a valid number For this run a default of 60 is used PROBLEM WITH SOR USING SOR 150000 The value found after SOR was not numeric or was 10 million or greater Use a valid number for SORT region Make sure the overall REGION is 3072 to 4096K larger than the SORT region PROBLEM WITH TAC USING TAC 025 The value found after TAC was not numeric or was numerically greater than 999 Correct by using a valid number For this run default of 025 is used
274. mat Column 1 asterisk Columns 2 through 72 Documentation for the user Within each set of control statements records must be selected which make up that set Selecting records requires specifying both program name and record name Each control statement has two fields program id and record name This control statement uses the following format Starting in column 1 Program id followed by at least one space In next available column Record Name The field for program id must contain either a name which matches to a COBOL program id from an Identification Division or the constant ALL If ALL is used the record that follows will be pulled for selection from all programs that were entered The field for record name must contain either a record name which matches to 01 record name within the COBOL program or it must be a numeric number for matching to the length of one or more records within a COBOL program Also See Selecting by COPY Name Note When a number is used it may be followed by a second number to form a selection range For example the control statement ALL 1 7500 without the enclosing parentheses may be used to select all records with an overall record length not greater than 7500 bytes While the SRA report produced using this range may not be very meaningful the Data Dictionary file produced may be used for several purposes such as loading data dictionaries or repositories An exampl
275. member fetcher Compressing the PDS before using the data set will eliminate the possibility of pulling in older unwanted members from the PDS Multiple control statements may be used for any of the above formats To prevent obtaining duplicate members do not mix formats in the same run Use of Control Statements for Excluding DDNAMEs MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company D 9 DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility When using the DCDJCL PROC to produce a report on a PROC or other JCL which contains DD statements it is possible to exclude DDNAMES from the report that do not necessarily add to the value of the report In some cases just add paper and distract from the value of the report e g DDNAMEs like SYSOUT SYSPRINT and SORTLIB To invoke this feature add a DDNAME with the name of EXCLUDE at the end of the JCL and add the DDNAMEs that are to be excluded as shown in the example below STEP1 EXEC DCDJCL RPTYPE JCL IMBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD JCLDD ALL MBR JCLDD DD DSN USER JCLPROC LIBRARY DISP SHR IJCLRPT EXCLUDE DD SYSUDUMP SYSOUT SYSPRINT SORTLIB JOBCAT STEPCAT D 10 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility JCL Examples The following example is provided for producing the JCL PROC Analysis Reports Example 1 ISTEP EXEC DCDJCL RPTYPE DDN MBR CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD MEMBER JCLPROCI PR
276. mmands to be built by DCD III for use within Librarian to bring in programs Notes on panel DZ3Z0806 1 Most installations set up compile PROCS calling DCD separate and exclusive from the SPF panels here Additional effort may be used here to allow not block out COMPILE mode within DCD SPF panels However it may be appropriate to initially block out COMPILE mode from SPF panels and add later if specifically requested by users 2 Librarian and Panvalet should be allowed or blocked out depending on their use within your shop If they are used at your installation they should be allowed here DZ3A0455 Continued F 16 If COMPILE mode is allowed within SPF panels this panel needs to be modified to allow selection of needed skeletons for COMPILE mode This panel if allowed should be modified later following the instructions given under the heading Setting up Skeletons for Compile Mode MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DZ3CNTRL DZ3STEP DZ3LSTEP DZ3PSTEP DZ3SORT DCDCASEC DCDJOB Continued DCD III Installation Guide Skeletons Modify this skeleton to point to the DSNAME which contains the control password for running this software See Step 3 Creating a Control Record and Installation Addendum for determining the name of this DSNAME Modify this skeleton to point to the DSNAME which contains the load modules of the DCD III system This file was l
277. mp OTHER 7i SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT INSERT STEPLIB HERE IF NECESSARY COBOLIN DD DSN amp amp TEMP DISP OLD DELETE CLEANUP DD DUMMY DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 CONTROL DD DSN USER PDS DCDCNTRL DISP SHR INSERT COPYLIB HERE IF NECESSARY IDCDWkKO1 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DODWK02 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DEODWK03 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DOCDWK04 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF IDCDWKO0S DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF IDCDWK06 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DOCDWK07 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF DCDWkK08 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE CYL 2 2 DCB BUFNO amp BUF PRINT DD SYSOUT amp PRINT DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTLIB DD DSN SYS1 SORTLIB DISP SHR SORTMESS DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 133 SORTWKO1 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK02 DD UNIT amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SORTWK03 DD UNITZ amp WORK SPACE TRK 100 CONTIG SYSOUT DD DUMMY DCB BLKSIZE 121 cuoc CS aS Exhibit 5 Librarian Independent Mode PROC LIBACL A 28 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility IPANACL PROC SOURCE PROCUCE SOURCE REPORT 7i CALL PRODUCE CALL REPORT COPY PRODUCE COPY REPORT Il
278. mple follows COPY PAYCOPY REPLACING PAYROLL where the COPY member contains entries similar to 01 TAG 05 TAG WEEKPIC X 02 05 TAG DAYPIC X 02 4 DATA DIVISION literals are now omitted in LITERALS report of the UCLF listing This will shorten the UCLF listing saving paper An option is present to allow a user to re include them Documentation is included at the top of the UCLF listing explaining the change 5 One enhancement and one correction are made in the handling of the SPF option for COBOL 370 za correction now insures an initial default when SPF brings up that panel COBOL 370 option now includes the new COBOL FOR MVS AND VM compiler 6 A new password is provided It must be used to conform with modification 1 above XIII New Release Highlights Release 2 3 April 1 1998 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III 1 The newest IBM compiler IBM COBOL for OS 390 and 2 1 0 is supported with this release of DCD III If you install this newest COBOL compiler and immediately experience problems with the COMPILE mode of DCD III installing this new release will eliminate this problem 2 Two changes been made to DCD narrative as follows a Always in Upper Case DCD III s narrative is now in lower case unless changed back through a DCD option b The use of REFERENCE MODIFICATION in the COBOL
279. n lines that contain a paragraph or section 1 lines 1033 1036 1042 and 1044 The format of this report like the Data Division report has four characters to provide additional information as follows 1 For paragraph names these four characters are blank 27 For section names these four characters contain the letters SECT Like the previous report it is recommended that this report be used over the compiler procedure name report for the same reasons given there among them a 70 savings in paper The following sequence is used for this report 1 Paragraph section name 2 Sequence number of the procedure name See Exhibit 15 for an example of this report A 42 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 01 01 2001 15 26 PROCEDURE DIVISION CONDENSED CROSS REFERENCE FOR DCDLOGIC PAGE 29 0470 003 BUILD ASSIGN NAMES 0640 A300 GO TO DEPENDING 0930 B140 TEST FOR NUM 1 FLOAT 0494 010 REBUILD PDNARTBL COPY E 0666 A399 EXIT 0953 B150 TEST FOR NUM 2 FLOAT 0504 020 SORT DATA NAMES 0668 400 0976 B170 MOVE IN NARRATIVE 0514 090 GOBACK 0714 A499 EXIT 0983 B180 WRITE NARR RECORD SECT 0517 A BUILD WORK RECORDS 5 0717 500 E 0987 B1980 RETURN NEXT RECD 0518 A 010 OPEN PARA FILE 2 E 0775 A599 EXIT 0999 B199 EXIT 0522 A020 READ FIRST RECORD 0778 A600 CANCEL PROGRAM 003 B200 FLOAT IN NEXT NUMB 0528 A030 BUI
280. n off TRACING option to get run to continue to end then examine to see how SELECTs can be limited RFP TABLE NBR ENTRIES EXCEEDED SELECT LESS ENTRIES OR CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER An internal SELECT table for Tracing amp Analysis was exceeded Use less SELECTS in an attempt to have program run NO DIRECT SELECTED NAMES WERE FOUND TRACING FOR PROGRAM progname NOT DONE An option was on indicating that TRACING should be done however no names were selected Specify one or more names for SELECTION with SELECT statements BYPASS TABLE EXCEEDED USE 1000 OR LESS BYPASS COMMANDS Over 1000 BYPASS table entries were found Correct the number of BYPASS control statements to limit it to 1000 entries BYPASS TABLE EXCEEDED USE 1000 OR LESS BYPASS COMMANDS The number of BYPASS control statements must be limited to 1000 Reduce the number of BYPASS control statements RANGE REQUIRES nnnnn nnnnn AND FOUND RANGE XXXXXXXXXXXX The RANGE control statement used is invalid Insure the RANGE NNNNN NNNNN format is used and resubmit Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDPBG03 E Explanation User Action DCDPBG04 E Explanation User Action DCDPEY30 D Explanation User Action DCDPEY40 D Explanation User Action DCDPEY60 E amp DCDPEY90 E Explanation User Action DCDPF040 D Explanation User Action DCDPF055 D Explanation User Action DCDPFC02 E Explanation User Ac
281. n or Panvalet are used refer to Examples 2 and 3 under the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section and at Examples 1 and 2 under the Other COBOL Reports Facility section in this manual for suggested JCL to test these PROCs Look for a COND CODE of 0000 from the DCD step See Example 4 under the Tracing amp Analysis and Other COBOL Reports Facility section for suggested JCL to test the MBRFETCH PROC MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide Step 5 Installing and Testing ISPF Panels General Notes Naming conventions l All DCD III ISPF panels begin with the letters DZ3 Several user PROFILE names are built and kept after execution of DCD III ISPF panels Each of these profile names begin with the letters DZ3 followed by the letter A B C D H J or 1 3 The CLIST member DZ3DCD1 assigns an application id of DCD to these names Variable Blocked CLIST file The CLIST file copied from the cartridge in step 4 of the JCL shown on page F 8 is a variable blocked file If CLISTs are fixed block at your installation then a new CLIST file should be allocated and catalogued as fixed block and the file loaded from the cartridge should be copied to this new file The variable blocks CLIST file should be deleted Modifying members on three of the files Before these members can be used changes need to be made to some CLIST Panels and JCL members These changes are covered in the
282. n the associated Procedure Division statement then the compiler or DCDIIT sequence number of that data name is given following an character For example 05 WS NEXT COLUMN PIC S9 4 COMP VALUE ZERO gt If WS MAX COLUMN 321 1005 If the same Procedure Division statement is used more than once then multiply sequence numbers are provided For example 05 WS NUMBER TIMES PIC 59 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO gt Move WS MAX PD DIGITS 322 to 939 962 1017 In some instances only a part of the Procedure Division statement is provided For example 05 WS NUMBER TIMES 59 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO gt Perform Until ZERO 951 974 1031 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 31 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Most instances however have the entire COBOL statement from the Procedure Division shown For example 05 WS NUMBER TIMES PIC S9 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO gt Subtract 1from 1040 In many cases where the Procedure Division statements are similar but relate to different operands the narrative will not reprint the left most part of the Procedure Division statement that is unchanged between the similar statements For example 05 WS MAX PD DIGITS PIC S9 3 COMP 3 VALUE 5 gt If 3 942 965 1022 1050 4 945 968 1025 1064 Move 03 to 497 04 to 501 When no narrative appears along side a Data Division name this indicates that the data name is unreferenced When
283. n this section 1 LIBCOBOL 2 PANCOBOL 3 DCDCOBOL LIBCOBOL amp PANCOBOL The first and second PROC may be used when the COBOL source code resides on Librarian or Panvalet files respectively DCDCOBOL The third PROC is to be used when the COBOL source code resides as member or members on a partitioned data set PDS or other non Librarian or non Panvalet file An example is given here using the DCDCOBOL PROC STEPI EXEC DCDCOBOL COPY DATA PARA COBOLIN DD DSN USER COBOL LIB PROGO1 DISP SHR DD DSN USER COBOL LIB PROG02 DISP SHR COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIB DISP SHR The COBOL source code is brought in through the COBOLIN DD statement Note that two programs were brought in A different way of bringing in COBOL programs is through the member fetcher procedure MBRFETCH which is explained below COPY members are resolved by pointing the COPYLIB DD statement to the PDS s that contain the COPY members The PDS s specified here should be the same PDS s specified in the SYSLIB DD in your installation s COBOL compile PROC Symbolic parameters are used to specify options such as specifying the reports desired MBRFETCH A fourth PROC is available for bringing in multiple programs at once from partitioned data sets This PROC is 4 MBRFETCH When this PROC is used the DCDCOBOL PROC is also used and follows the MBRFETCH PROC B 6 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysi
284. narrative is present Indirect References will also be shown for procedure division Activity that is present for redefined fields of this field and other group field and any field that has overlapping field positions of this field See bolded line just below SQ NBR 1 6 PROGRAM ID DCDLOGIC 01 01 01 14 56 PAGE 09 73 80 REFERS TO DATA NAME AT THIS SQ NBR 320 014000 05 WS NEXT COLUMN PIC S9 4 COMP VALUE ZERO gt Add 1 to 1019 If gt WS MAX COLUMN 321 1005 Move 02 to 1008 Set to W34 INDEX 276 1041 Set W34 INDEX 276 TO 1020 Indirectly Changed 318 321 014100 05 WS MAX COLUMN PIC S9 4 COMP VALUE 34 gt If WS NEXT COLUMN 320 gt 1005 If WS MAX PD DIGITS 322 gt 1007 Move 34 to 893 Indirectly Changed 318 322 014200 05 WS MAX PD DIGITS 89 3 COMP 3 VALUE 5 If 3 942 965 1022 1050 4 945 968 1025 1064 gt If gt WS MAX COLUMN 321 1007 Move to WS NUMBER TIMES 9324 939 962 1017 Indirectly Changed 318 323 014300 05 WS NARR CODE INC PIC S9 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO gt Compute S WORK NARRATIVE CODE 299 682 694 705 Move 03 to 674 06 to 678 ZERO to 670 Indirectly Changed 318 324 014400 05 WS NUMBER TIMES PIC S9 3 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO gt Move WS MAX PD DIGITS 322 to 939 962 1017 Perform Until ZERO 951 974 1031 Subtract 1 from 1040 Indirectly Changed 318 325 014500 05 WS RECORDS TO SORT PIC S9 9 COMP VALUE ZER
285. nded then it is recommended that this logic be well documented as to why If it was not intended there is the possibility of an existing PERFORM Error and the code should be looked at closely If the user is unsure whether or not a fall through may exist within the logic one suggestion is to test for it by adding an additional un referenced paragraph with a single DISPLAY just ahead of the paragraph or section that shows as being un referenced If the DISPLAY is invoked during any test or production running of the program then that is proof that a fall through exists and the user is cautioned to look more seriously at why this exists If a fall through does not exist then the paragraph or section with all code may be removed A 52 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Release 3 6 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Facility MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 1 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports B 2 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Facility TABLE OF CONTENTS Use of This Section List or Exhibits uuu tr stre pr EE Rd B 4 Choice of DCD III Reports including Tracing amp Analysis B 5 Choice of DED IE PROCS leitete
286. new release of DCD III 1 Indirect References for all data fields have been added in the main source code report of the Alternate Compile Listing Previous releases have shown narrative for each field that is directly related to The data field by a direct PROCEDURE DIVISION statement Indirect references to this data field via PROCEDURE DIVISION statements to REDEFINES group fields or other fields with overlapping fields were ignored and left for the customer to search out on their own In this release Indirect references are now documented on the Alternate Compile Listing for most fields and on a separate report for large group fields with so many references as to make it not practical to report in the main report If the indirect references are moved to the separate report documentation on the main report will state that this is being done The indirect references will be shown immediately after all direct reference Narrative is complete A sample of both direct and indirect together is shown Below with the Indirect references in bold font Move TR CUST ACCT 722 to 1356 1482 1941 If SR CUST ACCT 2 569 1275 1518 Indirectly Changed 895 914 Tested 892 914 Used 2892 895 917 By design when there is no direct narrative for a field then indirect references will not be reported unless a special DCD option is invoked Activity for 88 level Condition names will be shown with the data field that the 88 level
287. next two headings 1 Modifying necessary CLISTs Panels and JCL Skeletons 2 Setting up Skeletons for Compile Mode MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 15 DCD Installation Guide Modifying CLISTs Panels and JCL Skeletons The following members need to be modified during installation DZ3DCDI DZ3HCl100 DZ3Z20801 DZ3Z20806 CLISTs Modify the five file names within the five LIBDEF statements to the permanent data set names DSNAMEs loaded from files 4 through 8 from the installation cartridge Panels Replace xxx within this panel with the name of the file DSNAME loaded from file 3 from install cartridge This DSNAME should reflect the final file which will contain 11 CASE COPY members See Addendum 1 in this section and see CASEMBRS within DCD III JCL Procedure Library there Insert within the single apostrophes within the INIT section of this panel one or more production COPY libraries that should always be searched when looking for COPY libraries Look at the SYSLIB DDNAME within standard compile procs for a list of these DSNAMES These DSNAMEs may be changed and added to by the programmer while using the SPF panels Change the literal from Y to N within the INIT section of this panel as necessary to block out COMPILE PANVALET and LIBRARIAN respectively If LIBZ Y consider also to block out the use of SEL commands and only allow EXTRACT co
288. nformation File C 16 4 COPY Member for the Basic Paragraph Information File C 24 COPY Member for the Paragraph Range Information File C 28 6 COPY Member for the Transfer of Control Narrative C 31 T COPY Member for Procedure Division References to the Data Division C 34 8 COPY Member for Procedure Division Narrative for Each Data Field C 37 9 COPY Member for the Expanded Procedure Division Narrative C 39 10 COPY Member for the Data Dictionary Interface File sese C 42 11 COPY Member for the PICTURE and Literal File eene C 46 4 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Rules and Restrictions When Producing CASE Files These work files are available by using DCD III following the instructions given in one of two earlier sections and by following the additional instructions given here The earlier sections are 1 Alternate Compile Listing Facility 2 Other COBOL Reports Facility When creating these files a DCD III report or reports must be run from one of the two previously mentioned sections using the instructions given there Additionally other instructions and certain restrictions are list
289. ng of EVALUATE WHEN statements Document data name references within the parentheses of reference modification Support is now provided for Release 3 of the CA Optimizer Within the CASE and Data Dictionary files e The COPY members of the CASE DATA DIVISION records are now included on the installation tape e Additions to verbs handled are included within the documentation In the Data Dictionary File multiple programs may now be processed at one time An option is now available to distinguish between COBOL 68 and COBOL 74 VI New Release Highlights Release 1 4 April 1 1992 The following enhancements have been added to the new release of DCD III l A new report The CALL Hierarchy Report has been added with static and dynamic calls handled Control statements allow deleting common calls and adding non COBOL programs that call other COBOL programs for keeping the report complete 25 The JCL Analysis Report formerly two sequences DDNAME and DSNAME now has an additional sequence added for listing formatted DDNAMEs and DSNAMES in the same order as they are in the JCL Primary sorts on PROC name and program name are now allowed Programs with no ddnames may now be listed DDNAMES which have DATA DUMMY DDNAME SYSOUT or may now optionally be excluded 3 A new JCL Report is now available for reporting JOB names and PROC names from JOBLIB members 4 A new option EIB will invoke the CICS copy member DHFEIBLK i
290. ng the processing of cards from the BASIS DD file None EMPTY FILE FOUND FOR COBOL PROGRAM COBOL file exists but contains no records Check to ensure COBOL file contains records DDNAME BASIS MISSING AND IS REQUIRED WHEN PARM OPTION BASIS IS USED In the JCL the BASIS DD card is missing Check JCL to ensure the BASIS DD card exists and is correctly placed or remove BASIS as a PARM option NO COBOL INPUT FOUND ON DDNAME COBOLIN COBOL file exists used with BASIS option but contains no records Check to ensure COBOL file contains records NO BASIS INPUT FOUND ON DDNAME BASIS BASIS DD card was found but no records associated with that DD were found Check to ensure that the BASIS DD cards are present formatted correctly and follow the BASIS DD FIRST CARD IN THE BASIS DD IS NOT BASIS The first card found where the BASIS card should appear is not a BASIS card Check to ensure the BASIS card is correctly placed BASIS program name PROGRAM NOT FOUND ON COBOLIN INPUT FILE The program name given in the BASIS DD card does not match the program found on the COBOLIN file Check the BASIS DD card and ensure the program name is correct and matches the program pointed to by the COBOLIN file CARD FOLLOWING BASIS NOT INSERT OR DELETE The first card following the BASIS DD card was not an INSERT card or a DELETE card It must be one of these Check to ensure that the INSERT DELETE cards following the BASIS DD card are correc
291. nto the program for CICS programs that have not been run through the CICS pre compiler 5 The DATA Analysis Report has been enhanced as follows e Option 088 lists all values when multiple values are used within one 88 entry e Options DAI to DA5 and DAL NODAL allow for sorting data names after omitting leading numeric digits This allows similar data names to be reported together 6 The LAYOUT report has been enhanced as follows Headings have been modified for both the LAYOUTS and the Table of Contents for LAYOUTS e The page number has been moved from the bottom to the top of the report e When the LOR option is used a SECTION is removed from the report b Sequence numbers are removed from the report Member name is put on the Layout Report when the Member Fetcher Proc is used e A date has been added to the report VII New Release Highlights Release 1 4 Continued April 1 1992 The support of our compile mode has two changes e Support has been added for our handling of a change in the formatting of the CA Optimizer e Support has been added for our handling of a change in the format of the Release 3 VS COBOL II COBOL compiler Two items of support were added for VS COBOL II DAY OF WEEK was added as a SPECIAL REGISTER e The use of no data name at the group level is now handled VIII IX New Release Highlights Release 1 5 April 1 1993 ISPF Panels are now available for the execution of DCD III
292. o the file name found in the READ statement at the compiler number shown Check spelling and if necessary check the Environment and Data Divisions for a valid FD or SD to match the name used NO MATCHING FILE NAME FOR filename MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages Explanation User Action DCDEH03D C Explanation User Action DCDEH04A C Explanation User Action DCDEH04B C Explanation User Action DCDEH05A C Explanation User Action DCDEH06A E Explanation User Action DCDEHO06B E Explanation User Action DCDEH07A E Explanation User Action DCDEHO07B E Explanation User Action DCDEH08A E Explanation User Action DCDEHO8B E Explanation User Action DCDEH09A E Explanation User Action DCDEHO09B E Explanation User Action DCDEHI10A E Explanation User Action E 16 The file name found after the READ statement at the compiler number shown does not match to a FD file name within the Data Division Check the file name and correct to match a file name in the Environment and Data Divisions INTO IDENTIFIER 1 IDENTIFIER 1 NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The record name following the word INTO in a READ statement is not alphanumeric at the compiler number shown Check the record name and correct as necessary NAME FOLLOWING WRITE IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The record name following the verb WRITE is not
293. oaded from the first file on the install tape If Librarian mode is allowed and a STEPLIB is required for LIBRARIAN modify this skeleton to point to the DSNAME needed to invoke LIBRARIAN and delete the CM and blanks ahead of STEPLIB If Panvalet mode is allowed and a STEPLIB is required for PANVALET modify this skeleton to point to the DSNAME needed to invoke PANVALET and delete the CM and blanks ahead of STEPLIB If DDNAMEs SORTMESS and SORTLIB are required to be included within the JCL for sort programs at your installations include these within this skeleton by deleting the CM and blanks ahead of SORTMESS and SORTLIB and verify the accuracy of the DDs provided Modify this panel to reflect a correct DSNAME within the SYSUTI DDNAME Replace xxx with the name of the 3rd file loaded from the DCD III install cartridge This must be the same file name inserted in panel DZ3HC100 mentioned earlier in this heading This DSN may not be changed by the user Proper testing using this DSN is essential Testing of this DSN is covered under the heading Testing DCD ISPF Panels Prior to Permanent Installation ADD needed JOBLIB PROCLIB or other leading JOB JCL where noted in this skeleton See standard JCL used at your installation for these lines The JCL added here should be the same JCL needed for all JOBs at your installation Optionally these JOBLIB PROCLIB or other JCL may instead be added individually after the IM DCDJOB
294. of support for those other features both inside and outside of the standard support for the COBOL compiler that the user may have need for Those features supported by DCD III are SON QOL c ONU Bue Goi Not 10 11 12 1 BASIS BASIS CA Optimizer CICS COBOL Aid COBOL 68 and earlier COBOL 74 COBOL 85 COBOL 370 COBOL for MVS amp VM COBOL 390 amp Enterprise COBOL DB2 SQL DLI Librarian Panvalet BASIS is an IBM Extension which is a library system for making changes to a COBOL program which is for the most part infrequently used If this feature is used in the Compile Mode of DCD III nothing needs to be done within DCD III When using the DCDACL PROC not Compile Mode an additional DD line with the name BASIS will need to be used to input the BASIS lines The rules that apply for the COBOL compiler when using BASIS apply to DCD IIL 2 CA Optimizer The CA Optimizer is commercial software package widely used Information from the DMAP and PMAP of the compiler is put alongside the Source Listing Report in the same area that DCD III narrative is put To accommodate this situation in DCD III within Compile Mode several options are available They are a b d e Run in Independent Mode Do not use Compile Mode Use Compile Mode with no special options and all DCD III narrative will be dropped down one line Use PARM option CAI which will move the CA Optimizer displacement for the Procedure Div
295. of the other field This is a warning only however the user may want to analysis why this is happening FIELD AT CMPLR NBR IS NOT EXACT SIZE AS FIELD AT CMPLR nnnnn During Tracing and Analysis that follows data fields from one field to another via From To positions with an 01 record a field is being traced through Binary fields where From To positions may not be accurately followed This is a warning only however the user may want to analysis why this is happening DDNAME CODEWK03 MISSING A DD needed for Follow Data Name report is missing Inspect the JCL and add this DD NSD TABLE EXCEEDED REDO SELECT STMTS TO SELECT LESS DATA NAMES An internal table was exceeded Reduce the number of SELECT S to select less data names so internal table will be reduced in size TRACING IGNORED AS THE FLAG POSITIONS WERE FOUND OUTSIDE THE MOVE OR COMPARE A PROCEDURE DIVISION instruction was found with a field that should be traced however the field when being moved or compared was truncated due to the size of the other field and tracing is being ignored No action is necessary FILE EMPTY NOMARBLE HEADER An internal work file was found to be empty Try rerunning If necessary contact Marble Computer INTERNAL TABLE RFC EXCEEDED CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER An internal table was exceeded Reduce the number of SELECT S to select less data names so internal table will be reduced in size INTERNAL DATA NAME
296. of user request An example of this is the ISPF Panels added with release 1 5 or the new Tracing amp Analysis Report feature added with release 2 4 or the addition of Indirect References with release 3 1 and the Unused Data Names and Unused Paragraph reports in release 3 4 and most recently the newer Electronic Installation of DCD III in release 3 6 Modifications to support additional user requests are currently under development for future releases It is our policy to provide requested features where such support is technically and economically feasible NOTICE Installation of this release of DCD III requires DCDCNTRL control file information for your site that is available from a prior release or may be obtained from a green colored Installation Addendum page See Green colored page Addendum 3 For Trial users Addendum 3 is a Pink colored page If you have any problems suggestions or comments please contact MARBLE Computer Inc at 1 800 252 1400 Overview of 5 steps for installing Step 1 Obtaining all 8 DCD III files electronically See Step 1 just below Steps 2 through 4 Complete Testing of DCD III without SPF panels using first 2 DCD III files Step 5 Use of the last 6 files to Install ISPF panels for online running of DCD III The use of our SPF panels is recommended for all use of DCD III with the exception of Compile Mode See discussion of Compile Mode in Alternate Compile Facility Step 1
297. olic Examples using A 21 B 7 RESOLVE NORESOLVE PARM Option A 8 A 17 A 19 B 15 B 45 RPTYPE PROC Symbolic D 6 RPTYPE PROC Symbolic Example using D 10 D 11 26 SORT region see also SORTREG PARM Option A 17 A 24 B 15 D 6 E 30 F 9 SORTREG Modifying in DCD III PROCs at installation F 9 SORTREG PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 SORTREG nnnnnn PARM Option A 17 A 19 B 15 B 17 B 45 D 6 SOURCE compiler option E 36 SOURCE PROC Symbolic A 8 A 19 A 48 C 15 C 23 C 27 C 30 C 33 C 36 C 45 SOURCE PROC Symbolic Example Using A 47 SOURCE NOSOURCE PARM Option see also Source Listing Report A 17 A 19 A 44 E 36 G 8 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co DCD III Index Source listing compiler III A 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 A 16 A 17 A 24 A 30 E 35 E 36 Source Listing Report IIL A 6 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 11 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 30 A 31 A 32 A 33 A 34 A 40 A 42 A 44 A 45 Source Listing Report Example running A 22 A 48 SPACE allocation see also Work space B 43 E 21 F 6 Special Registers Report see also System Cross Reference for Special Registers IV A 17 A 30 A 39 SPREGS PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 C 23 SPREGS PROC Symbolic Example using A 22 SPREGS NOSPREGS PARM Option see also Special Registers Report System Cross Reference for Special Registers A 17 A 19 B 15 B 17 SRA PROC Symbolic B 17 SRANAL NOSRANAL PARM Option see also System Record Analy
298. omputer Associates International Inc Librarian is a software package marketed by Computer Associates International Inc Because of work processing constraints examples shown in this document may not be identical to actual results obtained MARBLE Computer Inc would like to thank the many people who have contributed their assistance suggestions and guidance in the development of DCD III and for providing feedback for continued improvement of the software and the documentation in this manual DCD III has a client base of over 600 mainframe installations MARBLE Computer Inc P O Box 920692 El Paso Texas 79902 Phone 800 252 1400 915 845 0963 Fax 915 845 7918 E Mail Address info marble computer com Web Site www marblecomputer com DCD III IBM OS User s Manuel DCD New Release Highlights See the end of this section for the most current release highlights DCDIII New Release Highlights New Release Highlights Release 1 1 April 1 1989 This release of DCD III has more changes within it than all prior releases of DCD II combined In essence the entire package has been completely rewritten Listed below are a few of the major changes and the overall effect that they have on the new package 1 The JCL it takes to execute DCD III has been simplified and reduced For example 25 DCD WORK FILES have been reduced to 6 10 DCD PRINT FILES have been reduced to 1 The CPU savings here in allocation and de a
299. ontains no figurative constants special registers CALLs COPY members or literals referenced from the Procedure Division None DYNAMIC CALL TABLE EXCEEDED FOR CALL REPORT An internal Marble table is exceeded Contact Marble Computer Inc NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT No data names were passed out to the SORT If the NOUNREF option was used then unreferenced names were found to pass out to the SORT None NO DATA NAMES WERE AVAILABLE FROM COBOL PROGRAM TO INCLUDE ON INTERNAL TABLE No data names were included on an internal table If the NOUNREF option was used then no referenced names were found None OVER 49 QUALIFIERS WERE FOUND FOR ONE USE OF A DATA NAME A data name with more than 49 qualifiers was found by DCD III If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc NO DATA NAME INTO SORT There were no references in the Procedure Division to data names in the Data Division None NO PARAGRAPH OR SECTION NAMES INTO SORT IF NOUNREF USED NO PARAGRAPHS WERE REFERENCED There were no references in the Procedure Division to paragraph or section names If PARM option NOUNREF was used then no paragraph names were referenced None SR SECT RANGE TABLE EXCEEDED IN NOPARAS PROGRAM An internal table was exceeded and needs to be fixed by Marble Computer Inc Contact Marble Computer NO PARAGRAPH OR SECTION NAMES INTO SORT No paragraphs or sections were found If a small program with none present ignore message
300. options that have also been used consistently in WRITPDS DCD ITI runs An example follows ISTEP EXEC MBRFETCH IMBR OUTSET DD DCB LRECL 3120 BLKSIZE 3120 MB CTLCDMBR DD INDD USERDD PREFIX TRN20 INDD USERDD PREFIX TRN30 IMBR USERDDDD DSN PDS WITH 3120 LRECL DISP SHR ISTEP2 EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA PARA OTHER REA DCD DCDREPDS DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD PASS DCB LRECL 3120 In the previous example both the System Data Name Cross Reference and System Paragraph Cross Reference Reports will be produced using the information created during the WRITPDS run Do not use the WRITPDS option along with the READPDS option The information created by using the WRITPDS option will not be available for use by the READPDS option MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 75 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports PDSFETCH Newer Software to replace MBRFETCH This software is newer software with additional features to use in place of our older MBRFETCH software The JCL is different and with one additional work file The format of the control statements is almost the same with additional features Older control statements within MBRFETCH need to have INDDz replaced with PDSz for those statements to work within this new software Additional Features within this software include the following 1 A Member Count is shown for each DDNAME processed 2 Enhanced Error Messages to identify
301. or IF type statement contains more than 125 operands within just 1 condition User Action IF this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc DCDENASA C EXCEEDED 75 QUALIFIERS FOR OPERANDS WITHIN JUST 1 CONDITION Explanation More than 75 qualifiers were used within just 1 condition User Action If this is a valid condition contact MARBLE Computer Inc DCDERW0A W NO PERIOD PRECEDING LEVEL NUMBER level Explanation The level number at the compiler number shown does not have a period preceding it on a previous line User Action Check the lines above the level number for a missing period and make corrections as necessary DCDERWOB C EXPECTING ZERO AFTER BLANK Explanation The word BLANK at the compiler number shown is missing the word ZERO after it User Action Check the line and make corrections as necessary DCDERWO0C C EXPECTING NUMERIC INTEGER AFTER COLUMN amp DCDERWO0D C Explanation The word COLUMN at the compiler number shown is missing a numeric integer following it User Action Check the line and make corrections as necessary DCDERWOE C EXPECTING NUMERIC INTEGER AFTER LINE amp DCDERWOF C Explanation The word LINE at the compiler number shown is missing a numeric integer following it User Action Check the line and make corrections as necessary DCDERW0G C EXPECTING GROUP AFTER NEXT Explanation The word NEXT at the compiler number shown is missing the word GROUP following it User Action Check
302. or a missing period DATA NAME DOES NOT FOLLOW 66 LEVEL BYPASSING Level 66 found with no data name following it Check the line and make corrections if this is really a 66 level number RENAMES EXPECTED WITHIN 66 LEVEL AND NOT FOUND BYPASSING The syntax of 66 RENAME statement requires a data name to follow RENAMES word Check the syntax of 66 level line TOKEN PAST RENAMES NOT ALPHANUMERIC The 66 level clause at the compiler number shown contains data following the COBOL verb RENAMES that is not alphanumeric Check the line and make corrections as necessary NO PERIOD PRECEDING LEVEL NUMBER level The 77 level number at the compiler number shown is not preceded by a period Check the line preceding the level number for a missing period and correct Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDEFB78 C Explanation User Action DCDEFB79 W Explanation User Action DCDEFB88 W Explanation User Action DCDEFB89 W Explanation User Action DCDEFB90 W Explanation User Action DCDEFB92 E Explanation User Action DCDEFB93 E Explanation User Action DCDEFG23 E Explanation User Action DCDEFG32 C Explanation User Action DCDEH01A E Explanation User Action DCDEHO01B C Explanation User Action DCDEH03A C Explanation User Action DCDEHO03B E Explanation User Action DCDEHO03C E DATA NAME DOES NOT FOLLOW LEVEL NUMBER
303. ord MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 15 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files COPY INFOTYPE6 01 CIE 6 PROCEDURE DIV INFO 05 CIE 6 TYPE RECORD 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 88 88 88 88 88 88 CIE 6 TYPE NORMAL CIE 6 TYPE QUAL 1 CIE 6 TYPE QUAL 2 CIE 6 TYPE ASSOC NAME QUALS CIE 6 TYPE SUBSCRIPT QUALS CIE 6 TYPE SUBSCRIPT INDEX CIE 6 QUAL NUMBER 88 CIE 6 VALID VALUES CIE 6 PROC SOURCE LINE NUMBER CIE 6 PROC EXP LINE NUMBER CIE 6 DATA 1 NAME CIE 6 DATA 2 NAME CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 1 10 CIE 6 REFERS DATA NAME 1 OR 2 10 CIE 6 PROC LTRL LINE NUMBER 10 CIE 6 PROC LTRL COLUMN NUMBER CIE 6 CICS FORMAT 1 REDEFINES CIE 6 NON CICS FORMAT 1 10 CIE 6 IND CICS OR DL1 88 CIE 6 IND FOR CICS 88 CIE 6 IND FOR DLI 88 CIE 6 IND FOR SQL 10 CIE 6 CICS VERB CIE 6 VERB CODE CIE 6 TYPE ACTIVITY 88 CIE 6 MODIFIED 88 CIE 6 USED 88 CIE 6 COMPARED 88 CIE 6 SUBSCRIPT 88 CIE 6 INDEX CIE 6 COMPARE OPERATOR 88 CIE 6 OPER EQUAL TO 88 CIE 6 OPER GREATER THAN 88 CIE 6 OPER LESS THAN 88 CIE 6 OPER IS NUMERIC 88 CIE 6 OPER IS ZERO 88 CIE 6 OPER IS POSITIVE 88 CIE 6 OPER IS NEGATIVE 88 CIE 6 OPER IS KANJI 88 CIE 6 OPER IS ALPHABETIC 88 CIE OPER 88 OR OTHER CIE 6 ALL INDICATOR 88 CIE 6 ALL INDICATED CIE 6 CORR INDICATOR 88 CIE 6 CORR INDICATED CIE 6 DATA 1 ACTUAL EXP NBR CIE 6 DATA 1 ACTUAL COL NBR CIE
304. ore with typical usage e Corrections for problems reported within the first year s usage have been made Release 4 of VS COBOL II is now supported Earlier releases may not fully support this newer release Group usage POINTER and INDEX is now supported Enhancements have been made to support COPY REPLACING pseudo text as it is being used for advanced levels of prefix substitution within COBOL programs A new option has been added to the LAYOUTs when documenting COPY members or documenting individual records not directly coming from a COBOL program New Release Highlights Release 1 7 April 1 1995 The following enhancements have been added to this release of DCD III l 2 XI SPF panels have been modified to allow for COBOL 370 Other enhancements and corrections have been made to the SPF panels initially released by MARBLE two years ago Handling of the COBOL verb EVALUATE has been made to allow for NUMERIC and NOT NUMERIC FROM and TO positions of fields within 01 records used in three DCD III reports a Alternate Compile Listing b LAYOUTS c System Record Analysis have been enhanced to allow for two extra digits as compilers are now allowing individual record sizes greater than 6 digits Enhancements have been made to both correct problems and to conform to newer compiler enforcement of USAGE when the usage is specified both on a group field and an elementary field within that group New Release Highlights
305. other reports are allowed B 34 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports For Examples 10 and 11 see ATracing amp Analysis Report amp under AOverview of All Reports including Tracing amp Analysis in this section Example 10 Produce a report using the Tracing amp Analysis feature ISTEPIO EXEC DCDCOBOL TRACE OTHER NOYIN DCD COBOLIN DD DSNczuser cobol library prog1 DISPZSHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNczuser copy library DISPZSHR DCD SELECT DD SELECT IF NODE 1 P R AND NODE 2 Y R OR YE AND FIELD SIZE 2 DCD BYPASS DD HEADING 1 RECORD DETAIL RECORD Notes X The SELECT looks for a node with PAYROLL PR or other combinations and then looks for another node with YEAR YR YE or other combinations and then looks for a field which is two bytes long X The optional BYPASS DD is used to stop the TRACE for 01 records HEADING 1 RECORD and DETAIL RECORD X The option to also produce PROCEDURE DIVISION Narrative is turned off Example 11 Produce a report using the Tracing amp Analysis feature ISTEPI1 EXEC DCDCOBOL TRACE DCD COBOLIN DD DSN user cobol library prog1 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNe user copy library DISP SHR DCD SELECT DD PAYROLL MONTH Notes X The SELECT simply looks for the name shown PAYROLL MONTH MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 35 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports JCL to
306. ous PDS ERROR while opening file specified in DDNAME DDNAME ERROR while accessing file specified by DDNAME DDNAME ERROR problem while reading all Members from UNCONCATENATED DDNAME DDNAME ERROR while reading record from DDNAME DDNAME ERROR with LRECL found for PDS for DDNAME DDNAME should be 80 or 3120 ERROR while reading record in DDNAME DDNAME ERROR Unexpected Record Length of nnnnn Must be 80 or 3120 ERROR while reading from DDNAME DDNAME ERROR with LRECL found for PDS for DDNAME DDNAMEB Should be 80 or 3120 ERROR while reading record in DDNAME DDNAME ERROR Unexpected Record Length of nnnnn Must be 80 or 3120 ERROR in logic for M2 NBR CHARS NNNN MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Release 3 6 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company 1 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Use for CASE Files These files were made available with the new DCD III system for two reasons The first reason is in response to our existing users of our older DCD II system The second reason is in response to the general direction that the industry is going with respect to re engineering of COBOL programs These files are for the most part not intended to be an end result of re engineering Instead these
307. ovided under the heading JCL Examples in this section See the Table of Contents For a further description on using DCD III PROCS review the following two headings 1 Use of DCD III PARM Options 2 Use of DCD III PROCS and Symbolics Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 5 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Compile Mode Considerations The Alternate Compile Listing Facility is a stand alone system which gives a complete set of reports for the maintenance of COBOL programs It is not however a COBOL compiler As such a means is provided named Compile Mode in this Alternate Compile Listing Facility for producing one report from the two steps listed here 1 2 The COBOL compile step The Alternate Compile Listing Facility Step Some advantages of using the Compile Mode in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility are listed here l A 6 The programmer can have the advantage of using the Alternate Compile Listing Facility every time he or she does a COBOL compile Extra paper is not generated The source listing from the COBOL compiler is removed and replaced with one from DCD III The DCD III Condensed Cross Reference Reports are much shorter than the compiler cross reference listings Information such as PMAP or DMAP reports or similar information on the source listing produced when using software packages such as the CA Optimizer or COBOL Aid is not lost but is kept and lis
308. p NO RECORDS FOUND IN COPY MEMBER copy member name When DCD III attempted to resolve this COPY member it found no records in the member Check the COPY member and make corrections as necessary MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDCFE01 E Explanation User Action DCDCR020 E Explanation User Action DCDEB040 D Explanation User Action DCDEBM02 D Explanation User Action DCDEF016 D amp DCDEF017 D amp DCDEF018 D amp DCDEF019 D Explanation User Action DCDEF030 C Explanation User Action DCDEFB01 W Explanation User Action DCDEFB02 C Explanation User Action DCDEFB03 C Explanation Action DCDEFB66 W Explanation Action DCDEFB67 C Explanation Action DCDEFB68 C Explanation Action DCDEFB69 C Explanation User Action DCDEFB77 W Explanation User Action E 14 PROBLEM IN RESOLVING NESTED COPY MEMBER member name CONTINUING When DCD III attempted to resolve this COPY member it could not find the member specified Check to see why the COPY member is missing FILE EMPTY NO MARBLE HEADER The first record of a work file being read does not contain a MARBLE header record Look for possible previous messages to this one Look for an error in the JCL used ENTIRE COBOL PROGRAM INCLUDING PROCEDURE DIVISION WAS NOT FOUND The PROCEDURE DIVISION was not found within this program Determine why PROCEDURE DIV
309. piler The Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Facility of DCD III provides both Tracing within a program AND a method of analyzing the use of data throughout the program on multiple programs at a one time DCD III can produce work files which may be used in re engineering Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE projects The JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility of DCD III provides a method for producing reports on JCL PROCs DCD III supports ANSI standards for COBOL for 1962 1968 1974 and 1985 DCD III is supported for the following computers IBM OS all mainframe operating systems Unisys Unisys 1100 2200 all mainframe operating systems IBM PC Windows DCD III supports commonly used software packages that interface with COBOL such as the commonly used CA Optimizer See Other Features Supported in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section for a full list of the features supported by DCD III Copyright August 1 2008 by MARBLE Computer Inc All rights reserved The software described in this manual is furnished under a license agreement or non disclosure agreement The software may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement IBM is a trademark of the International Business Machines Corporation CA Optimizer is a software package marketed by Computer Associates International Inc COBOL Aid is a software package marketed by Compuware Corporation Panvalet is a software package marketed by C
310. ptimizer or COBOL Aid users CA2 also automatically invokes CAI Data Division CA Optimizer information base registers and displacements is moved into columns 73 through 80 of the Source Listing Report allowing DCDIII narrative to be placed where CA Optimizer data originally was located CA Optimizer input without CA2 in effect causes DCD III correlation data to be placed on the following line See CA2 Exhibit in Other Features Supported For older CA Optimizer or COBOL Aid users Moves Procedure Division Optimizer information six digit displacement and UNEXEC into print positions 126 133 of the print line This allows DCD III data to be placed where CA Optimizer information originally was located Notes 1 When using the CAn options only use one CAI or CA2 or CA3 2 For newer CA Optimizer optionally user parm option PMO or R3N Produce the CALL Statements Report Add Dynamic CALL information to the CALL report Used when COMPILE mode is used This will remove source code where the sequence numbers are lower than previous sequence numbers This is necessary when running with some older releases of the CA Optimizer This option is always turned on However for CICS COBOL programs the CICS program should be run through the CICS pre processor prior to being run through DCD III Used to specify to DCD III the same number used in the compiler step in the LINECOUNT option This option is only used when COMPILE is used as a
311. puter Inc The Software Maintenance Co DCD III SPF PANELS Release 3 6 DCD III SPF System Productivity Facility PANELS Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS This page intentionally left blank Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS With the industry turning more and more to on line applications MARBLE Computer Inc has taken on the challenge of providing availability to it s customers on an on line SPF panel interface for our DCD III software To make use of these panels a client must have Version 2 or later of the ISPF Dialog Manager and have ISPF PDF installed BENEFITS FULL DCD III FUNCTIONALITY In many Data Processing Departments individual users do not have a DCD III user s manual which causes many features of DCD III to be unused or unnoticed With the interactive SPF panels the user will be drawn to understand full DCD III functionality This is due to our IBM OS DCD III user s manual being placed on either HELP or SELECTION panels to guide users right to the function he she wants to know about The manual while still functional is no longer needed by each user to understand the capabilities of DCD III USER FRIENDLY INTERFACE Selection panels will be designed to make the user aware of every feature of DCD III in a friendly way while the printed manual is still available as a reference guide ALLEVIA
312. r just Indirectly Used or any combination of the three Prior to this release qualification was not allowed Indirect References were put into DCD III one year ago in release 3 1 A problem occurring when qualification of an higher level name existed but was invalid for use and DCD III did not put out a message has been resolved and a proper error message is now issued An error in compile mode where a particular formatting of a PROCESS card ahead of the COBOL program causing an abend has been fixed A problem where the Verb Analysis was intermittently causing an abend has been fixed New Release Highlights Release 3 3 May 15 2005 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III l The formatting of entries in the CALL report in the Alternate Compile Listing has been modified so that additional Dynamic CALL information added last year along with prior CALL information and with CANCELs added this year are presented in groups related to each CALL The CANCEL verb has been added to the CALL report in both the Alternate Compile Listing and in the Tracing Analysis amp Other Reports Processing of SOL DB2 statements in COBOL has been modified to insure that the ending END EXEC will always stop our scanning In rare instances the END EXEC was not caught Within commented out EXEC CICS statements not all data division names were always fully documented This has been fixed The normal End
313. r or number SRCOPY OTHER SRC TRACE TRACE NOTRACE default TAC nnn TRLIMIT nnn default UNREF OTHER UNR VERB OTHER VER VR3 OTHER VR3 NOVS2 OTHER NOVS2 Supporting TRACE Options YTE YIA OTHER Yxx NOYOP NOYDN NOY2P OTHER NOYx lt x NOY2I NOYIN NOYAI OTHER NOYxx NOYAP OTHER NOYAP note x letter or number WRITPDS READPDS OTHER WRI WRITPDS READPDS OTHER REA Note The PROC symbolic OTHER is used to enter one or multiple PARM options for which there are no corresponding symbolics For example OTHER LNR NOLPV NOVS2 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 17 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements for System Record Analysis The System Record Analysis Report amp Data Dictionary Interface file requires control statements to select records to report on The DD for these control cards is CTLCDSRA The maximum number of control statements must not exceed 775 in the entire file More than one set of reports may be run through during one run of DCD III Each set of reports should be run on like records which ideally have the same record length and format The data names do not need the same spelling since fields are matched up by field positions To break apart sets of control statements each set of control statements must begin with a header control statement of the following for
314. rative for each directly selected field and list the narrative right underneath this field Sort Direct Names by PROGRAM name so one program s names are done ahead of the next The secondary sort is Alphabetic by data name To reverse sequence use NOY2P option Overlapping Option Applies to REDEFINES GROUP fields or otherwise Overlapping fields For each Direct Name selected this option selects names for every associated REDEFINES GROUP field or otherwise Overlapping field Trace Options Traces infinite levels deep up to 999 times to get all possible fields see TAC Traces names selected and using overlapping fields and their record positions also traces through these fields to find all possible names that may be affected Limits the number of Traces to a specific number such as 010 or 025 Supporting Options for Overlapping Y2INDIR and Trace YAP Options Produce Procedure Division Narrative for every overlapping name selected here and list the narrative right underneath this field Within each Directly Selected Name overlapping names are sorted in program sequence or the order in which they are listed within the COBOL program To sort in alphabetic sequence use YIALPHA option Show the existence of overlapping names even if there are no Procedure Division references to this name To omit names with no Procedure Division references use NOYAI option MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tr
315. re COBOL records when producing only Layout Reports using the LOR option required if COPY members are present in the COBOL program optionally used to modify the CALL Hierarchy Report used to provide data names for use in the Tracing Literals Report optionally used if the LAYOUTS PARM option is used and further selection is wanted through control statements See the heading Control Statements for Layouts see MBRFETCH Extra DD Statements below required when either the SRA or DICT PARM option is used See the heading Control Statements for System Record Analysis optionally used to select by verb in the VERB Analysis Report required if the WRITPDS option is used See the heading WRITPDS and READPDS Options required if the READPDS option is used See the heading WRITPDS and READPDS Options required to select fields for the Tracing amp Analysis report See the heading Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis The REGION is set to 8192K Consult the Installation Instructions for Guidelines on REGION size The DCB BUFNO is set to 5 for MVS See Installation Instructions for information on the CONTROL DD JCL for the PDS member fetcher PROC is shown below MBR EXEC 512 ISYSPRINT DD SYSOUT WORKFILE DD UNIT SYSDA SPACE TRK 4 2 OUTSET DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP PASS UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 5 10 DCB LRECL 80 BL
316. re than 55 individual programs to help insure error free submission of DCD III jobs In addition to error free submission of jobs features that are generally hidden unless one has carefully and thoroughly read the entire DCD III manual are made available as a user selects one or more features or options Selected panels for completing user requests and some associated HELP panels from the UCLF facility only are shown in this section List of Panel Exhibits 9 t ROS List of Help Panel Exhibits S axo pu Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company Selected Panels for Using the UGLE deo tee oen Rhe Selection Paneldor UG de Alternate Compile Listing Support Alternate Compile Listing More Options eee Specify Type Input eise tco en adt xe te siad e URP Y SETS AE VE 1 Select from Partitioned Data Set 1 daria ee ve sisi uode IE nire EMI Help Screen for Main Selection Main HELP Panel for First HELP Panel for 1 on Main UCLF HELP Panel First HELP Panel for Supporting Options eee HELP Panel for CASE Work 1 H 5 DCD III SPF PANELS Selected Panels for Using the ACL
317. rocedure Division statement CALL or ENTRY statement Parameters used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 COUNT 12 12 19 24 B 18 6 125 A A C 5 CALL HIERARCHY REPORT PAGE HIERARCHY OF CALLS DCDMAIN DCDCOBOL DCDI2CMP DCDIAIND ST DCDCOPY DCDMCOPY READREPL READCOPY DCDMREPL DCD07PRM ER DCDO80PT DCDTR ER ER GETNM PW ER DCDPRHPI DCDPXREF DCDDDCCR DCDOTHER DCDPDCCR DCDSETRF ST CDSCANI DCDCICS SCANTOK PASSTOK LASTIME Exhibit 6 CALL Hierarchy Report Count of times program is called from above program Blank for 1 time Plus closest to program id is followed uphill to find calling module COBOL Program id MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 47 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports COPY ANALYSIS MEMBER SEQUENCE 01 01 2001 PAGE 1 MEMBER PROGRAM SEQ LEVEL IDENTIFIER SECTION BANKCOPY DCDLOGIC 0061 01 BC BANNER FIELDS WORKING STORAGE SECTION CORRECT DCDLOGIC 0110 01 COB REC WORKING STORAGE SECTION CPYREC DCDLOGIC 0079 01 COB REC WORKING STORAGE SECTION HO2IF DCDLOGIC 0134 030 COPY HERE PROCEDURE DIVISION INFOTYP7 DCDLOGIC 0012 FD FILE 1 FILE SECTION TESTCOPY PAYMO
318. rries PL and SL information from the right hand side of the compile listing into right side of DCD III listing while option PMO traps information from the compile OFFSET option and prints into right side of DCD III listing Determine whether PMO option is needed and if not needed turn that options off or turn option R3N off PARM OPTION NIS MAY NOT BE USED WITH OPTION IREFS OPTION IREFS IS TURNED OFF Parm option NIS which is used to provide a sequential sequence for Procedure Division Narrative is not compatible with the IREFS option which provides indirect References The IREFS option is being turned off To turn it back on do not use PARM option NIS Determine whether NIS option is needed and if not turn that options off PARM OPTION LOR MAY NOT BE USED WHEN OTHER REPORTS ARE ALSO TURNED ON The option LOR indicates that non COBOL programs are being used as input for creating the Layouts Reports Do not use this option when other report options are also turned on PARM OPTION LHR TREATED AS LHX WHEN OPTION LNR FOR NARRATIVE IS IN EFFECT Options LHR and LNR are incompatible See these options in this User s Manual Do not use these options together PARM OPTION TRACE NOT ALLOWED WHEN OPTIONS WRITPDS OR READPDS ARE USED Option TRACE is incompatible with option WRITPDS or READPDS See these options in this User s Manual Do not use these options together Eliminate TRACE or eliminate READPDS or WRITPDS
319. rt 1 COPY text name 2 Sequence number of where the COPY statement resides See Exhibit 10 below for an example of CALL amp COPY statement formatting CALL STATEMENTS 478 PROGRAM ENTRY DCDLOGIC USING 1 PARAMETER 482 CALL DCDPRINT USING 2 PARAMETERS 653 CALL DCDPRINT USING 2 PARAMETERS 702 CALL DCDPRINT 552 CALL DCDSTAMP COPY STATEMENTS DATA DIVISION 344 COPY DCDLINK SUPPRESS OF LIBRNAME DATA DIVISION 105 COPY PARATYP2 REPLACING DATA DIVISION 204 COPY PDNARTBL INCLUDE STATEMENTS DATA DIVISION 356 INCLUDE PDINCLUD DATA DIVISION 219 INCLUDE SALESTB3 Exhibit 10 CALL and COPY Statements Reports A 36 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 5 Figurative Constants The Figurative Constants Report lists occurrences of each Figurative Constant by sequence number of where they occur in the program Figurative Constants include the following ZERO S ES SPACE S HIGH VALUE S LOW VALUE S QUOTE S and ALL literal For purposes of listing the Figurative Constants the plural and single form of the word are treated and listed as one For example ZERO ZEROS and ZEROES are listed as ZERO S on the report ALL literals are listed in the Literals Report not in the Figurative Constants Report The Literals Report directly follows the Figurative Constants Report Any occurrences of the ALL literal are listed first within the Literals Report See Exhibit 10
320. rtitioned data sets for use at any time for printing reports from This feature is controlled by two options and requires extra JCL To store information using this feature do the following 1 Catalog a partitioned data set with the following attributes RECFM FB LRECL 3120 BLKSIZE 3120 or a multiple of 3120 DSORG PO 2 Add a DD statement after the EXEC DCDCOBOL PROC as follows DCD DCDPDS DD DSN PDS WITH 3120 LRECL DISP SHR 3 Run one or several DCD III runs using one or several programs each time With each run do the following a b Add the WRITPDS PARM option to the DCDCOBOL PROC as shown in the example below Also add parm option BEGIN or CONT BEGIN is used during the first run to clear everything on the user created PDS The CONTinue option is used for all subsequent runs and will not clear the user PDS Add every one of the report options that will be wanted as stored information on the PDS It will be impossible to later run a READPDS for a report option not specified on the WRITPDS run Conversely it is important not to specify unwanted options as the workspace on the PDS will be wasted with unused information An example follows ISTEP EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA LAYOUT PARA OTHER WRI BEGIN DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY PROG1 DISP SHR DD DSN USER COBOL LIBRARY PROG2 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIB DISP SHR DCD DCDPDS DD DSN USER CREATED PDS DISP SHR The above exampl
321. rtridge Files JCL to unload just One or Two Cartridge Files eese Step 2 Modifying DCD PRO QGS 5 tei retener tene e to Rue eh eene Ee gin doen Step 3 Creating a Control Recap oe ena eee Tesung DCD Ils siehe eese cie tilii aei tae e qe Pa EHE Step 5 Installing and Testing ISPF Panels iine torneo deca ana Modifying CLISTs Panels and JCL Skeletons eee Setting up Skeletons for Compile Mode esee Testing DCD ISPF Panels Prior to Permanent Installation Permanent Installation of the ISPF Panels eeeee Addendums l DCLD ILICE Procedure a 2 Use of SYSTRACE and TRACEIN DDs for Customer Support 3 Installation Addendum to be 1 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 3 F 4 DCD III Installation Guide This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD IM Installation Guide Introduction This installation guide corresponds to release 3 6 of the Data Correlation and Documentation System DCD III It should be noted that many of the modifications incorporated into this release are the direct result
322. run the job with a larger region AN UNMATCHED RECORD IS BEING BYPASSED WHEN MATCHING FILES LOOK FOR SYNTAX ERROR Match merging of internal files is either out of sequence or an unmatched record is present This may be due to a syntax error in the input program Try compiling the program to see if it compiles cleanly If unsolved contact MARBLE Computer Inc DDNAME DCDWKT2 IS MISSING WHEN PARM OPTION DIT IS SPECIFIED A necessary DD is missing for an internal work file Insure that DDnames DCDWKTI through DCDWKT4 are present within the JCL similar to DDnames DCDWKO01 DCDWK02 etc OVER nnnn CTLDLTCC CONTROL CARDS WERE USED TABLE EXCEEDED Too many control statements were specified Limit the number of control statements to the number shown in the message printed OVER 150 CONTROL CARDS WERE ADDED TO THE DIT CONTROL STATEMENT FILE TABLE EXCEEDED Too many control statements were specified Use less control statements OVER 999 DATA NAMES WERE FOUND FOR DOING TRACING ON TABLE EXCEEDED When tracing literals one data name with a literal directly to 1000 or more data names an unusual condition This condition if found and valid may be resolved by contacting MARBLE Computer Inc DDNAME DCDWK08 MISSING The running of DCD III requires work files DCDWKO08 The DDNAME DCDWKOS was not found See JCL examples in the Alternate Compile Listing section in the User s Manual and correct JCL EXCESSIVE QUALIFICATION AND OR
323. s and Other Reports Inputting COBOL Programs and COPY Records Several methods may be used for providing input into DCD III These methods are described below The main input to DCD III when producing the reports mentioned in this section is provided through the COBOLIN DD statement An example follows ISTEP1 EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA RESOLVE NO DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAM1 DISP SHR DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAMO DISPZSHR 7i DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAMS3 DISP SHR In the above example three COBOL programs are entered through the use of the COBOLIN DD When Layout Reports are being produced on just COPY records through the use of the DCD III PARM option LOR then the COBOLIN DD statement is used to enter the COPY records An example follows ISTEP2 EXEC DCDCOBOL LAYOUT OTHER LOR DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY RECORD1 DISP SHR 7i DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY RECORD2 DISP SHR If COPY members are present when handling COBOL programs they are resolved by pointing DCD III to user s COBOL COPY libraries These are the same library or libraries pointed to in the SYSLIB DD statement of the user s COBOL compile PROCs An example follows STEP3 EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAM1 DISP SHR 7i DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAM72 DISP SHR 7i DD DSN USER COBOL PDS PROGRAMS3 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIBRARY DISP SHR When the COBOL input is coming
324. s and shown on this page First tracing pass finds fields RN DATES N2 IN amp RN DATES N2 P3 from previous page Also picked up in first tracing pass is overlapping field RN RECORD Second tracing pass finds field MT FORMAT RECORD from this page Also found in 2nd pass are overlapping fields MT DATE M3 1 amp MT DATE M3 2 Third tracing pass finds NO MATCHES and tracing is stopped here MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 69 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports This page intentionally left blank B 70 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Data Dictionary Interface File With the use of either PARM option DICT or SRA a file is produced which may be used to interface with commercial Data Dictionary systems The file produced contains basically the same information which is printed on the System Record Analysis Report except that it is in a file format rather than a printed report The record size is 120 characters The block size must be a multiple of 120 3120 is recommended The DDNAME is DCDDICT The file is opened EXTEND for each program which allows for several programs to be run through during one run See the PARM OPTIONS DDF and CDD for using the OPEN EXTEND across several DCD III runs See the COBOL COPY record SYSIRECD and the associated description of these fields under this heading for a description of the fields
325. s begin with the prefix PAYR or PAYM STEPAA EXEC MBRFETCH IMBR OUTSET DCB LRECL 80 BLKSIZE 3120 INDD USERDD COBOL PAYR INDD USERDD COBOL PA YM MBR USERDD DD DSN user cobol library DISP SHR 5 EXEC DCDCOBOL RECORDS LA YOUT DCD COBOLIN DD DSN amp amp PASSFILE DISP OLD PASS DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copy library DISP SHR Note The PDS Member Fetcher PROC is discussed under the headings Choice of DCD III 5 and Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC Example 5 Print the System Record Analysis Report on two sets of records ISTEP5 EXEC DCDCOBOL SRA DCD COBOLIN DSN user cobol library prog1 DISP SHR DD DSNc user cobol library prog2 DISP SHR DD DSNc user cobol library prog3 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copy library DISPZSHR DCD CTLCDSRA DD title for report 1 ALL mr record 1 ALL ms record 1 prog3 ms record 4 title for the second report prog2 184 Notes e In the first report 2 records are selected from ALL programs along with a record from prog3 e In the second report all records in prog2 which have an overall length of 184 will be used MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 33 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Example 6 Produce a Data Dictionary Interface File on all records 240 characters in length STEP BA EXEC DCDCOBOL OTHER DICT DCD DCDDICT DSNc user file DI
326. s belong to FILLERs will show no indirect references 25 The use of double parenthesis is now handled within the use of Reference Modification 3 Error messages have been corrected to not flag a missing period when an END EXEC precedes an 01 level 4 Region size and Sort Region Size have been increased to accommodate changes in newer IBM operating systems 5 Additional work files have been removed from the JCL that were used for Year 2000 work New Release Highlights Release 3 2 June 1 2004 The following features and enhancements are included in this new release of DCD III l XXI This version is modified so that all DCD III modules are AMODE 31 compliant to work easily with IBM s newest Enterprise COBOL compiler The CALL report for listing DYNAMIC CALLs has been modified within the Alternate Compile Listing Previous versions showed only a Data Division Name within the normal CALL report This enhanced report will show both the Data Division VALUE and any MOVE literals into the field used for the DYNAMIC CALL to allow for a fuller understanding of how CALLs are used In the last release excessive Indirect References were moved to a separate report In this release the user has the option to leave all the Indirect References in the main report of the Alternate Compile Listing As of this release the user may qualify which Indirect references are included Just Changed references just Indirectly Tested o
327. s coded within the VALUE clause This field also contains numbers indicating the number of OCCURS for fields with no VALUE that are within an OCCURS clause The field NR SELECT B Y CTL CDS indicates the use of the DAS option which limits the DATA Analysis Reports to just those records selected by the SRA control cards The field NR VALUE ALL indicates the presence of the word ALL prior to the VALUE literal MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 13 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Procedure Division Information File This file has one or more records for each Procedure Division statement and contains information relevant to those statements To produce the file 1 Use on of the PROCs in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use SOURCEZNO as a PROC Symbolic on the EXEC DCDACL or other PROC name line to turn off the SOURCE PARM option 3 All other report options must be on This is normally the default To access the file 1 The file is available on the file with the DDNAME of DCDWKO5 2 The LRECL of the file is 120 The following pages show the internally used Data Division COPY member that was used to create the file and a description of the related fields within the rec
328. s if the direct S et flag is turned on RAT Select records if any S et flag is turned on Use one of these options to correct error messages DCDUF010 D or DCDUFAO2 D where an OCCURS clause in one or more 01 records causes the combined table space needed for this report to be exceeded S03 limits all OCCURS to a maximum of 3 TIMES S15 a maximum of 15 TIMES 550 50 TIMES S3H 300 TIMES SIT 1000 TIMES Warning The smaller the OCCURS e g S03 or S15 the more likely that an existing REDEFINES overlapping the OCCURS will assist in either producing incorrect results and or causing DCD error messages for invalid DATA DIVISION structures Produce the System Record Analysis Report using COPY member names to select which 01 records are selected Include option SRDELCOPY if the COPY report is not desired Produce the Tracing amp Analysis report See Tracing amp Analysis Supporting Options on the next page Also see Control Statements for Tracing amp Analysis in this section Print or suppress un referenced names in the System Data Name Cross Reference and System Paragraph Cross Reference Note when NOUNREF the default is used and PARM option D88 is also used all 88 level names with either multiple 88 s or the THRU clause will be listed whether or not they are referenced Produce the Verb Analysis Report Causes DCD III to emulate Version 3 and earlier versions of 1974 and 1968 COBOL in which sequence
329. ser Action DCDA4B02 D Explanation User Action DCDA4B03 D Explanation User Action DCDA4B04 D Explanation User Action DCDA4C01 D Explanation User Action DCDA4C02 D Explanation User Action DCDA4E01 D Explanation User Action E 10 2 Consult the COMACL PROC within the User s Manual to ensure the SYSPRINT DD is being used correctly 3 If Independent Mode was intended do not use the COM option or the COMACL PROC VS COBOL II LISTING FOUND VS2 OPTION NOT IN EFFECT USE PARM OPT ION 52 TO CORRECT PARM Option VS2 is required when VS COBOL II or new COBOL releases are used Use PARM Option VS2 e g OTHER VS DDNAME COBOLIN MISSING FOR INDEPENDENT MODE IF COMPILE MODE USE COM PARM OPTION In the JCL the COBOLIN DD card is missing from the file being compiled If in Independent Mode check JCL to ensure DD card for COBOLIN is there and correctly placed If in Compile Mode run DCDIII with the COM option The COBOLIN DD is used for specifying the COBOL program to be run through DCDIII unless the COM option is used DDNAME DCDWK01 MISSING In the JCL the DD card for DCDWKOI is missing Check the JCL to ensure the DD card for DCDWK01 exists and is correctly placed ERROR IN PROCESSING BASIS PROGRAMS Informational message preceding BASIS error messages Examine output following error message to determine cause of problem NORMAL END OF BASIS PROCESSING Informational message followi
330. sis B 15 B 17 B 43 SRESOLVE NOSRESOLVE PARM Option see also System Record Analysis Report A 8 A 17 A 19 A 24 STOP NOSTOP PARM Option A 8 A 18 A 19 B 15 B 17 STOP PARM Option Error Message E 29 Symbolics see PROC Symbolics System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants see also Figurative Constants Report B 5 B 12 B 45 B 52 System Cross Reference for Literals see also Literals Report B 5 B 12 B 45 B 56 System Cross Reference for Literals Example running B 32 System Cross Reference for Special Registers see also Special Registers Report B 5 B 15 B 45 B 61 System Data Name Cross Reference B 5 B 9 B 12 B 15 B 28 B 29 B 43 B 45 B 50 B 51 System Data Name Cross Reference Example running B 31 System Paragraph Cross Reference B 5 B 14 B 15 B 45 B 57 System Paragraph Cross Reference Example running B 28 B 29 B 31 System Record Analysis Report B 5 B 12 B 15 B 17 B 18 B 28 B 37 B 45 B 62 B 63 B 68 System Record Analysis Report Error Messages E 25 E 40 Example running B 33 SYSTRACE F 17 Testing DCD III at installation F 11 TRA PROC Symbolic B 17 TRACE NOTRACE PARM Option B 15 TRACE supporting options B 19 TRACEIN F 17 E 31 E 32 E 33 Transfer of Control Narrative File CASE C 30 C 31 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Co G 9 DCD III Index U UNREF PROC Symbolic A 19 UNREF PROC Symbolic Examples using A 5 A 21 A 49
331. sk VOL SER Vvolser DISP OLD KEEP Example 5 Print all of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports Run DCD III in Compile Mode step EXEC COBUL or other compile PROC name COB SYSPRINT DD DSN amp amp COMPLIST Il DISP MOD PASS UNIT SYSDA Il SPACE CYL 1 2 Il DCB RECFM FB LRECL 133 BLKSIZE 1330 COB SYSIN DD DSN user pds cobolpgm DISP SHR step EXEC COMACL Example 6 Do not print the Data Division and Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Reports Run DCD III in Compile Mode COPY statements using the SUPPRESS clause may be present If they are found DCD III will override the SUPPRESS clause and expand the COPY clause step EXEC COBUCL or other compile PROC name COB SYSPRINT DD DSN amp amp COMPLIST DISPZ MOD PASS UNIT SYSDA SPACE CYL 1 2 DCB RECFM FB LRECL 121 BLKSIZE 1210 COB SYSIN DD DSN user pds cobolpgm DISP SHR step EXEC COMACL CDATADV NO CPROCDV NO OTHER SRE DCD COPYLIB DD DSNc user copylib DISPZSHR A 22 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility JCL to Execute DCD III Without Using PROCs The JCL necessary to execute the Alternate Compile Listing Facility is listed here and is informational It is recommended however that PROCs be used for the actual execution of DCD The rest of this manual is designed for the use of one of the four PROCS provided DCD
332. spaces NUMERIC FIELD IS IN EXCESS OF 6 CHARACTERS A control card field used for the System Record Analysis Report has a numeric field greater than 6 digits in length Shorten the number to 6 digits MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONTROL CARDS WITHIN A FILE HAS BEEN EXCEEDED The number of control cards in the file has been exceeded Check the file and delete excess cards A FIELD IS IN EXCESS OF 6 CHARACTERS OR NOT NUMERIC A numeric field within an SRA control statement range is too big or not numeric Correct the control statement and rerun THE RANGE OF NUMBERS IN SRA CTL CD IS INVALID A range of numbers found in an SRA control statement was found to be invalid Determine what should be entered fix and rerun POSITIONS 33 THROUGH 72 CONTROL CARD MUST BE BLANK Control Statements for option DIT must have positions 33 up through position 72 blank Look at control statements used consult manual if need be and correct LEADING SPACES ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR THESE CONTROL STATEMENTS Control Statements for option DIT must have the command used start in column 1 Look at control statements used and correct DDNAME CTLCDDLT IS MISSING WHEN PARM OPTION DIT IS SPECIFIED Option DIT was used indicating control statements for Literal Tracing however the required DDNAME CTLCDDLT is missing Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages User Action DCD6AD20 D Explanation User Action DCD6C030 D
333. ss reference listing of paragraph names 10 01 Record Report a cross reference of 01 records with their computed record length in two report sequences 11 System Cross Reference for Special Registers a listing of the use of Special Registers 12 System Record Analysis Report a listing on one or more selected records with flags showing direct or indirect data movement or comparison on every name within the record 13 Tracing of Possible Literals by Field three different reports showing possible literals and paths used to move a literal to one field Limited to one program at a time 14 Tracing amp Analysis does tracing to find every involved name for selected names A report is produced showing the original field selected all overlapping fields which REDEFINE the field all traced fields infinite levels and all Procedure Division references for all fields shown in DCD narrative format Limited to one program at a time 15 Verb Analysis Report a listing of the use of Procedure Division verbs with a summary page MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 5 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Choice of DCD III PROCs The three PROCS listed below are available to choose from when invoking Other COBOL Reports A brief description is given on this page of using these 3 PROCS along with the MBRFETCH PROC More examples are given on the next two pages and under the heading JCL Examples i
334. ssor step is done then the CALL statements generated by SQL are documented Host variables within the EXEC SQL statements names that reference into the COBOL program Data Division are fully documented by DCD III 10 DLI is fully supported by DCD III Ideally DL1 program should be run through the preprocessor before being brought into DCD III When using Compile Mode the program is run through the preprocessor before the compile step is done If the preprocessor step is done both commands and the CALL statements generated by DL1 are documented If the DL1 is not run through the preprocessor then generated CALL statements are not documented by DCD III 11 Librarian When INCLUDES are used as opposed to COPY statements they are resolved when the COBOL source code is brought in from Librarian and therefore are not listed within the COPY Statements Report If Compile Mode is used no other support is required If Compile Mode is not used then use the PROC LIBACL which contains a Librarian step ahead of the DCD III step for pulling the COBOL program off the Librarian Data File See Example 2 under the heading Examples in this section for assistance in using the LIBACL PROC 12 Panvalet When INCLUDES are used as opposed to COPY statements they are resolved when the COBOL source code is brought in from Panvalet and therefore not listed within the COPY Statements Report If Compile Mode is used no o
335. submitting at least one batch job in each of the four main options from the main panel DZ3DCD See the following comments In the ACLF section when testing COMPILE Mode a return code of 1 from the DCD step is normal The following RETCMPLR step should not be executed during a successful run In the CASE files section one of the four main options option 5 Copy a selected COPY member must be tested to verify the DSName entered in skeleton DCDCASEC Testing may be made with any one of the eleven CASE files An output DSN must be provided for copying Permanent Installation of the ISPF Panels Permanent installation may be done after the DCD members from the five PDSs have been made available within the appropriate DD names within the users TSO LOGON USER PROC For permanent installation find an appropriate selection panel that currently exists with room for at least one entry and add a line similar to the following to that panel n Data Correlation amp Documentation for COBOL programs where n is a letter or number and then add an appropriate entry in the PROC section of that panel as follows n CMD DZ3DCD1 Re test to see that the DZ3DCD panel is brought in correctly MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 21 DCD III Installation Guide Addendum 1 DCD III JCL Procedure Library DCD III CNTL contains the following members CASEMBRS Contains 11 eleven CASE COPY members all separ
336. t COBOL verb COBOL program id Sequence number where the verb resides Paragraph name that contains the verb Sequence number in Data Division where first operand resides Data name of first operand Sequence number in Data Division where second operand resides Data name of second operand VERB PERCENT VERB ANALYSIS REPORT SUMMARY PAGE MOVE 13 8 IF 9 2 96 READ 3s 96 WRITE 18 18 COMPUTE 27 5 PERFORM 3 7 96 GO TO 1 8 TOTAL 100 0 96 B Exhibit 24 Verb Analysis Report Summary Page Count of COBOL verbs COBOL verb Percent of verb usage compared to all verbs within the program s MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 67 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports 01 01 2001 11 30 TRACING amp ANALYSIS SELECT STATEMENTS PAGE 1 SELECT IF NODE 1 D T AND NODE Y R AND FIELD SIZE 1 End of SELECTS NO ERRORS D T Y R 1 resides in pos 2 2 is key to Finds finds finds automatic selection of all REDEFINES DATE YEAR PICX GROUP amp Overlapping fields after this field Page 1 TRACING amp ANALYSIS FOLLOW A DATA FIELD 01 01 2001 Program Seq Level Data Name Directly Referenced Narrative Section Sel NR30PGMI 0248 15 CW DATE 2 YEAR FORMAT PIC X WORK ST 1 resides in ps 2 2 in record CW RECORD Points to Narrative show all Procedure If SPACES 1128 1278 1 SELECT Division References in program gt
337. t None NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT There were no records passed into the PARAGRAPH RANGE Report None RECORD LOCATIONS ARE OFF Record locations are off due to incorrect use of an within the control statements Check the JCL control statements to ensure it is the correct logic NO DATA NAMES INTO SORT There were no records passed in to the LAYOUT Report None See SYSOUT for MISSING DD or other error An error has occurred one of Marble s work files DCDWKO1 through DCDWK12 To see more information on this error look at messages near the end of the SYSOUT DD Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company Release 3 6 DCD III Installation Guide DCD III Installation Guide MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 1 F 2 DCD III Installation Guide This page intentionally left blank MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Installation Guide DCDIII Installation Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS Ioco eC a Overview of 5 steps foramstalling Step 1 Newer Electronic Downloading of DCD III Files eene Older Step 1 Older method of unloading from a physical cartridge Loading from Carted9e pau tide uitam ta dtd i dis eite te Obtaining JCL to Unload Eight Cartridge 2222 2 21 JCL on INSTALL member to unload Eight Ca
338. t Reports a plus character is normally used to intersect lines Use of this option will substitute an asterisk for the plus character On the printing of the Layout Reports a vertical bar is used for vertical lines Use of this option will substitute the letter I in place of the vertical character This option indicates that just 01 records are being brought into DCD III for producing Layout Reports COBOL programs are not present When this option is used the LAYOUTS option is turned on automatically and other report options for producing reports other than Layout Reports are not allowed When using this option the COBOL records are brought into the DCD III system by using the COBOLIN DD When using this option place a ceiling limit between 10 000 and 12 000 lines per run If the Member Fetcher is used with the LOR option the associated member name will be printed on the Layout Report Do not use this option for COPY MEMBERS where pseudo text is present and the pseudo text is not in a valid COBOL format This option works in conjunction with the LOR option ONLY This option generates a sequential number in the left margin for each data name found on the Layout Reports Otherwise these numbers are suppressed This option indicates that a VALUE clause when present will be printed below the data name in The Layout Reports This option is turned on automatically when the LAYOUTS option is Turned on It may be turned off by using N
339. t of the skeletons required Also it may be helpful to review the underlined lines below on exclusion of Librarian Panvalet and DCD JCL from selected PROCs before organizing a list of these skeletons Building needed SKELETONs Build as many skeletons as are needed for your installation After copying DZ3COMOA to DZ3COMOI or DZ3COMO2 or DZ3COMO03 etc the following modifications need to be made to the new skeleton Look at a copy of DZ3COMOA before continuing 1 Replace COBxxxxx on the COB line with the name of a valid PROC currently used for compiling programs at your installation The PROC may include steps for doing a pre compile of CICS SQL or others and may include steps for doing post compiler steps such as running the Linkage Editor or software packages i e the CA Optimizer The PROC must not contain LIBRARIAN steps or Panvalet steps ahead of the COMPILE step Also the PROC must not contain JCL to execute DCD III THE JCL for Librarian or Panvalet if used and the JCL for DCD III execution is built separately by the other skeletons in conjunction with the panels and associated programs which controls the Panels MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company F 19 DCD III Installation Guide If CICS SQL or other pre processor steps are needed and are not within the selected COMPILE PROC then JCL should be added ahead of the COB line mentioned above to invoke the necessary JCL or PROC Insure that
340. ta Division when resolving Procedure Division statements This option may be used to insert COPY member DFHEIBLK into the COBOL program for cross referencing CICS names EIBDATE EIBTIME and other EIB fields from that COPY NOERRORS may be used to omit the printing of all errors Produce the System Cross Reference for Figurative Constants Produce Layout Reports on Data Division records See the several options that follow for user customizing Layout Reports and see the heading Control Statements for Layouts The following options affect the LAYOUT reports Using this option ensures that Layout Reports will be produced on all records within the File Section This option overrides the default option NOLS1 for records in the File Section Using this option will automatically invoke or turn on the LAYOUTS option Using this option indicates that in addition to decimal from and to record positions that hexadecimal from and to record positions will be produced underneath the decimal positions Using this option automatically turns on the LAYOUTS option Using this option turns on the LHX option However the hexadecimal locations will be printed on the right hand side of the Layout Report rather than underneath the decimal locations If LNR is used as an option this option will be treated as LHX Using this option will keep 01 records on the same page No page break will occur when a new 01 is encountered On the printing of the Layou
341. tains a paragraph name this field will contain the section name that the paragraph name resides in A three digit code explaining what verb or condition generated this record Used to indicate that the verb causing this record is part of a conditional statement such as READ AT END or IF Used to indicate that one of multiple operands is listed and others are not in the paragraph field An example of this is CALL USING An expanded sequence of the actual paragraph name for verb codes where a paragraph name is used as an operand Otherwise this field will be zero A column number which corresponds to the above sequence number Do not use For verbs which make reference to a paragraph or section this field shows the beginning expanded sequence number of the paragraph or section being referenced Do not use For verbs that require both begin and end sequence numbers e g PERFORM this field shows the ending expanded sequence number MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 29 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Transfer of Control Narrative File This file has a narrative showing transfer of control information for paragraphs sections and transfer of control statements such as CALL PERFORM and GO TO To produce the file 1 Use one of the PROCs in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section of this manual e g PROC DCDACL 2 Use the PROC Symbolic SOURCE on the EXE
342. te Compile Listing Facility Running the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Step Use the COMACL PROC for Compile Mode PROC COMACL has the following differences in it from the other PROCs to accommodate Compile Mode 1 The PARM option COMPILE is turned on in the PARM field of the PROC 2 The DDNAME INFILE is provided within the PROC and points back to the saved compiler SYSPRINT file 3 An additional step is added to this PROC for returning the entire compiler listing if one of the following conditions should occur a The Source Listing Report option in the Alternate Compile Listing Facility is not turned on e g SOURCEZNO b E level errors were found in the compiler listing during the compile step This is controlled by the COND parameter The PARM option STOP is used to bypass the running of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility d The Alternate Compile Listing Facility step abends for any reason A trial copy of DCD III has expired 4 COMLCNT symbolic is provided within the PROC for entering the compiler line count that is used in the compile step 5 A COND CODE of 0001 is normally returned from the first step in the COMACL PROC not 0 4 8 or 12 as from the other PROCs The second step is normally not executed When using the COMACL PROC the DDNAME COBOLIN is not required as the COBOL program is taken from the SYSPRINT file via the INFILE DD mentioned earlier Most COPYs are automatically reso
343. ted appropriately when using Compile Mode CA Optimizer and COBOL Aid are mentioned under the heading Other Features Supported The running of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility is usually set to stop and return just the compiler listing if E level errors are found This is controlled by the JCL COND parameter within the DCD III step The sequence numbers generated compiler numbers on the Source Listing Report and referenced in other reports are guaranteed to be the same on all reports merged together whether from the COBOL compile the software package like CA Optimizer or the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Compile Mode requires the following two steps Run the compile step with modified JCL for the SYSPRINT DD line and do not allow the use of the TITLE statement within the compile step Run the Alternate Compile Listing Facility with the Compile Mode option turned on Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility The SYSPRINT file printed listing produced by the COBOL compiler must be saved not printed so that it may be read in and pulled apart by the Alternate Compile Listing Facility To do this requires a JCL override for the SYSPRINT file when invoking the compile PROC When other overrides are present this override must go in sequence so that the SYSPRINT DD within the compile PROC is actually overridden The LRECL and BLKSIZE below is set for
344. ter one or multiple PARM options for which there are no corresponding symbolics For example OTHER CA3 NOASK NOVS2 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 19 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility JCL Examples All the examples within this section use one of four DCD III PROCs These four PROCS are 1 COMACL Compile Mode 2 DCDACL Independent Mode 3 LIBACL Independent Mode for Librarian 4 PANACL Independent Mode for Panvalet These examples all assume that the PROCS have been set to print all of the reports available within the Alternate Compile Listing Facility The first ACLF report the SOURCE listing accounts for 8596 or more of the paper generated The remaining reports take less than 1596 in paper size Within each of the examples capitalized letters should be left coded as they are shown and non capitalized letters require the user to enter in the names or entries required to complete the JCL A 20 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility Example 1 Print all of the Alternate Compile Listing Facility Reports The input COBOL program is stored on a partitioned data set The COBOL program does contain COPY statements DCD III is going to be run in Independent Mode step EXEC DCDACL DCD COBOLIN DD DSN usersource progname DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copylibjDISPZ SHR Example 2 Print all of th
345. ter other options here Use HELP or Manual Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company H 7 DCD III SPF PANELS This panel is always displayed for either option 3 or 4 on the Selection for ACLF Specify Type Input Specify mode type input amp COPY libraries COMpile mode gt Enter Y to run with a COBOL compiler or enter N for Independent of COMpile mode Type Input gt _ Enter C P L or S to indicate type input Select C Select from Partitioned Data Set P Select from Panvalet COBOL program will L Select from Librarian be taken from the type input S Select from Sequential File specified COPY Library 1 gt _ COPY Library 2 gt _ COPY Library 3 gt _ COPY Library 4 gt _ COPY Library 5 gt _ COPY Library 6 gt _ Notes a Enter fully qualified PDS names of files with COPY members b Do not put quotes around the Data Set name c DSN s to use here may be taken from SYSLIB DD IN COMPILE PROC The following panel is only displayed if P is entered for Type Input above Panvalet Panel Panvalet Data Set Name AND program name Data set name gt _ a Enter a fully qualified name for a Panvalet Data Set which contains user COBOL programs and INCLUDES b Do not put quotes around the Data Set Name Specify program gt _ a Enter PROGRAM name H 8 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III
346. tes that the user wants to make further selection with member name control statements These control statements immediately follow the control statement which contains the word MEMBER and must begin in column 1 and contain a 1 8 character MEMBER NAME An example is listed below 8 EXEC PDSFETCH PDS CTLINFO DD PDS USERDD MEMBER MEMBERI MEMBER2 MEMBO03 4 PDS USERDD DD DSN USER PDS DISP SHR PREFIX PREFIX indicates that selection is to be done strictly on the basis of a 1 to 7 character prefix that follows the sign after the word PREFIX or that selection is done with multiple prefixes if the characters MULTIPLE follow the sign It is recommended that this option not be used here and that COBOL prefix or COBRECS prefix be used in its place Prefix is discussed more below and is shown in some of the COBOL prefix or MULTIPLE examples that follow Six ways to use selection via a prefix follow COBOL prefix COBRECS prefix PREFIX prefix COBOL MULTIPLE COBRECS MULTIPLE PREFIX MULTIPLE pulls off all COBOL programs from the PDS specified that begins with the same letters that are specified in the prefix The prefix may not exceed seven characters in length pulls off all COPY members that have as their first COBOL record a level number from 01 49 that have a matching prefix This is used when using PARM option LOR for LAYOUTS Again prefix may not exceed seven characters in l
347. the following heading is a list showing corresponding PROC Symbolics for PARM options How these PROC Symbolics are entered into the JCL is shown in many ways within the Examples heading A more detailed explanation on the use of options is found in the two headings shown below within the Alternate Compile Listing Facility section 1 Use of DCD III PARM Options 2 Use of DCD III PROCs Symbolics MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 11 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports BEGIN CONT CAHIER NOCAHIER CALL NOCALL CAP CAC CICS COPY NOCOPY COQ COR COF NOCOF C68 DATA NODATA DASELECT D88 NOD88 DAI to DAS DAL NODAL DICT DDF CDD DIT DRL DRF or DRC PARM Options Options used in conjunction with WRITPDS amp READPDS options CONT option will not initialize internal work files and is used for the 2 3 or later runs using WRITPDS option Produce the CALL Hierarchy Report See the heading Control Statements for CALL Hierarchy within this section Produce the CALL Analysis Report Two sequences will be produced The first sequence is Program CALL sequence The second is CALL Program sequence Use CAP to produce only Program CALL sequence Use CAC to produce only CALL Program sequence This option is always turned on However for CICS COBOL programs the CICS program should be run through the CICS pre processor prior to b
348. the user aware of reports which are available for JCL analysis Explanation of JCL PROC Analysis Reports The JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility produces JCL analysis reports on either JCLPROC libraries or JCL JOB libraries See Sample Reports under this heading for a sample of these reports The DCDJCL PROC explained in this section contains two steps The first step isolates the wanted JCL members from a partitioned data set This first step is the same program that is executed by the MBRFETCH PROC described in another section of this manual The second step executes the program to print the JCL PROC Analysis Reports for either a PROC library or a JOB library A PROC library is defined as a library with existing PROCS or other JCLs which contain EXEC PGM and DD statements A JOB library is defined as a library with JOB cards and EXEC proc member name statements D 4 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III JCL PROC Analysis Reports Facility User Options Available There are two basic JCL Analysis Reports The first report is the JOBLIB report showing only two fields JOB name and PROC name The report when run will be listed in two sequences 1 by JOB name and 2 by PROC name To run specify RPTYPE JOBLIB on the EXEC line Do not specify other report or J options when running this report LNCNT and SORTREG symbolics may be used here A sample EXEC line for the JOBLIB report is shown below
349. ther support is required If Compile Mode is not used then use the PROC PANACL which contains a Panvalet step ahead of the DCD III step for pulling the COBOL program off of the Panvalet Data File See Example 3 under the heading Examples in this section for assistance in using the PANACL PROC A 12 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility 111 124 129 SQ NBR 1 6 SQ NBR 40 41 42 43 44 45 99 121 116 46 47 127 48 SQ NBR 1 6 108 032200 109 032300 110 032400 111 032500 112 032600 113 032700 114 032800 115 032900 116 033000 117 033100 118 033200 119 033300 120 033400 121 033500 122 033600 123 033700 124 033800 125 033900 126 034000 127 034100 128 034200 129 034300 130 034400 131 034500 PROGRAM ID DCDLOGIC 01 01 2001 14 56 OR WK 8 12 IS EQUAL TO ID D MOVE 4 TO WS INDENT SW ADD 1 TO WS CNT GO TO B999 EXIT B999 EXIT EXIT C WRITE READ SECTION C100 WRITE WRITE DISK REC FROM WS WORK AREA INVALID KEY DISPLAY NO MORE ROOM ON DISK FILE MOVE 4 TO WS EOF SW GO TO C999 EXIT C200 READ READ TAPE FILE INTO WS WORK AREA AT END MOVE 1 TO WS EOF SW GO TO C999 EXIT C300 CHK FOR INDENT IF WK 8 12 IS EQUAL TO INDEN OR WK 8 12 IS EQUAL TO ID OR WK 8 12 IS EQUAL TO 1 D GO TO C999 EXIT C999 EXIT EXIT Exhibit 1 CA1 Report Example PROGRAM ID DCDLOGIC
350. thin the TRANSFORM statement Check the TRANSFORM statement and make corrections as necessary IDENTIFIER field contents IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC The UNSTRING statement at the compiler number shown contains an identifier which is not alphanumeric Check the UNSTRING statement and make corrections as necessary INTO FOR UNSTRING NOT FOUND The UNSTRING statement at the compiler number shown is missing the word INTO or has the word misplaced Check the UNSTRING statement and make corrections as necessary NAME AFTER USING NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages amp DCDEH35B C Explanation User Action DCDEH40A C Explanation User Action DCDEH40B E Explanation User Action DCDEH40C E Explanation User Action DCDEH46A C Explanation User Action DCDEH46B C Explanation User Action DCDEH46C E Explanation User Action DCDEH46D E Explanation User Action DCDEH46E C Explanation User Action DCDEHS1A E Explanation User Action DCDEHS1B E Explanation User Action DCDEHS7A C Explanation User Action DCDEH60A C Explanation User Action The ENTRY statement at the compiler number shown contains a data name following the word USING which is not alphanumeric Check the ENTRY statement and make corrections as necessary THE DATA NAME FOLLOWING INITIALIZE identifier IS NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED
351. through DCD III Rerun the job with a larger region TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program being documented Rerun the job with a larger region TABLE LIMITS EXCEEDED REGION An internal table was not large enough to handle the program being documented Rerun the job with a larger region COBOL MEMBER program name NOT FOUND COBOL program name was not found This occurs when using PARM option READPDS Check to ensure program name is correctly spelled and is there DDNAME DCDREPDS MISSING In the JCL the DDNAME for DCDREPDS is missing Check in the JCL to ensure the DDNAME is there and correctly placed COBOL MEMBER program name NOT FOUND COBOL program name was not found This occurs when using PARM option READPDS Check to ensure program name is correctly spelled and is there COPY MEMBER NOT FOUND IN COPYLIB SPECIFIED When DCD III attempted to read the COPY member in the COBOL program it was not found in the partitioned data set specified by DSN in the COPYLIB DD Check the COPY member name to ensure it is valid and that the correct PDS file specified within the DSN in the COPYLIB DD NO RECORDS FOUND IN MEMBER copy member name When DCD III attempted to resolve this COPY member it found no records in the member Check the COPY member and make corrections as necessary WORK FILES FOR PROGRAM XXXXXXXX DID NOT HAVE OPTION XXX IN LAST WRITPDS RUN When the READPDS opt
352. through the DCD III system questions may arise over the use of work file space This heading makes an attempt to answer these questions DCD III work files DCDWKO1 through DCDWKO7 are used for one program at a time and do not hold cumulative files from several programs at any one time For this reason the SPACE allocation for these files may be kept small both primary and secondary allocation The only exception to this rule occurs when a user attempts to run Layout Reports on several programs at once in which case DCDWKO1 will hold all the Layout Reports produced prior to printing them DCD III work files DCDWKO0S8 through DCDWK12 are used mostly by the Tracing amp Analysis Feature and may typically be kept small DCD III work files DCDWKS1 through DCDWKS7 hold cumulative information in a condensed format for all programs run through DCD III at any one time The files besides being in a condensed format where three or more occurrences of spaces or zeros are reduced to two characters are further reduced by only holding the fields that are needed for the particular reports wanted Further most of the work files DCDWKS1 through DCDWKS7 are not used when just one or two reports are selected Because of the file structure used for files DCDWKS1 through DCDWKS7 the SPACE in the PROCS for these files have very small primary increments and very large secondary increments DCDWKTI through DCDWKTA are used for Direct Tracing of Literals invoked b
353. through x A numeric number with no punctuation B 22 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Only two control statements are allowed One with SELECT and one with SELECT Both are not required if one is used If SELECT is used then only that control statement is allowed An example follows DCD CTLCDLAY DD SELECT225 SELECT 1000 In the above example Layout Reports will not be produced for small records that 25 characters or under in length They will also not be printed for records that are 1000 characters or over in length Control Statements for Verb Analysis The running of the Verb Analysis report does not require the use of control statements However control statement s may be used to allow printing of selected verbs Up to 10 control statements are allowed The field in the control statement is also limited to 10 characters An example follows DCD CTLCDVER DD ALTER CASE GO TO EXIT PROGM GO TO PERFORM STOP RUN Most verbs should be coded with one verb with no spaces Those which require spaces like CASE GO TO are shown above MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 23 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements for Using the MBRFETCH PROC The PDS Member Fetcher PROC MBRFETCH is available for pulling one or several members from a partitioned data set
354. tion DCDPFC03 D Explanation User Action DCDPNP05 W Explanation User Action DCDPNP06 W Explanation User Action DCDPNP08 W Explanation User Action DCDPNP09 W Explanation User Action DCDPNP0A W BYPASS FILE INVALID DATA NAME FOUND xxxxxxx The first character of the name is a space Correct Bypass name and resubmit BYPASS NAME TABLE EXCEEDED USE 1000 OR LESS BYPASS COMMANDS The number of BYPASS control statements must be limited to 1000 Reduce the number of BYPASS control statements MARBLE HEADER MISSING CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER A header is missing on an internal work file If this message occurs more than once and rerunning does not eliminate contact Marble Computer NO PROGRAM HEADER FOUND FOR PROGRAM progname A header is missing on internal work file 09 If this message occurs more than once and rerunning does not eliminate contact Marble Computer TOTAL TRACE ENTRIES EXCEED nnnnn MAX ENTRIES FOR TABLE FOR PROGRAM progname SELECT LESS ENTRIES Too many entries were SELECTed by the SELECT control statements and a table was exceeded Redo the SELECTS used and resubmit to select less entries MARBLE HEADER MISSING CONTACT MARBLE COMPUTER A header is missing on an internal work file If this message occurs more than once and rerunning does not eliminate contact Marble Computer NO PROGRAM HEADER FOUND FOR PROGRAM progname A header is missing on internal work file If this mess
355. tion User Action DCDEH31B E amp DCDEH31C E Explanation User Action DCDEH32A C Explanation User Action DCDEH32B C Explanation User Action DCDEH32C C Explanation User Action DCDEH33A C Explanation User Action DCDEH33B E Explanation User Action DCDEH33C E Explanation User Action DCDEH34A C Explanation User Action DCDEH34B E Explanation User Action DCDEH35A C E 20 Check the SORT statement and correct as necessary EXPECTING ALPHANUMERIC FILE NAME AFTER START FOUND file name The START statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name that is not alphanumeric Check the START statement and make corrections as necessary NO MATCHING FD ENTRY FOUND FOR file name The START statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name that does not match a file name in the FD section of the Data Division Check the START statement and make corrections as necessary OR WITHIN START REQUIRES FOUND field contents The START statement at the compiler number shown contains the word OR which must be followed by the phrase EQUAL TO for correct syntax Check the START statement and make corrections as necessary FILE NAME FOLLOWING SEEK NOT ALPHANUMERIC ACCEPTED AS IS The SEEK statement at the compiler number shown contains a file name that is not alphanumeric Check the SEEK statement and make corrections as necessary NO MATCHING FD ENTRIES FOUN
356. tly placed and that an INSERT or DELETE card immediately follows the BASIS card INSERT sequence OUT OF SEQUENCE An INSERT card was found with a sequence number lower than a previous sequence number on an INSERT or DELETE Check to ensure the INSERT DELETE cards are in proper sequence and the sequence numbers are in ascending order Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Error Messages DCDA4E02 D Explanation User Action DCDA4E03 D Explanation User Action DCDA4F01 D Explanation User Action DCDA4G02 D Explanation User Action DCDA4G04 D Explanation User Action DCDA4SA0 I Explanation User Action DCDB0015 D Explanation User Action DCDB0016 D Explanation User Action DCDB0022 D Explanation User Action DCDB0030 D Explanation User Action DCDB0040 E Explanation User Action DCDB0041 E Explanation User Action DCDB0C01 W Explanation User Action DCDB0D02 W Explanation User Action DCDBOF01 D INSERT sequence NOT FOUND IN PROGRAM An INSERT card was found with a sequence number that does not exist in the main program Check INSERT cards and make sure all sequence numbers are valid and match sequence numbers in the main program INSERT sequence NO INSERTS FOUND An INSERT was found with no COBOL code following it One line of code must follow an INSERT card Check INSERT cards to ensure they are properly plac
357. trophe is used for non numeric literals Enter D for self determine Use narrative from 85 COBOL rel 3 or more on report REGION 3072K or larger is recommended SORTREG 300000 is recommended Enter N to omit printing unreferenced names in the DATA and PARAGRAPH Analysis reports Enter Y for newer VS COBOL II 1985 COBOL Enter Y if COBOL 370 MVS amp VM 390 or Enterprise COBOL If option 9 is selected the following panel would appear Alternate Compile Listing More Options Change options if required 1 ASK 2 CHECK 3 CLN 4 COAID 5 16 6 IDD 7 IEJ 8 JCL 9 NRS 10 PMO 11 RES 12 SRE 13 STOP 14 VR3 15 USER Enter N to ignore SKIP1 SKIP2 SKIP3 lines Enter N to ignore checking previous seq nbrs Enter Line Count used in COBOL compile step Enter Y if using COBOL Aid software Enter Y for FROM position of fields in columns 1 6 Enter Y to include DATA DIVISION Literals Enter Y to ignore EJECT lines Enter Y for to change SPACE or BUFNO in JCL Enter Y to insert a blank line to separate narrative in the DATA DIVISION Do not use with CA1 OR Enter N to omit printing HEX OFFSETs in Compile Mode Enter N to not resolve COPYs this may produce errors Enter N to not expand COPY with SUPPRESS members Enter Y to not process DCD III in compile mode Enter Y for older 1974 COBOL version 3 or earlier where SKIPs and EJECTs did not generate sequence numbers En
358. tware Maintenance Company A 25 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility COMACL PROC SOURCE PRODUCESOURCE REPORT CALL PRODUCE CALL REPORT 7i COPY PRODUCE COPY REPORT 7i FIGCON PRODUCE FIGURATIVE CONSTANT REPORT LITERAL PRODUCE LITERAL REPORT 7i SPREGS PRODUCE SPECIAL REGISTER REPORT 7i CDATADV z PRODUCE CONDENSED DATA DIV REPORT 7i CPROCDV PRODUCE CONDENSED PROC DIV REPORT 7i RESOLVE RESOLVE COPY MEMBERS WHEN FOUND UNREF INCLUDE UNREF NAMES IN CROSS REFERENCE USE ABOVE TO TURN OFF E G COPYzNO TO OMIT COPY REPORT 7i OTHER USED TO ENTER OTHER PARM OPTIONS 7i COMLCNT 00 COMPILER LINE COUNT FROM LAST STEP LINECNT 60 NUMBER OF LINES TO PRINT PER PAGE BUF S USE BUF 5 PRINT SEND PRINTER OUTPUT TO MSGCLASS 7i REG 6144K REGION SIZE 7i SORTREG 600000 MAKE 600000 MINIMUM AVAILABLE TO SORT 7i WORK SYSDA UNIT SYSDA DISK OR OTHER PROC TO RUN THE ALTERNATE COMPILE LISTING FACILITY OF DCD III iff IN COMPILE MODE MARBLE COMPUTER INC 1 800 252 1400 PROC COMACL RELEASE 3 6 If LM080108 DCD EXEC PGM DCDMAIN REGION amp REG 7i PARM Z amp SOURCE SOU amp CALL CAL amp COPY COP amp FIGCON FGC amp LITERAL LIT amp SPREGS SPR amp CDATADV DDC amp CPROCDV PDC 7 COM CLN amp COMLCNT Il amp RESOLVE RES amp UNREF UNR amp OTHER SORZ amp SORTREG LNC amp LINECNT I
359. unused Paragraphs amp Sections See Heading Unused Paragraph and Section Names The default UPI option IGNORES reporting unused Paragraphs or Sections that are in the range of a PERFORM or PERFORM THRU Use NOUPI to report these routines as unused Use option UNU to turn off all three unused reports U01 UDN UPARAS Print or suppress un referenced data names and paragraph names in the Data Division and Procedure Division Condensed Cross Reference Reports Produce Condensed VERB Report Emulate 1974 Version 3 COBOL and earlier versions in which compiler line numbers are not generated for SKIPs and EJECTs For use in Compile Mode Use NOVS2 for COBOL older program prior to the 1985 COBOL standard Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Facility PARM Option ASKIP NOASKIP BASIS NOBASIS CAI CA2 CA3 CALL NOCALL DYCALLS NODYCALLS CHECK NOCHECK CICS CLN nnn COAID NOCOAID COMPILE COPY NOCOPY C68 DDC NODCC DNF NODNF EIB ERRORS NOERRORS FGCONSTS NOFGCONSTS FTB FTO NOFTO HFT IDDLITS NOIDDLITS IEJECT NOIEJECT Corresponding PROC Symbolics Corresponding PROC Symbolic default OTHER NOASK OTHER BAS default OTHER CA1 OTHER CA2 OTHER CA3 CALL CALL NO default OTHER NODYC default OTHER NOCHE always on COMLCNT nnn
360. usage charting a hierarchy of all the programs and LAYOUTS of records for producing work files to use in various aspects of COBOL Re engineering produce JCL reports showing DSNAMEs and DDNAMEs Main HELP Panel for ACLF DCD III Alternate Compile Listing Overview of Reports SELECTION gt _ The Alternate Compile Listing can be run independently of a COBOL compile or it can be run with the compiler to produce one listing combining the compiler and UCLF listing together lt lt WN Source Listing CALL Statements COPY Statements Figurative Constants Literals Special Registers DATA DIVISION Condensed Cross Reference PROCEDURE DIVISION Condensed Reference CASE Files Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III SPF PANELS First HELP Panel for 1 on Main UCLF HELP Panel DCD III Overview of ACLF Source Listing This report is the principal UCLF report It list the source listing as does the compile listing and additionally adds narrative generated by DCD For the DATA DIVISION condensed look alike PROCEDURE DIVISION code is produced along side each data field as shown here 320 05 WS NEXT COL PIC S9 4 gt ADD1TO 1019 IF gt WS MAX COL 9321 1005 MOVE 02 TO 1115 321 05 WS MAX COL 59 4 gt IF WS NEXT COL 320 gt 1005 322 05 WS MAX PD DIGS S9 3 gt IF 3 942 965 1022 4 945 968 1025 1064 PERFORM UNTIL
361. used the PARM option COAID must be used DCD III handles COBOL Aid in the same manner with the options provided for the CA Optimizer See the CA Optimizer within this heading 5 COBOL 68 and earlier PARM option C68 should be used when processing COBOL 68 programs The only other special support required for 68 and earlier versions of COBOL is when Compile Mode is used and the compiler is version 3 or earlier easily determined by the fact that the compiler does not generate compiler line numbers for SKIPs and EJECTs When this is the case PARM option VR3 should be included in the PARM field 6 COBOL 74 Use option NOVS2 for COBOL 74 7 COBOL 85 Include PARM option VS2 to indicate the handling of VS COBOL II Also when using Compile Mode use a LRECL of 133 and a corresponding BLKSIZE when providing JCL for the COB SYSPRINT override 8 COBOL 370 COBOL for MVS amp VM COBOL 390 amp Enterprise COBOL Include PARM option VS2 the same as for COBOL 85 When using the ISPF panels a separate option is included there for COBOL 370 It is not needed in batch submission Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility 9 DB2 DB2 programs contain SQL statements Ideally the DB2 program should run through the DB2 preprocessor before being brought into DCD III When using Compile Mode the program is run through the preprocessor before the compile step is done If the preproce
362. uter Inc The Software Maintenance Company A 47 DCD Alternate Compile Listing Facility Notice that SOURCE and have no value associated with them When the symbolics amp SOURCE along with the terminating period and amp CALL along with the terminating period are removed and replaced with no value the substitution JCL looks as follows PARM SOU CAL which matches the manner in which PARM fields were shown in the previous heading To turn an option off with the DCDACL PROC use a symbolic NO on the EXEC line An example follows ISTEP1 EXEC DCDACL SOURCE NO The resulting PARM field after replacement of amp SOURCE will look like this PARM NOSOU CAL Most of the options are turned on or off within DCD III PROCS by either providing no value after the symbolic or by using symboliczNO on the EXEC PROC JCL An example follows DCD EXEC DCDACL SOURCE CALL NO COPY FIGCON NO In the above JCL the Source Listing Report and COPY Statements Report will be produced while the CALL Statements and Figurative Constants Reports will not be produced It is important to note that the symbolic used within the PROC and the PARM option are not always the same For example PARM field FGCONSTS Symbolic FIGCON Also the PARM field FGCONSTS may be abbreviated to 3 characters while the symbolic may not be abbreviated and must be used as shown A 48 Marble Computer Inc The Software Maintenance
363. ve this COPY member it found no records in the member Check the COPY member and make corrections as necessary WHEN HANDLING REPLACING WITHIN A COPY A CONTINUATION TO A NEW LINE IS FORCED AT COMPILER compiler An informational message indicating that a new COBOL line was created to adequately handle the REPLACING on this line None ERROR WHEN RESOLVING COPY MEMBER copy member name Indicates that an error has occurred in resolving a COPY member Look for an associated error message more descriptive in nature than this one COPY MEMBER copy member NOT FOUND IN COPYLIB SPECIFIED The COPY member name specified was not found in the data sets provided within the COPYLIB DD Either correct the spelling of the member name or determine why the member is missing COPYLIB DD IS MISSING OR INCORRECT A DSN was not found in the JCL on the COPYLIB DD statement or the DD is missing Correct the JCL and rerun UNSUCESSFUL READ WHILE READING RECORD FROM COPY MEMBER copy member An error occurred during the read of a record of the COPY member shown within the record Determine if the COPY member in question has an I O problem that can be easily fixed If so correct otherwise contact System Support at your installation UNSUCCESSFUL READ WHEN READING DIRECTORY OF DSN SPECIFIED IN COPYLIB DD An error occurred during the read of a directory of the data set specified within the COPYLIB DD Contact System Support at your installation for hel
364. w us to read this listing and make DCDIII continue to work A new report is available to produce an INCLUDE report similar to COPYreport for all INCLUDES found in CICS DL1 and SQL programs in the Alternate Compile Listing For CICS DLI or DB2 programs this report will be produced if INCLUDES are Found and the COPY parm option is specified A new report is available and is automatically turned on with the use of SECTIONS to show SECTIONS stand alone without paragraphs included This report will follow the PROCEDURE DIVISION cross reference report in the Alternate Compile Listing DCD III options are more cleanly documented Default options are now always shown on the parm page indicating clearly that an option is on e Other supporting documentation on the options page promotes user use of DCD newer Tracing and Analysis feature A reference Modification bug within DCD III that caused DCD III to stop running has been fixed Parm option VS2 is now the default option specifying use of a newer COBOL compiler A CLASS test has been added for DBCS The SET verb has been modified to allow for PROCEDURE POINTER and FUNCTION POINTER New RESERVED words have been accounted for Two new Special Registers XML CODE and XML EVENT were added USAGE clauses now account for NATIONAL FUNCTION POINTER and PROCEDURE POINTER New Release Highlights Release 3 1 April 1 2003 The following features and enhancements are included in this
365. with each available work file Note The Data Dictionary Interface File mentioned in the Table of Contents does not specifically follow rules given here Instead it is more fully documented in the Other COBOL Reports Facility Section in this manual MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company C 5 DCD III Computer Aided Software Engineering CASE Files Sample JCL to Access and Print CASE Files The following JCL is provided as an example of how to access the CASE files shown in this section The sample provided here traps the Data Analysis Information File and prints it out in a following IEBGENER step To catalog a CASE file or otherwise save the information provide other JCL in the SYSUT2 DD of the IEBGENER step ISTEP1 EXEC DCDCOBOL DATA DCD DCDWK03 DD DSN amp amp TEMP03 DISP PASS DCB LRECL 0 RECFM U DCD COBOLIN DD DSN USER COBOL PDS USERPROG DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN USER COPY LIB DISP SHR STEP2 EXEC PGM IEBGENER REGION 256K SYSIN DD DUMMY SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUTI DD DSN amp amp TEMP03 DISP OLD DELETE DCB RECFM FB LRECL 130 BLKSIZE 3120 SYSUT2 DD SYSOUT DCB RECFM FB LRECL 130 BLKSIZE 3120 Note As of release 3 2 a full DCB is required on both SYSUTI and SYSUT2 when accessing CASE files AND a DCB as shown above on the DCD DCDWkKnn file must be present DCB LRECL 0 RECFM V C 6 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company
366. wn below An example showing control statement input for illustration only of this feature along with the format of date and password are shown below CONTROL DD 012001 XXXXXX this control information is obtained from Marble Computer Inc End of Installation Section F 26 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Index Release 3 6 0 01 Record Report B 5 B 14 B 45 B 58 B 59 01 Record Report Example running B 33 zs ASKIP NOASKIP PARM Option A 15 A 19 BAS PROC Symbolic 19 Basic Paragraph Information File CASE C 24 C 25 C 26 BASIS Error Messages E 36 E 37 E 38 BASIS Supported by DCD III A 10 A 24 BASIS NOBASIS PARM Option A 15 A 19 BUF Modifying in DCD III PROCs see also BUFNO F 9 BUFNO option A 24 B 37 E 30 F 9 BYPASS control statements B 30 zie CA Optimizer Compile Mode Considerations A 6 CA Optimizer PARM Options see CA1 CA2 CA Optimizer Supported by DCD III A 10 A 11 A 30 CA Optimizer Use with NRSPACE Option A 17 CA1 PARM Option A 10 A 15 16 A 19 CA Report Example A 13 CA2 PARM Option A 10 A 15 A 16 A 17 A 19 CA2 Report Example A 13 CA3 PARM Option A 11 A 15 A 16 A 19 CALL Analysis Report B 5 B 12 B 45 B 46 B 47 CALL Analysis Report Example Running B 31 CALL Statement Reports IV A 15 A 30 A 35 A 36 CALL PROC Symbolic A 19 B 17 C 23 CALL PROC Symbolic Examples using A 22 A 47
367. y PARM option DIT The following chart shows which options use which work files PARM field WSI WS2 WS3 54 WS5 WS6 WS7 CAHIER YES CALL YBS COPY LL YES DATA YES YES FGCONSTS 2 YES LAYOUTS YES LITERALS 4242 YES PARAGRAPH YES RECORDS YES SPREGS YES SRANAL YES VERB _ YES YES The DDNAME DCDPDS which is used when the WRITPDS option is used will contain condensed information from all of the above seven condensed files depending on which options are specified during the WRITPDS run MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 43 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports This page intentionally left blank B 44 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Overview of All Reports including Tracing amp Analysis The COBOL reports that are made available through this section are listed below 1 CALL Analysis 46 25 ALL 47 3 COPY Analysis Report iaceo o Un I Vae EAT See e Aer dec SEEMS B 48 4 System Data Name 5 44 0 0 B 50 5 System Cross Reference for Figurative Constant esee B 52 Table obContenis or Layouts srin marcela aate
368. y Report use the following format ADD program a CALLS program b To delete a CALL from the Hierarchy Report use the following format DELETE program b DELETE pr where indicates that only the characters before the asterisk will be used in making the comparison and those not compared are considered to be equal for matching An example of the use of these control statements is shown below DCD CTLCDCAH DD ADD SUBIPO03 CALLS SUB3P091 DELETE SUB6P DELETE SUB9P The CALL Hierarchy Report produces counts showing the number of CALLs present These counts are valid for all STATIC CALLs and for those DYNAMIC CALLs which use the CALL literal format When the CALL identifier format is used multiple CALLs are counted as one call CALL identifier specifies a dataname which contains a literal DCD III builds one CALL for each literal contained in an elementary VALUE clause and or with the MOVEs of a literal to this name In cases where the identifier is built over several MOVEs or VALUE clauses of a group field then an ADD control statement must be used for each CALL that is missing This report works with all the CALLs and ENTRYs found within the programs submitted to DCD III The ENTRY verb when present plays a part in determining the CALL Hierarchy only when the program that CALLs a secondary program with the ENTRY verb was not submitted for processing to DCD III For example if PROG A calls an Assembler progra
369. y those records selected by the control statements submitted with the CTLCDSRA DDNAME See Examples for System Record Analysis Reports on next page MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company B 19 DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Example 1 STEP1 EXEC DCDCOBOL OTHER SRCOPY DCD COBOLIN DD DSN user cobol prog DISP SHR DD DSN user cobol prog2 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSN user copylib DISPZSHR DCD CTLCDSRA DD 5 SRCOPY MEMB333 This example does not combine statement formats This example selects all 01 records which have a COPY MEMBERI or a COPY MEMB333 at the beginning of the record The 01 record name may come immediately before the COPY or after the first non comment entry within the COPY Example 2 ISTEP2 EXEC DCDCOBOL OTHER SRCOPY DCD COBOLIN DD DSN user cobol prog DISP SHR DD DSN user cobol prog2 DISP SHR DCD COPYLIB DD DSNc user copylib DISP SHR DCD CTLCDSRA DD ALL USER RECORD 25 5 5 This example combines control statement formats by selecting all 01 records for USER 25 and also all 01 records which have a COPY 5 Note 5 control statements will be ignored by DCD III if the PARM option SRCOPY is not turned on B 20 MARBLE Computer Inc The Software Maintenance Company DCD III Tracing amp Analysis and Other Reports Control Statements

DCD Version 3.6 - Marble Computer

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents